ML15232A162: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(3 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 16: Line 16:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SEG SITE: Duane Arnold Energy Center Revision #: 0     LMS ID:       LMS Rev. Date:         SEG TITLE: NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG TYPE: Training Evaluation PROGRAM: LOCT LOIT Other:   DURATION: ~ 90 minutes Developed by:
{{#Wiki_filter:SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE                               SEG SITE:             Duane Arnold Energy Center                             Revision #: 0 LMS ID:                                                               LMS Rev. Date:
Raymond Keith Walton 1/28/2015       Instructor/Developer Date     Reviewed by:
SEG TITLE:         NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG TYPE:                             Training                           Evaluation PROGRAM:             LOCT                 LOIT           Other:
Instructor (Instructional Review)
DURATION:         ~ 90 minutes Developed by:                         Raymond Keith Walton                     1/28/2015 Instructor/Developer                     Date Reviewed by:
Date     Validated by:               SME (Technical Review)
Instructor (Instructional Review)               Date Validated by:
Date     Approved by:
SME (Technical Review)                       Date Approved by:
Training Supervision Date     Approved by:
Training Supervision                       Date Approved by:
Training Program Owner (Line)
Training Program Owner (Line)                   Date Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                               Page 1 of 43
Date   Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 1 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam  
 
- Scenario #1 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE REQUIREMENTS Terminal Objective Given the specific malfunctions presented in the evaluated scenario guide, th e students will be able to protect the public, protect plant personnel and protect plant equipment, in accordance with plant procedures:
NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #1                         SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE REQUIREMENTS Terminal Objective       Given the specific malfunctions presented in the evaluated scenario guide, the students will be able to protect the public, protect plant personnel and protect plant equipment, in accordance with plant procedures:
Enabling Objectives:
Enabling                 There are no formal learning objectives for this evaluation.
There are no formal learning objectives for this evaluation.
Objectives:
Prerequisites:
Prerequisites:           None Training                 Simulator Resources:               Simulator Operator Phone Talker Simulator Floor Instructor Evaluation Team
None   Training Resources:
Simulator Simulator Operator Phone Talker Simulator Floor Instructor Evaluation Team


==References:==
==References:==
AOP 255.1, Rev. 44                        OI 152, QRC 2, Rev. 1 AOP 255.2, Rev. 42                        OI 255, Rev. 87 ARP 1C05A, Rev. 78                        OI 255 QRC 1, Rev. 3 ARP 1C94, Rev. 48                          OI 324, Rev. 113 IPOI 3, Rev. 143                          OI 454, Rev. 65 OI 856.1, Rev. 45 Protected Content:        Identify here and in training material as {C001}; See Comment for details.
None Evaluation Method:        Dynamic Scenario graded in accordance with NUREG 1021 guidance.
Operating                None Experience:
Risk Significant Operator Actions:
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                    Page 2 of 43


AOP 255.1, Rev. 44 AOP 255.2, Rev. 42 ARP 1C05A, Rev. 78 ARP 1C94, Rev. 48 IPOI 3, Rev. 143 OI 152, QRC 2, Rev. 1 OI 255, Rev. 87 OI 255 QRC 1, Rev. 3 OI 324, Rev. 113 OI 454, Rev. 65 OI 856.1, Rev. 45 Protected Content
NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #1                               SEG TASKS ASSOCIATED WITH SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE Task #               Task Title None                 None UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.
: Identify here and in training material as {C001}; See Comment for details
PREPARER    DATE
. None  Evaluation Method:
    #           DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE                 REASON FOR CHANGE         AR/TWR#
Dynamic Scenario graded in accordance with NUREG 1021 guidance
REVIEWER     DATE See Cover Initial development for Initial development for 2015 NRC 0                                                    2015 NRC LOIT             N/A LOIT examination.                                                                  See Cover examination.
. Operating Experience:
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                             Page 3 of 43
None  Risk Significant Operator Actions:
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 2 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam  
- Scenario #1 SEG   TASKS ASSOCIATED WITH SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE Task # Task Title None None                                                                           UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR
-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR
-AA-230-1003-F16. # DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE AR/TWR# PREPARER DATE REVIEWER DATE 0 Initial development for 2015 NRC LOIT examination.
Initial development for 2015 NRC LOIT examination.
N/A See Cover       See Cover                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 3 of 43 Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam
- Scenario #1 Form ES-D-1  Facility:  Duane Arnold Energy Center Op-Test # 2015
-301  Examiners:
_____________________________
Operators:
_____________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________
Initial Conditions:
The plant is operating at 80% power due to a downpour for maintenance. Thunderstorms are forecast for the area.
  "B" SBDG was recently returned from maintenance.


Turnover:   Complete 'B' SBDG Testing per OI 324, SBDG, Section 6.4, synchronize and load.
Appendix D                    NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #1                          Form ES-D-1 Facility: Duane Arnold Energy Center                                                      Op-Test # 2015-301 Examiners:        _____________________________ Operators:                _____________________________
Raise Reactor power using control rods to a load line of 94
Initial Conditions: The plant is operating at 80% power due to a downpour for maintenance.
-95%. Event # Malf # Eventy Type* Event Description 1 N one N BOP Synchronize and load the 'B' SBDG IAW OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM.
Thunderstorms are forecast for the area. B SBDG was recently returned from maintenance.
2 None C BOP TS SRO Report from field that 'B' SBDG has a jacket cooling water leak
Turnover:
'B' SBDG declared inoperable per TS 3.8.1 3 None R ATC Raise reactor power with control rods 4 rd02 30 23 C ATC Stuck Control Rod 5 rd11b C RO CRD Pump trip 6 hp01 C BOP TS SRO HPCI spurious start requiring manual shutdown/isolation HPCI declared inoperable per TS 3.6.
* Complete B SBDG Testing per OI 324, SBDG, Section 6.4, synchronize and load.
7 ed01(a-e) rr15b stdg01 M ALL Loss of Offsite Power with Small break LOCA. Failure of 'A' SBDG to start in AUTO, will start in Manual.
* Raise Reactor power using control rods to a load line of 94-95%.
8 hp02 C BOP HPCI start s in Manual but trips shortly after. Emergency Depressurization required.
Event Event # Malf #       Eventy Description Type*
* (N)ormal,   (R)eactivity,   (I)nstrument,   (C)omponent, (M)ajor Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 4 of 43 Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam
1       None    N BOP         Synchronize and load the B SBDG IAW OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM.
- Scenario #1 Form ES-D-1    SIMULATOR SET UP INSTRUCTIONS
2       None     C BOP         Report from field that B SBDG has a jacket cooling water leak TS SRO        B SBDG declared inoperable per TS 3.8.1 3       None     R ATC       Raise reactor power with control rods 4         rd02     C ATC       Stuck Control Rod 3023 5       rd11b     C RO         CRD Pump trip 6       hp01     C BOP         HPCI spurious start requiring manual shutdown/isolation TS SRO        HPCI declared inoperable per TS 3.6.
7       ed01(     M ALL       Loss of Offsite Power with Small break LOCA.
a-e) rr15b                  Failure of A SBDG to start in AUTO, will start in Manual.
stdg01 8       hp02     C BOP         HPCI starts in Manual but trips shortly after.
Emergency Depressurization required.
          * (N)ormal,     (R)eactivity,     (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                       Page 4 of 43


General Instructions
Appendix D                    NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #1                    Form ES-D-1 SIMULATOR SET UP INSTRUCTIONS General Instructions
: a. Reset to IC 23 or the Snap (1) Raise power to ~80% with Recirc and Rods.
: a. Reset to IC 23 or the Snap (1) Raise power to ~80% with Recirc and Rods.
(2) Load Events (3) Load Malf unctions (4) Load Remote Functions
(2) Load Events (3) Load Malfunctions (4) Load Remote Functions
: b. Verify Events validate FALSE
: b. Verify Events validate FALSE
: c. Ensure the following procedure is marked up prior to turnover and being provided to the candidates:
: c. Ensure the following procedure is marked up prior to turnover and being provided to the candidates:
(1) OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM a) Place a checkmark in the placekeeping area for the NOTE at the beginning of the section b) Place a chec kmark in the first two steps of the section regarding bromination not occurring and the SBDG readiness checklist being completed.
(1) OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM a)     Place a checkmark in the placekeeping area for the NOTE at the beginning of the section b)     Place a checkmark in the first two steps of the section regarding bromination not occurring and the SBDG readiness checklist being completed.
: d. Build a schedule file to remove RD022223 on ET 20. (1) Verify the schedule file is RUNNING.
: d. Build a schedule file to remove RD022223 on ET 20.
(1) Verify the schedule file is RUNNING.
: e. Verify MOL Pull Sheets are out.
: e. Verify MOL Pull Sheets are out.
EVENT TRIGGERS Trigger No.
EVENT TRIGGERS Trigger No.             Trigger Logic Statement                     Trigger Word Description 1, 3, 5, 7,                 Manual Trigger                              Manual Trigger 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 17, 30 20                 ZAORDPDI1825 >= .60                         Drive Water DP > 295 psig 23               ZLOHPHS2312(2) == 1 &               HPCI Inject Valve Opening after mode switch ZDIRPC71AS1(1) == 1                               in SHUTDOWN Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                 Page 5 of 43
Trigger Logic Statement Trigger Word Description 1, 3, 5, 7, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 17, 30 Manual Trigger Manual Trigger 20 ZAORDPDI1825 >=  
 
.60 Drive Water DP > 295 psig 23 ZLOHPHS2312(2) == 1
Appendix D                   NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #1       Form ES-D-1 me       Malf. No.               Malfunction Title   Delay Ramp   ET Initial   Final Value Value Setup AN1C08B(26) 1C08B (C-02) B DIESEL GEN 1 Crywolf          ON PANEL 1C 94 TROUBLE Setup rd022223            CONTROL ROD BLADE 3 Inactive      Active STUCK- ROD 22-23 Setup stdg01               TRIP OVERRIDE - 'A' SBDG Inactive      Active 1G31 FAILS TO AUTO START Setup stdg02               TRIP OVERRIDE - 'B' SBDG Inactive      Active 1G21 FAILS TO AUTO START Setup rd070615             CONTROL ROD ACCUMULATOR TROUBLE-           45 sec         5 Inactive       Active ROD 06-15 Setup Rd073435             CONTROL ROD ACCUMULATOR TROUBLE-            1 min        5 Inactive      Active ROD 34-35 Setup rd11b                CRD HYDRAULIC PUMP TRIP-5 Inactive      Active PUMP B Setup hp01                HPCI INADVERTANT 7 Inactive      Active INITIATION Setup rc01                RCIC PUMP TRIP                                9 Inactive      Active Setup ed01a                LOSS OF OFF-SITE POWER 60 Sec        21 Inactive      Active SOURCES- BKR M Setup ed01b                LOSS OF OFF-SITE POWER 60 Sec        21 Inactive      Active SOURCES- BKR J Setup ed01c                LOSS OF OFF-SITE POWER 60 Sec        21 Inactive      Active SOURCES- BKR K Setup ed01d                LOSS OF OFF-SITE POWER 60 Sec        21 Inactive      Active SOURCES- BKR X5960 Setup ed01e                LOSS OF OFF-SITE POWER 60 Sec        21 Inactive      Active SOURCES- BKR X5940 Setup rr15b                RECIRC LOOP RUPT- DESIGN BASES LOCA AT 100%- LOOP              8 min  21    0            0.7 B
& ZDIRPC71AS1(1) == 1 HPCI Inject Valve Opening after mode switch in SHUTDOWN Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 5 of 43 Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam  
rr15b            RECIRC LOOP RUPT- DESIGN BASES LOCA AT 100%- LOOP              3 min  23  As Is          1 B
- Scenario #1 Form ES-D-1 me Malf. No. Malfunction Title Delay Ramp  ET Initial Value Final Value Setup AN1C08B(26) 1C08B (C-02) B DIESEL GEN PANEL 1C 94 TROUBLE 1 Crywolf ON Setup rd0222 23 CONTROL ROD BLADE STUCK- ROD 22-23   3 Inactive Active Setup stdg01 TRIP OVERRIDE - 'A' SBDG 1G31 FAILS TO AUTO START Inactive Active Setup stdg02 TRIP OVERRIDE  
Setup hp02                HPCI TURBINE TRIP              15 sec        23 Inactive      Active Setup rd11a                CRD HYDRAULIC PUMP TRIP-24 Inactive      Active PUMP A Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                    Page 6 of 43
- 'B' SBDG 1G21 FAILS TO AUTO START Inactive Active Setup rd070615 CONTROL ROD ACCUMULATOR TROUBLE
- ROD 06-15 45 sec 5 Inactive Active Setup Rd073435 CONTROL ROD  


ACCUMULATOR TROUBLE
Appendix D                   NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #1           Form ES-D-1 Schedule File for SEG.
- ROD 34-35 1 min  5 Inactive Active Setup rd11b CRD HYDRAULIC PUMP TRIP
At         On Action                       Description Time        Event Delete malfunction None       20                                       CONTROL ROD BLADE STUCK- ROD 22-23 rd022223 Insert malfunction dg03b None        22                                      1G21 'B' DIESEL GENERATOR TRIP- DG B after 45 HS-3281B B DG 1G21 IDLE-RATED SWITCH None        10        Insert remote dg19 to IDLE (RATED,IDLE)
- PUMP B  5 Inactive Active Setup hp01 HPCI INADVERTANT INITIATION 7 Inactive Active Setup rc01 RCIC PUMP TRIP 9 Inactive Active Setup ed01a LOSS OF OFF
Insert remote dg11 to         'B' DIESEL GEN 1G21 DROOP SWITCH None        11 PARALLEL                      (UNIT,PARALLEL)
-SITE POWER SOURCES- BKR M 60 Sec  21 Inactive Active Setup ed01b LOSS OF OFF
Insert remote dg19 to         HS-3281B B DG 1G21 IDLE-RATED SWITCH None        13 RATED                        (RATED,IDLE)
-SITE POWER SOURCES- BKR J 60 Sec  21 Inactive Active Setup ed01c LOSS OF OFF
                                                    'B' DIESEL GEN 1G21 DROOP SWITCH None        12        Insert remote dg11 to UNIT (UNIT,PARALLEL)
-SITE POWER SOURCES- BKR K 60 Sec  21 Inactive Active Setup ed01d LOSS OF OFF
Insert remote rd03 to         CRD PUMP 1P-209A DISCHARGE VALVE V-17-08 None        28 5.00000                      ISOLATION Insert remote rd03 to         CRD PUMP 1P-209A DISCHARGE VALVE V-17-08 None        27 100.00000 in 60              ISOLATION Delete malfunction           CONTROL ROD ACCUMULATOR TROUBLE-None        14 rd070615                      ROD 06-15 Delete malfunction           CONTROL ROD ACCUMULATOR TROUBLE-None        15 rd073435                      ROD 34-35 REMOTE FUNC FEEDBACK AN05- ACK SWITCH None       17         Insert remote an05 to ACK 1C94 (NORM,ACK)
-SITE POWER SOURCES- BKR X59 60 60 Sec  21 Inactive Active Setup ed01e LOSS OF OFF
Insert remote an05 to         REMOTE FUNC FEEDBACK AN05- ACK SWITCH None        17 NORM after 5                  1C94 (NORM,ACK)
-SITE POWER SOURCES- BKR X5940 60 Sec  21 Inactive Active Setup rr15b RECIRC LOOP RUPT
Conduct simulator crew pre-scenario brief using TR-AA-230-1007-F06, Simulator Instructor Pre-Exercise Checklist.
- DESIGN BASES LOCA AT 100%
If surrogate operators are to be used, brief them using TR-AA-230-1007-F11, Surrogate Brief Checklist Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                        Page 7 of 43
- LOOP B  8 min 21 0 0.7  rr15b RECIRC LOOP RUPT
- DESIGN BASES LOCA AT 100%
- LOOP B  3 min 23 As Is 1 Setup hp02 HPCI TURBINE TRIP 15 sec  23 Inactive Active Setup rd11a CRD HYDRAULIC PUMP TRIP
- PUMP A  24 Inactive Active  Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 6 of 43 Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam  
- Scenario #1 Form ES-D-1 Schedule File for SEG.
At Time On Event Action Description None 20 Delete malfunction rd0222 23 CONTROL ROD BLADE STUCK- ROD 22-23 None 22 Insert malfunction dg03b after 45 1G21 'B' DIESEL GENERATOR TRIP
- DG B None 10 Insert remote dg19 to IDLE HS-3281B B DG 1G21 IDLE
-RATED SWITCH (RATED,IDLE)
None 11 Insert remote dg11 to PARALLEL 'B' DIESEL GEN 1G21 DROOP SWITCH (UNIT,PARALLEL)
None 13 Insert remote dg19 to RATED HS-3281B B DG 1G21 IDLE
-RATED SWITCH (RATED,IDLE)
None 12 Insert remote dg11 to UNIT
'B' DIESEL GEN 1G21 DROOP SWITCH (UNIT,PARALLEL)
None 28 Insert remote rd03 to 5.00000 CRD PUMP 1P
-209A DISCHARGE VALVE V-17-08 ISOLATION None 27 Insert remote rd03 to 100.00000 in 60 CRD PUMP 1P
-209A DISCHARGE VALVE V 08 ISOLATION None 14 Delete malfunction rd070615 CONTROL ROD ACCUMULATOR TROUBLE
- ROD 06-15 None 15 Delete malfunction rd073435 CONTROL ROD ACCUMULATOR TROUBLE
- ROD 34-35 None 17 Insert remote an05 to ACK REMOTE FUNC FEEDBACK AN05
- ACK SWITCH 1C94 (NORM,ACK)
None 17 Insert remote an05 to NORM after 5 REMOTE FUNC FEEDBACK AN05
- ACK SWITCH 1C94 (NORM,ACK)


Conduct simulator crew pre
Appendix D                    NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #1                  Form ES-D-1 SHIFT TURNOVER INFORMATION
-scenario brief using TR-AA-230-1007-F06, Simulator Instructor Pre-Exercise Checklist.
* Day of week and shift o  Today o  Day Shift
* Weather conditions o  Mild summer morning
    *  (Plant power levels) o  Reactor Power Level            80%
o  Core Flow                      40 Mlbm/hr
* Protected train o  Protected Train is A
* Technical Specification Action statements in effect o  None
* Locked in / failed annunciators and alarms o  None
* Evolutions in progress or planned for upcoming shift o  Start and load B SBDG from the Control Room in accordance with OI 324, Section 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM for industry OE investigation. 2 hour load run is required to be performed for maintenance. Offsite Sources STP was completed just prior to turnover (< 1 hour ago).
o  Power assention in progress following a sequence exchange.
* Plant PRA/PSA Status including CDF/LERF & color o  CDF Baseline with one year to YELLOW o  LERF Baseline with one year to YELLOW
* Existing LCOs, date of next surveillance o  None.
* Procedures or major maintenance in progress o  None
* Equipment to be taken out of or returned to service this shift/maintenance on major plant equipment o  Raise Power with rod withdrawal to 85% Power per RE Direction
* Comments, problems, operator workarounds, etc.
o  None Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                Page 8 of 43


If surrogate operators are to be used, brief them using TR
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                                 SEG TIME/NOTES                   INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                     EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 1:                                                         CREW Start B ESW
-AA-230-1007-F11, Surrogate Brief Checklist  Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 7 of 43 Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam
* Implements OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG IAW OI 454 to                                                        SYSTEM.
- Scenario #1 Form ES-D-1  SHIFT TURNOVER INFORMATION Day of week and shift o Today  o Day Shift  Weather conditions o Mild summer morning (Plant power levels) o Reactor Power Level
support starting B SBDG:                                                        CRS Simulator Operator:
  % o Core Flow  40 Mlbm/hr  Protected train o Protected Train is "A
* Directs the operator to start the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6.4, When directed                                                        FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM.
"  Technical Specification Action statements in effect o None  Locked in / failed annunciators and alarms o None  Evolutions in progress or planned for upcoming shift o Start and load 'B' SBDG from the Control Room in accordance with OI 324, Section 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM for industry OE investigation. 2 hour load run is required to be performed for maintenance. Offsite Sources STP was completed just prior to turnover (< 1 hour ago)
to perform B      Inform the control room that time ESW pump            compression is being used and the B BOP prestart checks: ESW Pump is ready for start.
. o Power assention in progress following a sequence exchange.
* Start the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM.
Plant PRA/PSA Status including CDF/LERF & color o CDF Baseline with one year to YELLOW o LERF Baseline with one year to YELLOW  Existing LCOs, date of next surveillance o None. Procedures or major maintenance in progress o None  Equipment to be taken out of or returned to service this shift/maintenance on major plant equipment o Raise Power with rod withdrawal to 85% Power per RE Direction  Comments, problems, operator workarounds, etc.
* Start Emergency Service Water Pump 1P-99B per OI 454.
o None Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 8 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 1: Start 'B' ESW  IAW OI 454 to support starting "B" SBDG:  When directed to perform "B" ESW pump prestart checks:
* Manually start either or both ESW pumps by performing either of the following:
One (1) minute after the "B" ESW Pump is started:      Simulator Operator
o Start B ESW PUMP 1P-99B by placing HS-4928B on 1C06 in the START position
: Inform the control room that time compression is being used and the "B" ESW Pump is ready for start.
* Verify B ESW PUMP 1P-99B running by observing the following on 1C06:
Simulator Operator Inform the control room that the "B"ESW Pump is running satisfactory. The strainer is rotating, auto vents are closed and that there is air flow in the room.
o B ESW PUMP 1P-99B red indicating light is ON.
The fan switch has been returned to auto.
o B ESW PUMP 1P-99B indicates normal running current of approximately 95-115 amps Simulator Operator
CREW  Implements OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM. CRS Directs the operator to start the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM.
* Verify adequate cooling for ESW Pump 1P-99B by observing that FI-4938B One (1) minute                                                          B ESW FLOW indicates greater than 300 gpm.
BOP Start the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM.
after the B        Inform the control room that the BESW Pump is running satisfactory. The strainer
Start Emergency Service Water Pump 1P
* As soon as possible after ESW pump start, perform the following:
-99B per OI 454.
ESW Pump is started:            is rotating, auto vents are closed and that              o Inspect the auto vent/vac breaker for evidence of excessive leakage.
Manually start either or both ESW pumps by performing either of the following:
there is air flow in the room. The fan                  o Verify air flow from 1V-SF-56B, RHRSW/ESW Supply Fan.
o Start B ESW PUMP 1P
switch has been returned to auto.                        o After air flow is verified, operate 1V-SF-56B as directed by CRS.
-99B by placing HS
* Control ESW/RHRSW pit level in accordance with OI 410.
-4928B on 1C06 in the START position Verify B ESW PUMP 1P
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                           Page 9 of 43
-99B running by observing the following on 1C06:
o B ESW PUMP 1P
-99B red indicating light is ON
. o B ESW PUMP 1P
-99B indicates normal running current of approximately 95-115 amps Verify adequate cooling for ESW Pump 1P
-99B by observing that FI
-4938B B ESW FLOW indicates greater than 300 gpm. As soon as possible after ESW pump start, perform the following: o Inspect the auto vent/vac breaker for evidence of excessive leakage.
o Verify air flow from 1V
-SF-56B, RHRSW/ESW Supply Fan.
o After air flow is verified, operate 1V
-SF-56B as directed by CRS.
Control ESW/RHRSW pit level in accordance with OI 410.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 9 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG  TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE After the "B" SBDG Prelube pump is operating:
Simulator Operator Inform the control room that the "B" SBDG Prelube Pump is running satisfactory.
CREW  Implements OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM.
CRS  Directs the operator to start the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM.
BOP  Start the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM.
If starting the Standby Diesel Generator from the Control Room on 1C08 perform the following:
Set Prelube Timer KS
-3238B to 2.0 minutes.
Start the B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G
-21 PRELUBE pump by depressing the prelube pushbutton.
After the Prelube Pump has been running for 1 minute, place B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 CONTROL handswitch HS
-3231B momentarily in the START position, and then return it to the AUTO position.
Verify 1V-SF-21 Diesel Generator Supply Fan is running (verify red running light ON at 1C23).
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 10 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG  TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Parallel ing the "B" SBDG to 1A4:    When directed to pla ce HS-3281, IDLE
-RATED Switch in IDLE:  One (1) minute after the request to place HS-3281 B in IDLE:  When requested to place HS-3234B, GOVERNOR MODE SWITCH in PARALLEL:
One (1) minute after the request to place HS-3234B in PARALLEL:
Simulator Operator Acknowledge the request.


Simulator Operator Activate [ET 10]. Inform the control room that HS
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                                SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                        EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE CREW
-3281 B , IDLE-RATED SWITCH is in IDLE.
* Implements OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM.
Simulator Operator Acknowledge the request.
CRS
Simulator Operator Activate [ET 11]. Inform the control room that HS3234B, GOVERNOR MODE SELECT SWITCH is in PARALLEL CREW Implements OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM. CRS Directs the operator to load the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6.
* Directs the operator to start the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM.
6 , PARALLELING THE "B" SBDG SYSTEM TO ESSENTIAL BUS 1A4. BOP Load the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6.
BOP
6 , PARALLELING THE "B" SBDG SYSTEM TO ESSENTIAL BUS 1A4.
* Start the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM.
Verify SBDG 1G
* If starting the Standby Diesel Generator from the Control Room on 1C08 perform the following:
-21 started
After the B        Simulator Operator
. At 1C94, verify HS-3281B , IDLE-RATED SWITCH, in IDLE. Perform the following on 1C08:
* Set Prelube Timer KS-3238B to 2.0 minutes.
o Adjusts "B" DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 VOLTAGE ADJUST control to maintain "B" DIESEL GENERATOR 1G
SBDG Prelube          Inform the control room that the B
-21 VOLTS meter at approximately 4160 volts.
* Start the B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 PRELUBE pump by depressing pump is                  SBDG Prelube Pump is running                    the prelube pushbutton.
o Adjusts "B" DIESEL GENERATOR 1G
operating:                              satisfactory.
-21 SPEED ADJUST control to maintain "B" DIESEL GENERATOR 1G
* After the Prelube Pump has been running for 1 minute, place B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 CONTROL handswitch HS-3231B momentarily in the START position, and then return it to the AUTO position.
-21 FREQUENCY meter at approximately 60 hertz.
* Verify 1V-SF-21 Diesel Generator Supply Fan is running (verify red running light ON at 1C23).
P la ce the GOVERNOR MODE SWITCH (DROOP) HS
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                            Page 10 of 43
-3234B on 1C94 in the PARALLEL position.
 
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 11 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 1: Starting the "B" SBDG IAW OI 324 (cont):
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                                SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                      EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Paralleling the                                                   CREW B SBDG to
At the direction of the Lead Examiner:    Communications for the leak are on page 14        Simulator Operator Activate [ET 17]. This will acknowledge the 1C94 Annunciator Alarms and clear the Control Room Annunciator on 1C08. This must occur prior to the next event.
* Implements OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG 1A4:                                                                  SYSTEM.
CRS
* Directs the operator to load the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6.6, PARALLELING THE B SBDG SYSTEM TO ESSENTIAL BUS 1A4.
When directed                                                      BOP Simulator Operator to place HS-
* Load the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6. 6, PARALLELING THE B 3281, IDLE-          Acknowledge the request.                        SBDG SYSTEM TO ESSENTIAL BUS 1A4.
RATED Switch
* Verify SBDG 1G-21 started.
in IDLE:
* At 1C94, verify HS-3281B, IDLE-RATED SWITCH, in IDLE.
* Perform the following on 1C08:
One (1) minute Simulator Operator o Adjusts B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 VOLTAGE ADJUST after the                            Activate [ET 10].                            control to maintain B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 VOLTS meter request to place                                                                  at approximately 4160 volts.
HS-3281B in          Inform the control room that HS-3281B, IDLE-RATED        SWITCH is in IDLE.                    o Adjusts B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 SPEED ADJUST control IDLE:                                                                              to maintain B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 FREQUENCY meter at approximately 60 hertz.
When                Simulator Operator
* Place the GOVERNOR MODE SWITCH (DROOP) HS-3234B on 1C94 in the requested to        Acknowledge the request.                            PARALLEL position.
place HS-
: 3234B, GOVERNOR MODE SWITCH in PARALLEL:
One (1) minute      Simulator Operator after the                            Activate [ET 11].
request to place    Inform the control room that HS3234B, HS-3234B in          GOVERNOR MODE SELECT SWITCH is PARALLEL:            in PARALLEL Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                           Page 11 of 43
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                               SEG TIME/NOTES                 INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                       EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 1:                                                           CREW Starting the B
* Implements OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SBDG IAW OI                                                           SYSTEM.
324 (cont):                                                       CRS
* Directs the operator to load the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6.6, PARALLELING THE B SBDG SYSTEM TO ESSENTIAL BUS 1A4.
Simulator Operator
Simulator Operator
: Activate [ET 1]. This will cause 1C08B (C
* Enters AC Sources and SBDG LCOs.
-02), B Diesel Gen Panel 1C
Activate [ET 17].
-94 Trouble to annunciate.
* TS LCO 3.8.1 Condition A- One Offsite Circuit INOPERABLE.
CREW  Implements OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM. CRS  Directs the operator to load the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6.
This will acknowledge the 1C94
6 , PARALLELING THE "B" SBDG SYSTEM TO ESSENTIAL BUS 1A4.
* TS LCO 3.8.1. Condition B- One DG INOPERABLE Annunciator Alarms and clear the Control Room Annunciator on 1C08. This must          BOP occur prior to the next event.
Enters AC Sources and SBDG LCOs. TS LCO 3.8.1 Condition A
* Load the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6. 6, PARALLELING THE B SBDG SYSTEM TO ESSENTIAL BUS 1A4.
- One Offsite Circuit INOPERABLE.
* Verifies AC Sources and SBDG LCOs have been entered.
TS LCO 3.8.1. Condition B
* At 1C08, place BUS 1A4 Transfer handswitch to MANUAL.
- One DG INOPERABLE BOP Load the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6.
Simulator Operator:
6 , PARALLELING THE "B" SBDG SYSTEM TO ESSENTIAL BUS 1A4.
* Place the SYNCHRONIZE switch for 4KV BREAKER 1A411 B DIESEL At the direction                      Activate [ET 1].                    GENERATOR 1G-21, to ON.
Verifies AC Sources and SBDG LCOs have been entered.
of the Lead          This will cause 1C08B (C-02), B Diesel
At 1C08, place BUS 1A4 Transfer handswitch to MANUAL.
* Using the B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 VOLTAGE ADJUST, raise Examiner:            Gen Panel 1C-94 Trouble to annunciate.              INCOMING VOLTS SYNCHRONIZE to slightly more than RUNNING VOLTS SYNCHRONIZE.
Place the SYNCHRONIZE switch for 4KV BREAKER 1A411 "B" DIESEL GENERATOR 1G
* Using the B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 SPEED ADJUST, adjust diesel generator speed to a slow, clockwise synchroscope rotation.
-21, to ON.
Communications
Using the B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G
* When the synchroscope is at the 12 o'clock position, momentarily place the for the leak are                                                          control switch for 4KV BREAKER 1A411 B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 in on page 14                                                                the CLOSE position.
-21 VOLTAGE ADJUST, raise INCOMING VOLTS SYNCHRONIZE to slightly more than RUNNING VOLTS SYNCHRONIZE
* Confirms the red (breaker closed) and white (closing spring charged) indicating lights are ON.
. Using the B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                           Page 12 of 43
-21 SPEED ADJUST, adjust diesel generator speed to a slow, clockwise synchroscope rotation
. When the synchroscope is at the 12 o'clock position, momentarily place the control switch for 4KV BREAKER 1A411 B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G
-21 in the CLOSE position
. Confirms the red (breaker closed) and white (closing spring charged) indicating lights are ON.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 12 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG  TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 1: Starting the "B" SBDG IAW OI 324 (cont):
When Contacted to verify 1A4 Switchgear Room Clear of Personnel, wait 1 minute and


NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                                SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                  EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 1:                                                      CREW Starting the B
* Implements OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SBDG IAW OI                                                      SYSTEM.
324 (cont):                                                  CRS
* Directs the operator to load the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6.6, PARALLELING THE B SBDG SYSTEM TO ESSENTIAL BUS 1A4.
When
* Exits LCOs 3.8.1.A and 3.8.1.B when the 1A4 Transfer handswitch is taken Simulator Operator                              to AUTO.
Contacted to verify 1A4          inform the control room that 1A4        BOP Switchgear          Switchgear Room is clear of personnel.
* Load the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6. 6, PARALLELING THE B Room Clear of                                                    SBDG SYSTEM TO ESSENTIAL BUS 1A4.
Personnel, wait
* Loads the Diesel Generator to 250-300 KW using 1G21 speed adjust 1 minute and
* Place the SYNCHRONIZE switch for 4KV BREAKER 1A411 B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 to OFF.
* Place BUS 1A4 TRANSFER handswitch in AUTO.
* Use B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 SPEED ADJUST to load B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 to  1,500 KW, observing B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 KILOWATTS meter at 1C08 Simulator Operator
* Adjust B SBDG speed and voltage, as necessary to attain desired loading Acknowledge the request.                and power factor (0.9 power factor per Appendix 1).
* Complete the SBDG Operating Checklist OI 324A9 (Attachment 9).
When directed to perform SBDG Operating Checklist OI 324A9 (Attachment 9):
When directed to perform SBDG Operating Checklist OI 324A9 (Attachment 9):
Simulator Operator inform the control room that 1A4 Switchgear Room is clear of personnel.
EXAMINER NOTE: After initially loading the B SBDG, wait ~5 minutes then insert the next event.
Simulator Operator Acknowledge the request.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                      Page 13 of 43
CREW  Implements OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM. CRS Directs the operator to load the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6.
 
6 , PARALLELING THE "B" SBDG SYSTEM TO ESSENTIAL BUS 1A4.
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                        SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                  EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 2:                                                      Crew
Exits LCOs 3.8.1.A and 3.8.1.B when the 1A4 Transfer handswitch is taken to AUTO. BOP Load the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6.
* Responds to 1C08B (C-2), B Diesel Gen Panel 1C-94 Trouble Alarm When directed        Simulator Operator
6 , PARALLELING THE "B" SBDG SYSTEM TO ESSENTIAL BUS 1A4.
* Responds to 1C94 (A-3), Jacket Coolant Level Low to investigate
Loads the Diesel Generator to 250
* Responds to 1C94 (A-4), Jacket Coolant Temperature Hi/Lo Acknowledge the request.
-300 KW using 1G21 speed adjust Place the SYNCHRONIZE switch for 4KV BREAKER 1A411 B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G
the 1C94 Trouble Alarm:
-21 to OFF. Place BUS 1A4 TRANSFER handswitch in AUTO.
Three (3)                                                    BOP minutes after        Simulator Operator:
Use B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G
* Send an Operator to 1C94 to determine the cause of the TROUBLE being directed                                                    Alarm and take corrective action per ARP 1C-94.
-21 SPEED ADJUST to load B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G
to investigate      Inform the control room of the following:
-21 to 1,500 KW, observing B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 KILOWATTS meter at 1C08 Adjust 'B' SBDG speed and voltage, as necessary to attain desired loading and power factor (0.9 power factor per Appendix 1).
* At 1C92 monitor TI-3258B to determine if Jacket Coolant temperature is 1C94 Trouble high or low Alarm:
Complete the SBDG Operating Checklist OI 324A9 (Attachment 9). EXAMINER NOTE: After initially loading the 'B' SBDG, wait ~5 minutes then insert the next event
* Coolant is on the floor around the
. Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 13 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 2:  When directed to investigate the 1C94 Trouble Alarm:
* IF SBDG 1G-21 is running and NO LOOP or LOOP/LOCA emergency SBDG, the expansion tank is empty.
Three (3) minutes after being directed to investigate 1C94 Trouble Alarm:  Simulator Operator Acknowledge the request.
exists AND IF Jacket coolant temperature is above 195&deg;F on TI-3258B
Simulator Operator
* Annunciators in ALARM:                    THEN Unload and trip SBDG and notify CRS.
: Inform the control room of the following: Coolant is on the floor around the SBDG, the expansion tank is empty.
1C94 (A-3), Jacket Coolant Level
Annunciators in ALARM:
* Unloads the B SBDG (CRITICAL)
1C94 (A-3), Jacket Coolant Level Low 1C94 (A-4), Jacket C oolant Temperature Hi/Lo Jacket coolant temp is 195&deg;F, rising slowly. Crew  Responds to 1C08B (C-2), B Diesel Gen Panel 1C-94 Trouble Alarm Responds to 1C94 (A
Low
-3), Jacket Coolant Level Low Responds to 1C94 (A
* Trips the B SBDG (CRITICAL) 1C94 (A-4), Jacket Coolant Temperature Hi/Lo                    Actions per the OI are on the next page.
-4), Jacket Coolant Temperature Hi/Lo
* Jacket coolant temp is 195&deg;F, rising slowly.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                              Page 14 of 43
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                          SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                  EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 2:            Floor Instructor                          Crew Jacket Coolant      The crew may elect to unload and remove
* Responds to 1C94 (A-4), Jacket Coolant Temperature Hi/Lo Leak on the B     the SBDG from service using OI 324. The CRS SBDG.                steps documented to the right are the
* Directs the operator to unload the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect expected student response using OI 324.     8.3, UNLOAD THE B SBDG.
(contd)
* Enters LCOs 3.8.1.A and 3.8.1.B when the 1A4 Transfer handswitch is taken to MANUAL and exits 3.8.1.A when taken back to AUTO.
BOP
* Implements OI 324, Sect 8.3, UNLOAD THE B SBDG Simulator Operator:
* If the SBDG is in PARALLEL OPERATION, then reduce the load on the When contacted Acknowledge the request for support.            Diesel Generator to 1500-1600 KW by using the DIESEL GENERATOR as the DSM 1G-21 SPEED ADJUST CONTROL.
* Adjust A[B] DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-1G-21 VOLTAGE ADJUST to maintain 0.9 power factor per Appendix 1.
* Operate at 1500-1600 KW for 10 minutes to allow for cooldown. (Based Simulator Operator:                              on the current conditions, the 10 minute cooldown may be waived).
When contacted Acknowledge the request for support.
* Verify AC Sources LCO has been entered if applicable.
as Chemistry to investigate the
* Place the BUS 1A4 TRANSFER breaker mode selector switch is in leak,                                                                MANUAL. (Critical for this evolution)
* Reduce the load on the Diesel Generator to 50 KW by using the DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 SPEED ADJUST CONTROL.
* Place the control switch for 4KV BREAKER 411 B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 in the TRIP position. (Critical for this evolution) o Observe that the green (breaker tripped) and the white (closing spring charged) indicating lights are ON.
* Place the BUS 1A4 TRANSFER breaker mode selector switch in the AUTO position. (Critical for this evolution)
* At 1C08, confirm annunciator 4KV BUS AUTO TRANSFER INOP (1C08A, D-7) is reset. Actions continued on next page.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                Page 15 of 43
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                          SEG IF directed to      Simulator Operator                            Crew place HS3234B
* Responds to 1C94 (A-4), Jacket Coolant Temperature Hi/Lo Acknowledge the request.
in UNIT:
Activate [ET 12]            CRS
* Directs the operator to unload the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect This will insert RF dg11 to UNIT                8.3, UNLOAD THE B SBDG.
Inform the control room that HS3234B,
* Place the B GOVERNOR MODE SWITCH (DROOP) HS-3234B at B Governor Mode Switch is in UNIT.              1C94 in UNIT.
If directed to
* Directs placing the B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 CONTROL place HS3281B Simulator Operator                              handswitch HS-3231B on 1C08 in the PULL TO LOCK position.
in RATED:
* Declares the B SBDG INOPERABLE (already INOP potentially due to Acknowledge the request.                not exiting when 1A4 transfer switch was in MANUAL)
Activate [ET13]
* TS LCO 3.8.1 Condition B- One DG INOPERABLE This will insert RF dg19 to RATED.                      o Perform SR 3.8.1.1 for operable offsite circuits within 1 hour and every 12 hours thereafter.
Inform the control room that HS3281B, IDLE-RATED SWITCH is in RATED.                        o Determine that the fault is not a common cause failure within 24 hours.
o Perform SR 3.8.1.2 for the operable EDG once per 72 hours o Restore the inoperable EDG to operable within 7 days BOP
* Implements OI 324, Sect 8.3, UNLOAD THE B SBDG
* At 1C94, place HS-3281B, IDLE-RATED SWITCH, in RATED.
EXAMINER NOTE: After the applicants shutdown the B SBDG and after declaring the B SBDG inoperable, the crew should proceed to withdrawing control rods.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                     Page 16 of 43
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                         SEG Event 3                                                            CRS Increase                                                          Directs Operators to increase power IAW IPOI and RE guidance Reactor Power with control RO rods Continues control rod withdrawal IAW OI 856.1 following the sequence.
* Monitor neutron monitoring instrumentation during control rod movements.
If the crew does not transition to    Simulator   Operator:
* Verifies the following indications:
raising reactor          Contact      the control room as the        o White backlight on the Rod Select pushbutton turns ON power after the      Reactor Engineer and inform them that            o On the Full Core Display, the white XX-XX select light corresponding SBDG event:             raising reactor power is a priority.            to the rod selected turns ON o On the Four Rod Group Display, the white SELECT light turns ON If called as        Simulator Operator                                  denoting the position display for the selected rod.
organizational      Acknowledge the requests and provide
* Momentarily places the ROD MOVEMENT CONTROL in the OUT-personnel to                        needed support.                  NOTCH position and verifies:
support the power rise:                                                            o The green ROD IN light turns ON momentarily and then turns OFF o The red ROD OUT light turns ON after the green ROD IN light turns OFF.
o The red ROD OUT light turns OFF o The amber ROD SETTLE light turns ON and then turns OFF o The rod has been with drawn as indicated on the Four Rod Group Display BOP
* Provides Peer checks to RO during rod withdrawals.
* Monitors balance of plant equipment /plant status.
Examiner Note: The 3rd control rod will stick. Go to Event 4.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                    Page 17 of 43


BOP  Send an Operator to 1C94 to determine the cause of the TROUBLE Alarm and take corrective action per ARP 1C
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                         SEG Event 4:                                                           CREW Stuck Control                                                      Diagnoses control rod 22-23 is stuck Rod                  Simulator Operator CRS At the direction    Activate [ET 3]
-94. At 1C92 monitor TI
of the Lead
-3258B to determine if Jacket Coolant temperature is high or low I F SBDG 1G-21 is running and NO LOOP or LOOP/LOCA emergency exists AND IF Jacket coolant temperature is above 195F on TI-3258B THEN Unload and trip SBDG and notify CRS
* Directs entry to AOP 255.1, Control Rod Movement/Indication Abnormal, This will stick Rod 22-23 at its current          when informed of stuck control rod.
. Unloads the 'B' SBDG (CRITICAL)
: Examiner, position.
Trips the 'B' SBDG (CRITICAL)
* Determines that the TS 3.3.2.1, Control Rod Block Instrumentation, When CRD                                                              requirements are met.
Actions per the OI are on the next page.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 14 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 2: Jacket Coolant Leak on the 'B' SBDG. (cont'd)
When contacted as the DSM When contacted as Chemistry to investigate the leak,  Floor Instructor The crew may elect to unload and remove the SBDG from service using OI 324. The steps documented to the right are the expected student response using OI 324.
Simulator Operator:
Acknowledge the request for support.
Simulator Operator:
Acknowledge the request for support.
Crew  Responds to 1C94 (A
-4), Jacket Coolant Temperature Hi/Lo CRS  Directs the operator to unload the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 8.3 , UNLOAD THE "B" SBDG.
Enters LCOs 3.8.1.A and 3.8.1.B when the 1A4 Transfer handswitch is taken to MANUAL and exits 3.8.1.A when taken back to AUTO
. BOP  Implements OI 324, Sect 8.3, UNLOAD THE "B" SBDG If the SBDG is in PARALLEL OPERATION, then reduce the load on the Diesel Generator to 1500
-1600 KW by using the DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-2 1 SPEED ADJUST CONTROL.
Adjust A[B] DIESEL GENERATOR 1G
-1G-21 VOLTAGE ADJUST to maintain 0.9 power factor per Appendix 1.
Operate at 1500
-1600 KW for 10 minutes to allow for cooldown. (Based on the current conditions, the 10 minute cooldown may be waived).
Verify AC Sources LCO has been entered if applicable.
Place the BUS 1A4 TRANSFER breaker mode selector switch is in MANUAL. (Critical for this evolution)  Reduce the load on the Diesel Generator to 50 KW by using the DIESEL GENERATOR 1G
-21 SPEED ADJUST CONTROL.
Place the control switch for 4KV BREAKER 411 B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G
-21 in the TRIP position. (Critical for this evolution) o Observe that the green (breaker tripped) and the white (closing spring charged) indicating lights are ON.
Place the BUS 1A4 TRANSFER breaker mode selector switch in the AUTO position. (Critical for this evolution)
At 1C08, confirm annunciator 4KV BUS AUTO TRANSFER INOP (1C08A, D-7) is reset.
Actions continued on next page.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 15 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG  IF directed to place HS3234B in UNIT:    If directed to place HS3281B in RATED: Simulator Operator Acknowledge the request.
Activate [ET 12] This will insert RF dg11 to UNIT Inform the control room that HS3234B, B Governor Mode Switch is in UNIT.
Simulator Operator Acknowledge the request.
Activate [ET13] This will insert RF dg19 to RATED.
Inform the control room that HS3281B, IDLE-RATED SWITCH is in RATED.
Crew  Responds to 1C94 (A
-4), Jacket Coolant Temperature Hi/Lo CRS  Directs the operator to unload the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 8.3 , UNLOAD THE "B" SBDG.
Place the B GOVERNOR MODE SWITCH (DROOP) HS
-3234B at 1C94 in UNIT. Directs placing the B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G
-21 CONTROL handswitch H S-3231B on 1C08 in the PULL TO LOCK position.
Declares the "B" SBDG INOPERABLE (already INOP potentially due to not exiting when 1A4 transfer switch was in MANUAL)
TS LCO 3.8.1 Condition B
- One DG INOPERABLE o Perform SR 3.8.1.1 for operable offsite circuits within 1 hour and every 12 hours thereafter.
o Determine that the fault is not a common cause failure within 24 hours. o Perform SR 3.8.1.2 for the operable EDG once per 72 hours o Restore the inoperable EDG to operable within 7 days BOP  Implements OI 324, Sect 8.3 , UNLOAD THE "B" SBDG At 1C94, place HS
-3281B, IDLE
-RATED SWITCH, in RATED. EXAMINER NOTE:  After the applicants shutdown the 'B' SBDG and after declaring the 'B' SBDG inoperable , the crew should proceed to withdrawing control rods.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 16 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG  Event 3 Increase Reactor Power with control rods  If the crew does not transition to raising reactor power after the SBDG event:
If called as organizational personnel to support the power rise:
Simulator Operator
Simulator Operator
: Contact the control room as the Reactor Engineer and inform them that raising reactor power is a priority.
* Contacts RE and/or Duty Manager.
Simulator Operator Acknowledge the requests and provide needed support.
drive water pressure is                      Verify [ET 20] actuates.           RO greater than        This will remove MF RD023023. This will 295 psig:            allow rod 22-23 to move.
CRS Directs Operators to increase power IAW IPOI and RE guidance RO Continues control rod withdrawal IAW OI 856.1 following the sequence.
* While pulling control rods, recognizes 22-23 stuck and informs the SRO.
Monitor neutron monitoring instrumentation during control rod movements
* Implements AOP 255.1, takes actions to address the stuck rod as follows:
. Verifies the following indications:
* Verify power is available to RMCS.
o White backlight on the Rod Select pushbutton turns ON o On the Full Core Display, the white "XX
If contacted as
-XX" select light corresponding to the rod selected turns ON o On the Four Rod Group Display, the white SELECT light turns ON denoting the position display for the selected rod. Momentarily places the ROD MOVEMENT CONTROL in the OUT
* Verify the rod is actually selected.
-NOTCH position and verifies:
organizational      Simulator Operator
o The green ROD IN light turns ON momentarily and then turns OFF o The red ROD OUT light turns ON after the green ROD IN light turns OFF. o The red ROD OUT light turns OFF o The amber ROD SETTLE light turns ON and then turns OFF o The rod has been with drawn as indicated on the Four Rod Group Display BOP  Provides Peer checks to RO during rod withdrawals
* Demand a Rod Position Log and verify control rod positions.
. Monitors balance of plant equipment /plant status.
personnel:                 Acknowledge the information.
Examiner Note:  The 3 rd control rod will stick. Go to Event
* Verify the following parameters indicate approximately their normal values at 1C05 o CRD Pump flow at FC-1814 CRD System Flow Control (40 gpm)
: 4. Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 17 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG  Event 4: Stuck Control Rod At the direction of the Lead Examiner,  When CRD drive water pressure is greater than 295 psig:  If contacted as organizational personnel:
Evaluator Note:
Simulator Operator Activate [ET 3]
o CRD Charging Water header pressure at PI-1816A (CRD It is satisfactory to adjust pressure greater Pressure) Charging Water Press (1450 psi) than normal but less than 350# to limit stress on the CRD                                        o    CRD Drive Water pressure at PDI-1825A (CRD Pressure)
This will stick Rod 22
Drive Water P (260 psid)
-23 at its current position. Simulator Operator Verify [ET 20] actuates. This will remove MF RD0230
: 23. This w ill allow r od 22-23 to move. Simulator Operator Acknowledge the information.
Evaluator Note:
Evaluator Note:
It is satisfactory to adjust pressure greater than normal but less than 350# to limit stress on the CRD Evaluator Note:
* Raises drive water pressure to 310-350 psid by adjusting MO1830 There is the potential to double notch a             until drive water pressure PI-1825A is 310-350 psid.
There is the potential to double notch a control rod with elevated drive water pressure. There is a large note in the AOP to direct the crew to recover from the double notch IAW OI 255 CREW Diagnoses control rod 22-23 is stuck CRS  Directs entry to AOP 255.1, Control Rod Movement/Indication Abnormal, when informed of stuck control rod.
control rod with elevated drive water
Determines that the TS 3.3.2.1, Control Rod Block Instrumentation, requirements are met.
* Attempts to move the rod pressure. There is a large note in the AOP to direct the crew to recover from the
Contacts RE and/or Duty Manager.
* Recognizes rod movement and reports success to SRO double notch IAW OI 255
RO  While pulling control rods, recognizes 22-23 stuck and informs the SRO.
* Returns drive water pressure to its normal band Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                     Page 18 of 43
Implements AOP 255.1, takes actions to address the stuck rod as follows:
Verify power is available to RMCS.
Verify the rod is actually selected.
Demand a Rod Position Log and verify control rod positions.
Verify the following parameters indicate approximately their normal values at 1C05 o CRD Pump flow at FC
-1814 CRD System Flow Control (40 gpm) o CRD Charging Water header pressure at PI
-1816A (CRD Pressure) Charging Water Press (1450 psi) o CRD Drive Water pressure at PDI
-1825A (CRD Pressure) Drive Water P (260 psid)
Raises drive water pressure to 310
-350 psid by adjusting MO1830 until drive water pressure PI
-1825A is 310-350 psid. Attempts to move the rod Recognizes rod movement and reports success to SRO Returns drive water pressure to its normal band Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 18 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG  Event 4: When directed to the HCU to perform local actions:  Two (2) minutes after initial direction to verify condition at the HCU:
If contacted to monitor HCU during control rod movement after RD0222 23 is removed:
Simulator Operator Acknowledge the request.


Simulator Operator Inform the control room that the HCU lineup is normal and HCU pressure is normal. Simulator Operator Inform the control room that the HCU looked and sounded normal during the move. BOP  Monitors balance of plant equipment/plant status.
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                    SEG Event 4:                                                      BOP When directed        Simulator Operator
Contacts SANSOE to inspect control rod 22-23 HCU for abnormalities.
* Monitors balance of plant equipment/plant status.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 19 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG   If the crew double notches the control rod, actions to recover are included. If contacted as the Reactor Engineer, Simulator Instructor Acknowledge the Double Notch and inform the crew that inserting the rod and continuing with the power change is permissible.
to the HCU to                Acknowledge the request.
Crew  Recognize the Double Notch of the Control Rod.
perform local
CRS Direct actions IAW OI 255, Section 10.1, Restoration from a Withdraw Double Notch.
* Contacts SANSOE to inspect control rod 22-23 HCU for abnormalities.
Notify Reactor Engineering
actions:
. RO Verify thermal limits on an official or a predicted 3D case.
Two (2) minutes after initial        Simulator Operator direction to          Inform the control room that the HCU verify condition      lineup is normal and HCU pressure is at the HCU:                              normal.
Use the CONTROL ROD MOVEMENT SWITCH C11A
If contacted to monitor HCU          Simulator Operator during control      Inform the control room that the HCU rod movement        looked and sounded normal during the after RD022223      move.
-S2 at 1C05 to INSERT the rod one notch to its intended position. NA if the double notch is anticipated as part of a planned reactivity manipulation a nd thermal limits are not adversely affected.
is removed:
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                             Page 19 of 43
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                             SEG Crew If the crew
* Recognize the Double Notch of the Control Rod.
double notches the control rod,                                                  CRS actions to
* Direct actions IAW OI 255, Section 10.1, Restoration from a Withdraw recover are                                                              Double Notch.
included.
* Notify Reactor Engineering.
Simulator Instructor If contacted as Acknowledge the Double Notch and inform RO the Reactor          the crew that inserting the rod and
* Verify thermal limits on an official or a predicted 3D case.
Engineer,            continuing with the power change is
* Use the CONTROL ROD MOVEMENT SWITCH C11A-S2 at 1C05 to permissible.                                        INSERT the rod one notch to its intended position. NA if the double notch is anticipated as part of a planned reactivity manipulation and thermal limits are not adversely affected.
The crew should recommence the withdrawal of control rods IAW IPOI 3 once the double notched rod is restored.
The crew should recommence the withdrawal of control rods IAW IPOI 3 once the double notched rod is restored.
EXAMINER NOTE: Continue to next event at examiner's direction.
EXAMINER NOTE: Continue to next event at examiners direction.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 20 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG Event 5: After the crew has performed AOP 255.1 , raised power and at the direction of the examiner: When directed to investigate the cause of the  
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                       Page 20 of 43
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                           SEG Event 5:             Simulator Operator                            CREW After the crew                     ACTIVATE [ET 5].
* Responds to annunciator 1C05A (A-7) B CRD PUMP TRIP OR MOTOR has performed                                                         OVERLOAD This will cause a trip of the B CRD pump AOP 255.1, and accumulator alarms for 06-15 and 34-raised power                                                       CRS 35.
and at the
* Directs starting A CRD pump in accordance with OI 255.
direction of the
* If HPCI is required to be operable, verify HPCI suction is aligned to the examiner:                                                             CSTs When directed Simulator Operator
* Contacts organization for support.
to investigate                                                     RO the cause of the            Acknowledge      the request.
* Implement actions of ARP 1C05A (A-7) B CRD PUMP TRIP OR B CRD pump                                                          MOTOR OVERLOAD trip.
* Determine the cause of CRD 1P-209B trip as follows o Monitor alarm "B" CRD PUMP 1P-209B LO SUCT PRESSURE (1C05A, B-7).
Two (2) minutes after being          Simulator Operator                                      o If necessary send an Operator to Bus 1A4 to check targets on directed to                                                                      Breaker 1A410 Inform the control room that 1A410, B investigate B                                                              o As soon as practical, monitor computer points W092 and CRD pump breaker tripped on inverse CRD Pump                        time delay overcurrent.                          W093 for any bearing temperature > 180&deg;F breaker:
* If due to CAUSES 1.1 through 1.5, start CRD Pump 1P-209A per OI 255 (CRD Hydraulic System).
Three (3)
* If 1P-209B tripped due to any electrical fault, initiate a Work Request minutes after        Simulator Operator                                  to have the pump checked, meggered, and repaired as necessary.
being directed        Inform the control room that B CRD to investigate            pump motor is abnormally hot.
B CRD pump locally:
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                      Page 21 of 43
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                          SEG Event 5:            Simulator Operator                            If the crew elects to start the A CRD pump in accordance with OI 255 here are the expected student responses.
When directed                        Activate [ET 28].
to verify                                                          The crew may address 1C05A (E-6) CRD MECHANISM HIGH TEMP, but This will position V-17-8 1/2 turn open.
adequate oil                                                      the condition is expected for the loss of the CRD Pump.
level and close        Inform the control room that there is CREW V-17-8 to 1/2 turn adequate oil level in the A CRD pump open:                motor and speed changer and the V
* Implements OI 255, Section regarding Startup of a CRD Pump 8, A CRD Pump Discharge Valve is 1/2        CRS turn open.
* Directs starting A CRD pump in accordance with OI 255, Section regarding Startup of a CRD Pump.
When contacted                                                    RO Simulator Operator as the Reactor
* Prepare to start CRD Pump 1P-209A as follows:
Engineer and          Acknowledge the request for support.
* Verify adequate oil level in CRD Pump 1P-209A motor and speed informed of the changer High CRD Temperatures,
* Close 1P-209A Pump Discharge Isolation V-17-8 to approximately 1/2 turn open.
Simulator Operator
* Adjust CRD SYSTEM FLOW CONTROL FC-1814 to 0 gpm in When directed                Acknowledge the request.                      MANUAL.
to slow open V-                              AND
* At 1C05, verify MO-1833, INLET TO CRD RETURN LINE, is fully open 17-8, A CRD Pump                                Activate [ET 27]
* Start CRD PUMP 1P-209A by momentarily placing handswitch Discharge                                                                HS-1807A on 1C05 in the START position This will position V-17-8 full open in 60 Valve:              seconds.
* Slowly open Discharge Isolation V-17-8 to pressurize downstream piping and to prevent CRD pump from tripping on low suction pressure.
After the ramp      Simulator Operator is complete and V-17-8 is full        Inform the control room that V-17-8 is open:                                    full open.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                      Page 22 of 43
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                        SEG CREW
* Implements OI 255, Section regarding Startup of a CRD Pump CRS
* Directs starting A CRD pump in accordance with OI 255, Section regarding Startup of a CRD Pump.
When directed Simulator Operator                              RO to vent both Acknowledge the request.
* Vent both CRD Discharge Filters 1F-201A and B CRD Discharge Filters:                Inform the control room that time
* At 1C05, verify charging header pressurized > 1200 psig on PI-1816A compression is being used and that        CHARGING WATER PRESSURE both CRD Discharge Filters have been
* Slowly adjust CRD SYSTEM FLOW CONTROL FC-1814 to obtain vented.                  approximately 40 gpm on FI-1814 CRD SYSTEM FLOW
* When FC-1814 is properly controlling flow, then shift to AUTO
* Slowly adjust DRIVE WATER P CONTROL MO-1830 to obtain approximately 260 psid on PDI-1825A DRIVE WATER P Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                Page 23 of 43
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                          SEG If the crew elects to start the CRD pump in accordance with OI 255 QRC 1 here are the expected student responses.
CREW
* Implements OI 255, QRC 1, CRD Rapid Start CRS
* Directs starting A CRD pump in accordance with OI 255, QRC 1, CRD Rapid Start.
RO
* If one CRD Pump is running, proceed to step (2), otherwise start CRD Pump as follows:
* Close MO-1830, Drive Water P Control
* Verify FC-1814, CRD System Flow Control in Manual and Closed
* Start 1P-209A[B], CRD Pump
* Throttle MO-1830, Drive Water P Control partially open.
* Adjust FC-1814, CRD System Flow Control and throttle MO-1830, Drive Water P Control to achieve desired pressure and flow.
* Verify operating CRD Pump motors above 9 amps
* Restore FC-1814, CRD System Flow Control to Auto Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                        Page 24 of 43
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                          SEG Accumulator                                                  CREW Trouble
* Responds to annunciator 1C05A (F-7), CRD ACCUMULATOR LO annunciator                                                      PRESSURE OR HI LEVEL response CRS If contacted to      Simulator Operator
* Comply with Technical Specification requirements for Control Rod Scram determine if                                                    Accumulators.
Inform the control room that there are there are any
* May enter TS LCO 3.1.5.Condition A (twice)- One control rod scram NO slow control rods.
slow control                                                      accumulator inoperable with reactor steam dome pressure >900 psig.
rods based on                                                          o Declare the associated control rod scram time slow within 8 last scram time                                                            hours OR testing:                                                                o Declare the associated control rod inoperable within 8 hours.
* Will Enter TS LCO 3.1.5 Condition B- Two or more control rod scram accumulators inoperable with reactor steam dome pressure >900 psig.
o Restore charging water header pressure to > 940 psig within 1 hour of discovery of Condition B concurrent with charging header pressure < 940 psig. AND o Declare the associated control rod scram time slow within 1 hour OR o Declare the associated control rod inoperable within 1 hour.
* Must verify less than 6 control rods have been declared slow
* Must verify separation criteria for both slow control rods declaration and/or inoperable control rod declaration.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                Page 25 of 43
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                      SEG When directed        Simulator Operator                          CREW to investigate
* Responds to annunciator 1C05A (F-7), CRD ACCUMULATOR LO Acknowledge the request.
accumulator                                                          PRESSURE OR HI LEVEL trouble alarms:
CRS Simulator Operator
* Directs recharging the accumulators in accordance with OI 255.
Three (3)            Inform the control room that the alarms RO minutes after          are due to low pressure. Control rod
* Implement actions of ARP 1C05A (F-7), CRD ACCUMULATOR LO being directed          accumulator 06-15 is indicating 935        PRESSURE OR HI LEVEL to investigate        psig and 34-35 is indicating 930 psig.
* Check the Full Core Display on 1C05 to determine which accumulator          I will recharge the two accumulators in            accumulators are in the trouble condition.
trouble alarms:      accordance with OI 255.                                o Determines that 06-15 and 34-35 are in trouble condition.
* Send an Operator to the accumulators to determine the cause of the alarm.
Simulator Operator
* Recharge accumulator per OI 255 (CRD HYDRAULIC SYSTEM).
Ten (10)                            Activate [ET 14]
minutes after being directed      This will remove MF RD070615.
to recharge the              Inform the control room that accumulators:        accumulator 06-15 has been recharged.
Final accumulator pressure is 1200 psig.
Simulator Operator Ten (10) minutes after                        Activate [ET 15]
recharging 06-      This will remove MF RD073435.
15:
Inform the control room that accumulator 34-35 has been recharged.
Final accumulator pressure is 1170 psig.
Continue to next event at examiners direction.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                Page 26 of 43


"B" CRD pump trip. Two (2) minutes after being directed to investigate "B" CRD Pump breaker:  Three (3) minutes after being directed to investigate "B" CRD pump locally:   Simulator Operator ACTIVATE [ET 5]. This will cause a trip of the "B" CRD pump and accumulator alarm s for 06-15 and 34-35.
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                          SEG Event 6:             Simulator Operator:                          Crew When directed                        Activate [ET 7].
Simulator Operator Acknowledge the request
* Respond to auto initiation of HPCI.
. Simulator Operator Inform the control room that 1A410, "B" CRD pump breaker tripped on inverse time delay overcurrent. Simulator Operator Inform the control room that "B" CRD pump motor is abnormally hot.
by the              This causes an auto initiation of HPCI.
CREW  Responds to annunciator 1C05A (A-7) "B" CRD PUMP TRIP OR MOTOR OVERLOAD  CRS  Directs starting "A" CRD pump in accordance with OI 255.
examiner:
If HPCI is required to be operable, verify HPCI suction is aligned to the CSTs  Contacts organization for support.
* Implement OI 152, QRC 2, Tripping HPCI.
RO  Implement actions of ARP 1C05A (A
CRS Simulator Operator
-7) "B" CRD PUMP TRIP OR MOTOR OVERLOAD Determine the cause of CRD 1P
* Directs tripping HPCI after verifying that HPCI operation is not required When contacted                                                        by assuring that by 2 independent indications adequate core cooling is as                        Acknowledge the information.
-209B trip as follows o Monitor alarm "B" CRD PUMP 1P
assured.
-209B LO SUCT PRESSURE  (1C05A, B-7). o If necessary send an Operator to Bus 1A4 to check targets on Breaker 1A410 o As soon as practical, monitor computer points W092 and W093 for any bearing temperature >
organizational personnel to
18 0 F  If due to CAUSES 1.1 through 1.5, start CRD Pump 1P
* Enters AOP 255.2, Power/Reactivity Abnormal Change support HPCI
-209A per OI 255 (CRD Hydraulic System)
* Comply with Technical Specification requirements for HPCI.
. If 1P-209B tripped due to any electrical fault, initiate a Work Request to have the pump checked, meggered, and repaired as necessary.
auto initiation:
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 21 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG  Event 5: When directed to verify adequate oil level and close V-17-8 to 1/2 turn open:  When contacted as the Reactor Engineer and informed of the High CRD Temperatures,  When directed to slow open V 8, "A" CRD Pump Discharge Valve:  After the ramp is complete and
* TS LCO 3.5.1.Condition F- HPCI System INOPERABLE o F.1.- Verify by administrative means RCIC System is OPERABLE If the operator                                                              immediately checks status of Floor Instructor                                        o  F.2.- Restore HPCI System to OPERABLE status within 14 days.
relay E41A-K6:          Inform the operator that the relay appears the same as C71A-K3D.           BOP
* Implements actions of OI 152 QRC 2 to trip HPCI.
This relay is energized to demonstrate the
* Depresses and hold HS-2259, Remote Turbine Trip PB understanding of what it should look like.
* Verify HV-2201, HPCI Turbine Stop Valve Closes
* When HPCI speed is zero rpm, places 1P-218, Aux Oil Pump, in PTL.
* Verify HV-2200, HPCI Turbine Control Valve, closes
* Verify annunciator 1C03-3C (A6) is activated.
* Release HS-2259, HPCI Remote Turbine trip PB RO
* Continues to monitor reactor power, pressure and level
* May need to control level adjusting level setpoint.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                     Page 27 of 43


V-17-8 is fu ll open: Simulator Operator Activate [ET 28]. This will position V 8 1/2 turn open.
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                           SEG AOP 255.2 due                                               Crew to HPCI auto
Inform the control room that there is adequate oil level in the "A" CRD pump motor and speed changer and the V-17-8, "A" CRD Pump Discharge Valve is 1/2 turn open.
* Respond to auto initiation of HPCI.
Simulator Operator Acknowledge the request for support
start
. Simulator Operator Acknowledge the request
* Implement AOP 255.2, Power/ Reactivity Abnormal Change.
. AND Activate [ET 27] This will position V 8 full open in 60 seconds. Simulator Operator Inform the control room that V 8 is full open.
When contacted Simulator Operator                           CRS as
If the crew elects to start the
* Directs AOP 255.2, Power/ Reactivity Abnormal Change.
'A' CRD pump in accordance with OI 255 here are the expected student responses.
organizational            Acknowledge the information.
The crew may address 1C05A (E
* Establish critical parameter monitoring of Reactor Power, Reactor personnel to                                                    Pressure, and RPV Water Level, as priorities allow.
-6) CRD MECHANISM HIGH TEMP, but the condition is expected for the loss of the CRD Pump.
support HPCI auto initiation:
CREW  Implements OI 255, Section regarding Startup of a CRD Pump CRS  Directs starting "A" CRD pump in accordance with OI 255, Section regarding Startup of a CRD Pump.
* Notify the Reactor Engineer and Operations Manager.
RO  Prepare to start CRD Pump 1P
* After the cause has been determined and corrected, return to normal operation.
-209A as follows:
BOP
Verify adequate oil level in CRD Pump 1P
* Take any necessary steps to bring the reactor power/reactivity transient under control, including, but not limited to:
-209A motor and speed changer  Close 1P-209A Pump Discharge Isolation V 8 to approximately 1/2 turn open.
* Assuming manual control of a malfunctioning system (completed when HPCI was tripped)
Adjust CRD SYSTEM FLOW CONTROL FC
* Verify proper operation/indication of systems and/or indications.
-1814 to 0 gpm in MANUAL. At 1C05, verify MO
* Monitor the Off-Gas System radiation levels on Panel 1C02 for any change in Off-Gas activity.
-1833, INLET TO CRD RETURN LINE, is fully open Start CRD PUMP 1P
RO
-209A by momentarily placing handswitch HS-1807A on 1C05 in the START position Slowly open Discharge Isolation V 8 to pressurize downstream piping and to prevent CRD pump from tripping on low suction pressure.
* Place one APRM recorder in each trip system to fast speed to monitor for APRM undamped oscillations greater than normal
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 22 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG     When directed to vent both CRD Discharge Filters:    Simulator Operator Acknowledge the request. Inform the control room that time compression is being used and that both CRD Discharge Filters have been vented. CREW  Implements OI 255, Section regarding Startup of a CRD Pump CRS  Directs starting "A" CRD pump in accordance with OI 255, Section regarding Startup of a CRD Pump.
* Verify control rod positions are correct for the established sequence, by using Rod Position Log
RO  Vent both CRD Discharge Filters 1F
* Verify thermal limits on the Official 3D Case
-201A and B At 1C05, verify charging header pressurized >
* When power is stabilized, plot location on the Stability Power / Flow Map.
1200 psig on PI
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                 Page 28 of 43
-1816A CHARGING WATER PRESSURE Slowly adjust CRD SYSTEM FLOW CONTROL FC
-1814 to obtain approximately 40 gpm on FI
-1814 CRD SYSTEM FLOW When FC-1814 is properly controlling flow, then shift to AUTO Slowly adjust DRIVE WATER P CONTROL MO
-1830 to obtain approximately 260 psid on PDI
-1825A DRIVE WATER P Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 23 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG    If the crew elects to start the CRD pump in accordance with OI 255 QRC 1 here are the expected student responses.
CREW  Implements OI 255, QRC 1, CRD Rapid Start CRS  Directs starting "A" CRD pump in accordance with OI 255, QRC 1, CRD Rapid Start
. RO  If one CRD Pump is running, proceed to step (2), otherwise start CRD Pump as follows:
Close MO-1830, Drive Water P Control  Verify FC-1814, CRD System Flow Control in Manual and Closed Start 1P-209A[B], CRD Pump Throttle MO
-1830, Drive Water P Control partially open.
Adjust FC-1814, CRD System Flow Control and throttle MO
-1830, Drive Water P Control to achieve desired pressure and flow.
Verify operating CRD Pump motors above 9 amps Restore FC
-1814, CRD System Flow Control to Auto Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 24 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG  Accumulator Trouble annunciator response  If contacted to determine if there are any "slow" control rods based on last scram time testing:    Simulator Operator Inform the control room that there are NO slow control rods.
CREW  Responds to annunciator 1C05A (F
-7), CRD ACCUMULATOR LO PRESSURE OR HI LEVEL CRS  Comply with Technical Specification requirements for Control Rod Scram Accumulators.
May enter TS LCO 3.1.5.Condition A (twice)
- One control rod scram accumulator inoperable with reactor steam dome pressure
>900 psig. o Declare the associated control rod scram time "slow" within 8 hours OR o Declare the associated control rod inoperable within 8 hours.
Will Enter TS LCO 3.1.5 Condition B
- Two or more control rod scram accumulators inoperable with reactor steam dome pressure
>900 psig. o Restore charging water header pressure to
> 940 psig within 1 hour of discovery of Condition B concurrent with charging header pressure < 940 psig. AND o Declare the associated control rod scram time "slow" within 1 hour OR o Declare the associated control rod inoperable within 1 hour.
Must verify less than 6 control rods have been declared "slow" Must verify separation criteria for both "slow" control rods declaration and/or inoperable control rod declaration.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 25 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG  When directed to investigate accumulator trouble alarms:
Three (3) minutes after being directed to investigate accumulator trouble alarms:
Ten (10) minutes after being directed to recharge the accumulators:
Ten (10) minutes after recharging 06
-15: Simulator Operator Acknowledge the request.
Simulator Operator Inform the control room that the alarms are due to low pressure. Control rod accumulator 06
-15 is indicating 9 3 5 psig and 34
-35 is indicating 9 30 psig. I will recharge the two accumulators in accordance with OI 255.
Simulator Operator Activate [ET 14] This will remove MF RD070615.
Inform the control room that accumulator 06
-15 has been recharged. Final accumulator pressure is 1200 psig. Simulator Operator Activate [ET 15] This will remove MF RD073435.
Inform the control room that accumulator 34
-35 has been recharged. Final accumulator pressure is 1170 psig. CREW  Responds to annunciator 1C05A (F
-7), CRD ACCUMULATOR LO PRESSURE OR HI LEVEL CRS  Directs recharging the accumulators in accordance with OI 255.
RO  Implement actions of ARP 1C05A (F
-7), CRD ACCUMULATOR LO PRESSURE OR HI LEVEL Check the Full Core Display on 1C05 to determine which accumulators are in the trouble condition
. o Determines that 06
-15 and 34-35 are in trouble condition.
Send an Operator to the accumulators to determine the cause of the alarm. Recharge accumulator per OI 255 (CRD HYDRAULIC SYSTEM). Continue to next event at examiner's direction.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 26 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG  Event 6: When directed by the examiner:  When contacted as organizational personnel to support HPCI auto initiation:
If the operator checks status of relay E41A
-K6:  Simulator Operator
: Activate [ET 7]. This causes an auto initiation of HPCI
. Simulator Operator Acknowledge the information.
Floor Instructor Inform the operator that the relay appears the same as C71A-K3D. This relay is energized to demonstrate the understanding of what it should look like.
Crew  Respond to auto initiation of HPCI.
Implement OI 152, QRC 2, Tripping HPCI.
CRS  Directs tripping HPCI after verifying that HPCI operation is not required by assuring that by 2 independent indications adequate core cooling is assured. Enters AOP 255.2, Power/Reactivity Abnormal Change Comply with Technical Specification requirements for HPCI. TS LCO 3.5.1.Condition F- HPCI System INOPERABLE o F.1.- Verify by administrative means RCIC System is OPERABLE immediately o F.2.- Restore HPCI System to OPERABLE status within 14 days.
BOP  Implements actions of OI 152 QRC 2 to trip HPCI.
Depresses and hold HS
-2259, Remote Turbine Trip PB Verify HV-2201, HPCI Turbine Stop Valve Closes When HPCI speed is zero rpm, places 1P
-218, Aux Oil Pump, in PTL.
Verify HV-2200, HPCI Turbine Control Valve, closes Verify annunciator 1C03
-3C (A6) is activated.
Release HS
-2259, HPCI Remote Turbine trip PB RO  Continues to monitor reactor power, pressure and level May need to control level adjusting level setpoint.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 27 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG  AOP 255.2 due to HPCI auto start  When contacted as organizational personnel to support HPCI auto initiation:
Simulator Operator Acknowledge the information.
Crew  Respond to auto initiation of HPCI.
Implement AOP 255.2, Power/ Reactivity Abnormal Change.
CRS  Directs AOP 255.2, Power/ Reactivity Abnormal Change.
Establish critical parameter monitoring of Reactor Power, Reactor Pressure, and RPV Water Level, as priorities allow
. Notify the Reactor Engineer and Operations Manager.
After the cause has been determined and corrected, return to normal operation.
BOP Take any necessary steps to bring the reactor power/reactivity transient under control, including, but not limited to:
Assuming manual control of a malfunctioning system (completed when HPCI was trippe d) Verify proper operation/indication of systems and/or indications.
Monitor the Off
-Gas System radiation levels on Panel 1C02 for any change in Off
-Gas activity.
RO Place one APRM recorder in each trip system to fast speed to monitor for APRM undamped oscillations greater than normal Verify control rod positions are correct for the established sequence, by using Rod Position Log Verify thermal limits on the Official 3D Case When power is stabilized, plot location on the Stability Power / Flow Map.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 28 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG  Event 7: LOOP, A DG Fails To Auto Start. (Will start in manual.)  Small Recirc Leak  Simulator Operator:
Activate [ET 21] This will result in a Small Break LOCA immediately on a ramp and a LOOP after 60 seconds Simulator Operator
:      Critical Task #2 IF the reactor is shutdown under all conditions, THEN crew actions must be taken to restore and maintain RPV level for adequate core cooling. (>
-25" or -39")  LOSS OF POWER EVENT Crew  Responds to Loss of Offsite Power CRS The crew may initially enter Station Black Out until the SBDG is restored to 1A3
  -ESSENTIAL ELECTRICAL POWER"  Directs starting the A DG and verifying it loads the Bus (CRITICAL TASK
#2)    RO  Provides RPV level and pressure status BOP  did not start  t the "B" DG failed will not start and should be in Pull To Lock. BOP will start the 'A' SBDG with HS
-3231A at 1C08 and verifies the output breaker closes.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 29 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG  Event 7: (Cont) LOOP, A DG Fails To Start but CAN be manually started. Small Recirc


Leak  CREW Responds to annunciator 1C05B
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                           SEG Event 7:             Simulator Operator:                          LOSS OF POWER EVENT LOOP, A DG           Activate [ET 21]                            Crew Fails To Auto This will result in a Small Break LOCA      Responds to Loss of Offsite Power Start. (Will start immediately on a ramp and a LOOP after in manual.)                                                      CRS 60 seconds The crew may initially enter Station Black Out until the SBDG is restored to 1A3 Small Recirc        Simulator Operator:
-B1 - Primary Containment Pressure Hi/Lo Diagnoses rising containment pressure and lowering RPV water level.
* Directs Reactor pressure control using SRVs Leak
CRS Directs a reactor scram due to lowering RPV water level from SBLOCA.
* Enters AOP 304.1 LOSS OF 4160V NON-ESSENTIAL ELECTRICAL POWER
Direct the operator to Insert a manual reactor scram, and carry out IPOI 5 (Reactor Scram procedure)
* Enters AOP 301 LOSS OF ESSENTIAL ELECTRICAL POWER Directs starting the A DG and verifying it loads the Bus Critical Task #2 IF the reactor is          (CRITICAL TASK #2) shutdown under all conditions, THEN
Confirm s that the reactor is shutdown Direct the operator performance of the IPOI 5 immediate actions RO  Perform the immediate operator responses to a reactor scram.
* Directs RPV level band 170 to 211 using available systems crew actions must be taken to restore and maintain RPV level for adequate          RO core cooling. (> -25" or -39")
Actions of IPOI 5 QRC
Provides RPV level and pressure status BOP
-1: o Initiate a backup manual scram o Place the Mode Switch in SHUTDOWN o Verify all control rods fully inserted (single rod permissive) o Verify condenser backpressure is stable o If all control rods are not fully inserted, use the RIPs per CRS o Restore and maintain RPV level +170 to +211 (setback) o Verify recirc runback to 20%
* May report MSIV closure (Group I Isolation)
o Monitor RPV pressure o Verify Turbine/Generator trip o Verify neutron flux lowering o Insert SRM/IRM detectors o Announce scram via plant page o Proceed s to IPOI 5  Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 30 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG Event 7: (Cont)
* Diagnoses that the A DG did not start
LOOP, A DG Fails To Start but CAN be manually started. Small Recirc Leak  CRS Enters AOP 573
* Acknowledges that the B DG failed will not start and should be in Pull To Lock.
- Primary Containment Control RPV Control due to RPV low level (was entered when the scram occurred).
* BOP will start the A SBDG with HS-3231A at 1C08 and verifies the output breaker closes.
-1 Alternate Level Control Leg is entered may direct:
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                     Page 29 of 43
o Lockout of ADS o Start of CRD pump
. o Start of SBLC pump Directs Reactor Water level band of 170" to 211" using available systems - (HPCI unavailable, will lead to ED)
- This results DW Cooling Fans in FAST Primary Containment Control when containment pressure reaches 2 psig.
ll Spray.
- This results DW Cooling Fans in FAST Primary Containment Control when containment pressure reaches 2 psig.
exceeds 11 psig, directs initiation of Drywell Spray.
Event 8: HPCI starts but trips Simulator Operator:
Verify [ET 23] is active Verify hp02 is on delay when the HPCI Turbine is started.
After HPCI runs for 15 seconds the HPCI Turbine Trips
. BOP Starts HPCI to maintain RPV level band.  (HPCI will start but will trip
) Reports to crew that HPCI has tripped.
Attempts to restart (unsuccessful)
. Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 31 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG  Event 7: (Cont) LOOP, A DG Output BKR FAILS and will not close. B DG Fails To Start but CAN be manually started. Small Recirc Leak  RO containment plant parameters BOP    1. Places keylock HS
-2005[HS-1932] Outboard Torus Cooling/Spray Valve handswitch in OPEN and verify valve opening
: 2. Throttle open MO
-2006[MO-1933], Torus Spray Valve
: 1. Ensures Recirc Pumps are tripped
: 2. Repositions HS
-1903C - Enable Containment Spray Valves to Manual
: 3. Depending on RPV level may take HS
-1903B to 2/3 Core Coverage/LPCI INIT Interlock Override to MANUAL OVERRD
: 4. Open MO
-2000[1902] , Inboard Drywell Spray Valve
: 5. Throttle open MO
-2001[1903], Outboard Drywell Spray Valve.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 32 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG    Crew  Implements the mitigation strategies of EOP 1, RPV Control RO  Inserts a manual reactor scram.
Completes a scram report that includes all rods in, reactor pressure and trend and reactor water level and trend.
Restores and maintains RC/L 170-211" using RCIC and other alternate injection systems.
Maintains RC/P 800
-1055 psig. using directed pressure control systems.
Lowers reactor pressure to the directed control band using the directed control system.
CRS  Performs a crew update of entry into EOP 1 due to RPV level or Drywell Pressure. Directs an RPV level band of 170
-211" using RCIC and other alternate injection systems.
Directs installation of Defeat 11 Directs an RPV pressure band of 800
-1055 psig using directed pressure control systems. Directs lowering reactor pressure to lessen the driving head on the leak in the drywell.
Shows concern for maintaining plant cooldown within the limits.
Placekeeps in EOP 1 to the applicable WAIT UNTIL step in RC/P (RC/P-6) leg Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 33 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG    Crew  Respond to and implement the actions of AOP 304.1, Loss of 4160V Non
-Essential Power BOP Announces suspending all evolutions in progress associated with electrical switchgear and switching operations Verify two Well Water Pumps in service. Starts either A or C Well Water Pump and adjusts well water flow.
Verify Well Water Pump 1P
-58D secured. In AUTO, verifies FC
-4414D, demand is zero.
Verify GSW Pumps 1P
-889A and B in service Place Bus 1A1 Transfer switch in MANUAL.
Place Bus 1A2 Transfer switch in MANUAL.
CRS  Enters AOP 304.1, Loss of Both Non
-Essential Buses Directs the BOP to take actions IAW AOP 304.1 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 34 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG    At the direction of the Lead Examiner          once the crew completes the ED Brief and at the direction of the Lead Examiner Simulator Operator:
Activate [ET 24] This will trip the 'A' CRD Pump


Critical Task #22 BEFORE drywell temperature reaches 280F and WHILE in the safe region of the DWSIL, THEN initiate drywell sprays.
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                                    SEG Event 7: (Cont)                                        CREW LOOP, A DG                                            Responds to annunciator 1C05B-B1 - Primary Containment Pressure Hi/Lo Fails To Start                                        Diagnoses rising containment pressure and lowering RPV water level.
but CAN be manually CRS started.
Directs a reactor scram due to lowering RPV water level from SBLOCA.
Small Recirc Leak
* Direct the operator to Insert a manual reactor scram, and carry out IPOI 5 (Reactor Scram procedure)
* Confirms that the reactor is shutdown
* Direct the operator performance of the IPOI 5 immediate actions RO
* Perform the immediate operator responses to a reactor scram.
Actions of IPOI 5 QRC-1:
o  Initiate a backup manual scram o  Place the Mode Switch in SHUTDOWN o  Verify all control rods fully inserted (single rod permissive) o  Verify condenser backpressure is stable o  If all control rods are not fully inserted, use the RIPs per CRS o  Restore and maintain RPV level +170 to +211 (setback) o  Verify recirc runback to 20%
o  Monitor RPV pressure o  Verify Turbine/Generator trip o  Verify neutron flux lowering o  Insert SRM/IRM detectors o  Announce scram via plant page o  Proceeds to IPOI 5 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                    Page 30 of 43


Simulator Operator:
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                            SEG Event 7: (Cont)                                                  CRS Enters AOP 573 - Primary Containment Control LOOP, A DG
Activate [ET 9]
* Directs operators to monitor containment parameters Fails To Start
This will trip the RCIC Pump Crew Implements the mitigation strategies of EOP 2, Primary Containment Control BOP Informs the CRS of containment parameters including parameter name, value and trend.
* Enters EOP RPV Control due to RPV low level (was entered when the but CAN be scram occurred).
Installs Defeat 4.
manually
Utilizes OI 149 QRC to spray the torus.
* IF EOP-1 Alternate Level Control Leg is entered may direct:
Utilizes OI 149 QRC to spray the drywell.(Critical Task #22)
started.
Trips the running recirculation pump.
o Lockout of ADS Small Recirc                                                          o Start of CRD pump.
CRS Performs a crew update of entry into EOP 2 due to Drywell Pressure.
Leak                                                                  o Start of SBLC pump Directs Reactor Water level band of 170 to 211 using available systems - (HPCI unavailable, will lead to ED)
Obtains containment parameters.
* Directs Defeat 4 - This results DW Cooling Fans in FAST
Directs installation of Defeat 4.
* Enters EOP Primary Containment Control when containment pressure reaches 2 psig.
Directs spraying the torus after confirmation that torus pressure is greater than 2 psig.
* Directs initiation of Torus Spray prior to Torus Pressure exceeding 11 psig
Directs spraying the drywell before drywell temperature reaches 280F.
* IF Torus Pressure exceeds 11 psig, directs initiation of Drywell Spray.
Verifies torus water level less than 13.5 ft.
* Directs Defeat 4 - This results DW Cooling Fans in FAST
Verifies plot of drywell temperature and drywell pressure on the DWSIL curve allows drywell sprays.
* Enters EOP Primary Containment Control when containment pressure reaches 2 psig.
Verifies recirculation pumps are secured.
* Directs initiation of Torus Spray prior to Torus Pressure exceeding 11 psig
Placekeeps in EOP 2 to the applicable WAIT UNTIL steps in T/L (T/L
* IF Torus Pressure exceeds 11 psig, directs initiation of Drywell Spray.
-3 and T/L 10), T/T (T/T
Event 8:            Simulator Operator:                         BOP HPCI starts but                  Verify [ET 23] is active        Starts HPCI to maintain RPV level band. (HPCI will start but will trip) trips                                                            Reports to crew that HPCI has tripped.
-2), DW/T (DW/T
Verify hp02 is on delay when the HPCI Turbine is started.                          Attempts to restart (unsuccessful).
-6) and PC/P (PC/P
After HPCI runs for 15 seconds the HPCI Turbine Trips.
-7) legs Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 35 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG   Crew Implements that mitigation strategies of the ALC contingency of EOP 1 BOP Lockouts ADS
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                      Page 31 of 43
. RO Attempts to restore and maintain RPV level above +15" Maximizes injection with CRD in accordance with AIP 407.
 
Injects with SBLC in accordance with AIP 406.
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                            SEG Event 7: (Cont)                                        RO LOOP, A DG
Verifies injection subsystems can be lined up for injection Verifies at least one injection subsystem lined up with a pump running.
* Assists BOP in controlling RPV level and monitoring other critical primary Output BKR                                            containment plant parameters FAILS and will not close. B DG                                        BOP Fails To Start
CRS Directs ADS lockout.
* If directed, performs Defeat 4 to maximize drywell cooling but CAN be
Directs RPV level bands as RPV level lowers Directs maximizing injection with CRD in accordance with AIP 407.
* Places Torus Spray in service as follows:
Directs injection with SBLC in accordance with AIP 406.
manually started.                                              1. Places keylock HS-2005[HS-1932] Outboard Torus Cooling/Spray Valve Small Recirc                                          handswitch in OPEN and verify valve opening Leak                                                  2. Throttle open MO-2006[MO-1933], Torus Spray Valve
Ensures injections subsystems can be lined up for injection.
* As directed starts CRD pump
Waits for RPV level to drop to +15" Ensures at least one injection subsystem lined up with a pump running.
: 1. Ensures Recirc Pumps are tripped
Before RPV level reaches  
: 2. Repositions HS-1903C - Enable Containment Spray Valves to Manual
-25" performs an Emergency Depressurization.
: 3. Depending on RPV level may take HS-1903B to 2/3 Core Coverage/LPCI INIT Interlock Override to MANUAL OVERRD
BOP: nitors and controls RPV level as he depressurization occurs Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 36 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG   Critical Task #1 IF the reactor is shutdown under all conditions and RPV level drops to +15", THEN perform Emergency RPV Depressurization before RPV level reaches
: 4. Open MO-2000[1902] , Inboard Drywell Spray Valve
-25". CRS Directs the performance of ED once RPV Water Level cannot be maintained > +15" (Critical #1)
: 5. Throttle open MO-2001[1903], Outboard Drywell Spray Valve.
ED-1 Override open CV
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                          Page 32 of 43
-4371A (Defeat 11)
 
- Completed Earlier In The Scenario ED-2 Are all control rods inserted to at least position 00?
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                          SEG Crew
(YES) ED-5 Does a drywell high pressure ECCS signal exist?
* Implements the mitigation strategies of EOP 1, RPV Control RO
(YES) ED-6 Prevent injection from Core Spray and RHR pumps not required to assure adequate core cooling.
* Inserts a manual reactor scram.
ED-7 Is torus water level above 4.5 ft? (YES) ED-8 Open the 4 ADS SRVs.
* Completes a scram report that includes all rods in, reactor pressure and trend and reactor water level and trend.
* Restores and maintains RC/L 170-211 using RCIC and other alternate injection systems.
* Maintains RC/P 800-1055 psig. using directed pressure control systems.
* Lowers reactor pressure to the directed control band using the directed control system.
CRS
* Performs a crew update of entry into EOP 1 due to RPV level or Drywell Pressure.
* Directs an RPV level band of 170-211 using RCIC and other alternate injection systems.
* Directs installation of Defeat 11
* Directs an RPV pressure band of 800-1055 psig using directed pressure control systems.
* Directs lowering reactor pressure to lessen the driving head on the leak in the drywell.
* Shows concern for maintaining plant cooldown within the limits.
Placekeeps in EOP 1 to the applicable WAIT UNTIL step in RC/P (RC/P-6) leg Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                          Page 33 of 43
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                        SEG Crew
* Respond to and implement the actions of AOP 304.1, Loss of 4160V Non-Essential Power BOP
* Announces suspending all evolutions in progress associated with electrical switchgear and switching operations
* Verify two Well Water Pumps in service. Starts either A or C Well Water Pump and adjusts well water flow.
* Verify Well Water Pump 1P-58D secured. In AUTO, verifies FC-4414D, demand is zero.
* Verify GSW Pumps 1P-889A and B in service
* Place Bus 1A1 Transfer switch in MANUAL.
* Place Bus 1A2 Transfer switch in MANUAL.
CRS
* Enters AOP 304.1, Loss of Both Non-Essential Buses
* Directs the BOP to take actions IAW AOP 304.1 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                        Page 34 of 43
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                          SEG Crew
* Implements the mitigation strategies of EOP 2, Primary Containment Control At the direction    Simulator Operator:                        BOP of the Lead          Activate [ET 24]
Examiner            This will trip the A CRD Pump
* Informs the CRS of containment parameters including parameter name, value and trend.
* Installs Defeat 4.
Critical Task #22 BEFORE drywell
* Utilizes OI 149 QRC to spray the torus.
temperature reaches 280F and WHILE in the safe region of the DWSIL, THEN initiate drywell sprays.
* Utilizes OI 149 QRC to spray the drywell.(Critical Task #22)
* Trips the running recirculation pump.
CRS once the crew completes the        Simulator Operator:
* Performs a crew update of entry into EOP 2 due to Drywell Pressure.
ED Brief and at      Activate [ET 9]
* Obtains containment parameters.
the direction of    This will trip the RCIC Pump
* Directs installation of Defeat 4.
the Lead
* Directs spraying the torus after confirmation that torus pressure is greater Examiner than 2 psig.
* Directs spraying the drywell before drywell temperature reaches 280F.
* Verifies torus water level less than 13.5 ft.
* Verifies plot of drywell temperature and drywell pressure on the DWSIL curve allows drywell sprays.
* Verifies recirculation pumps are secured.
Placekeeps in EOP 2 to the applicable WAIT UNTIL steps in T/L (T/L-3 and T/L 10), T/T (T/T-2), DW/T (DW/T-6) and PC/P (PC/P-7) legs Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                   Page 35 of 43
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                         SEG Crew
* Implements that mitigation strategies of the ALC contingency of EOP 1 BOP
* Lockouts ADS.
RO
* Attempts to restore and maintain RPV level above +15
* Maximizes injection with CRD in accordance with AIP 407.
* Injects with SBLC in accordance with AIP 406.
* Verifies injection subsystems can be lined up for injection
* Verifies at least one injection subsystem lined up with a pump running.
CRS
* Directs ADS lockout.
* Directs RPV level bands as RPV level lowers
* Directs maximizing injection with CRD in accordance with AIP 407.
* Directs injection with SBLC in accordance with AIP 406.
* Ensures injections subsystems can be lined up for injection.
* Waits for RPV level to drop to +15
* Ensures at least one injection subsystem lined up with a pump running.
Before RPV level reaches -25 performs an Emergency Depressurization.
BOP:
* Informs SRO when 4 SRVs are open
* Monitors and controls RPV level as he depressurization occurs Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                         Page 36 of 43
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                           SEG Critical Task #1 IF the reactor is         CRS Directs the performance of ED once RPV Water Level cannot be shutdown under all conditions and RPV      maintained > +15 (Critical #1) level drops to +15, THEN perform          ED-1 Override open CV-4371A (Defeat 11) - Completed Earlier In The Emergency RPV Depressurization            Scenario before RPV level reaches -25".
ED-2 Are all control rods inserted to at least position 00? (YES)
ED-5 Does a drywell high pressure ECCS signal exist? (YES)
ED-6 Prevent injection from Core Spray and RHR pumps not required to assure adequate core cooling.
ED-7 Is torus water level above 4.5 ft? (YES)
ED-8 Open the 4 ADS SRVs.
OK to exceed Cooldown rate limit.
OK to exceed Cooldown rate limit.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 37 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG   Crew Implements mitigation strategies of EOP 1 after EOP ED to restore adequate core cooling RO Verifies low pressure ECCS systems start and align to inject into the RPV Reports when 1 Core Spray pump is injecting above 3000 gpm. and 1 other ECCS pump is injecting.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                     Page 37 of 43
Trips Core Spray pumps when RPV level indicates on the GEMACs Throttles RHR injection to restore and maintain RPV 170
 
-211" CRS Verifies 1 Core Spray pump and 1 other ECCS pump available for injection Direct injection with one or more Preferred Injection Systems (Table 1A) and Alternate Injection Systems (Table 2A)
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                                         SEG Crew
Determines RPV level can be restored and maintained above +15" and returns to the normal RPV level control leg of EOP 1 Directs restoring and maintaining RPV level 170
* Implements mitigation strategies of EOP 1 after EOP ED to restore adequate core cooling RO
-211" using low pressure ECCS systems Directs tripping Core Spray pumps when RPV level indicates on the GEMACs Directs throttling RHR injection to maintain RPV level 170
* Verifies low pressure ECCS systems start and align to inject into the RPV
-211CRS and Crew: Diagnoses HPCI failure to run Directs Emergency Depressurization.
* Reports when 1 Core Spray pump is injecting above 3000 gpm. and 1 other ECCS pump is injecting.
Directs Opening 4 SRVs (CRITICAL TASK
* Trips Core Spray pumps when RPV level indicates on the GEMACs
#2) When Directed opens 4 ADS SRVs to emergency (CRITICAL TASK
* Throttles RHR injection to restore and maintain RPV 170-211 CRS
#2)     Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 38 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG *** END OF SCENARIO ***
* Verifies 1 Core Spray pump and 1 other ECCS pump available for injection
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 39 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS QUANTITATIVE ATTRIBUTES Malfunctions:
* Direct injection with one or more Preferred Injection Systems (Table 1A) and Alternate Injection Systems (Table 2A)
* Determines RPV level can be restored and maintained above +15 and returns to the normal RPV level control leg of EOP 1
* Directs restoring and maintaining RPV level 170-211 using low pressure ECCS systems
* Directs tripping Core Spray pumps when RPV level indicates on the GEMACs Directs throttling RHR injection to maintain RPV level 170-211 CRS and Crew:
Diagnoses HPCI failure to run Directs Emergency Depressurization.
Directs Opening 4 SRVs (CRITICAL TASK #2)
When Directed opens 4 ADS SRVs to emergency (CRITICAL TASK #2)
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                         Page 38 of 43
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG
                                                *** END OF SCENARIO ***
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                 Page 39 of 43
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1             SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS QUANTITATIVE ATTRIBUTES Malfunctions:
Before EOP Entry:
Before EOP Entry:
: 1. Jacket Water Leak on "B" SBDG
: 1. Jacket Water Leak on B SBDG
: 2. Stuck Control Rod
: 2. Stuck Control Rod
: 3. "B" CRD Pump Trip 4. Low HCU Pressure
: 3. B CRD Pump Trip
: 4. Low HCU Pressure
: 5. HPCI Spurious Start After EOP Entry:
: 5. HPCI Spurious Start After EOP Entry:
: 1. Failure of "A" SBDG To Start
: 1. Failure of A SBDG To Start
: 2. LOOP 3. "A" CRD Pump Trips
: 2. LOOP
: 3. A CRD Pump Trips
: 4. RCIC Trips
: 4. RCIC Trips
: 5. HPCI Trips Abnormal Events:
: 5. HPCI Trips Abnormal Events:
: 1. AOP 255.1, CONTROL ROD MOVEMENT/INDICATION ABNORMAL
: 1. AOP 255.1, CONTROL ROD MOVEMENT/INDICATION ABNORMAL
: 2. AOP 255.2, POWER/REACTIVITY ABNORMAL CHANGE
: 2. AOP 255.2, POWER/REACTIVITY ABNORMAL CHANGE
: 3. AOP 301 , LOSS OF ESSENTIAL ELECTRICAL POWER Major Transients:
: 3. AOP 301, LOSS OF ESSENTIAL ELECTRICAL POWER Major Transients:
: 1. LOOP 2. LOCA 3. ED Critical Tasks:
: 1. LOOP
: 1. Critical Task #2 IF the reactor is shutdown under all conditions, THEN crew actions must be taken to restore and maintain RPV level for adequate core cooling. (>  
: 2. LOCA
-25" or -39") 2. Critical Task #1 IF the reactor is shutdown under all conditions and RPV level drops to +15", THEN perform Emergency RPV Depressurization before RPV level reaches  
: 3. ED Critical Tasks:
-25". 3. Critical Task #22 BEFORE drywell temperature reaches 280F and WHILE in the safe region of the DWSIL, THEN initiate drywell sprays.
: 1. Critical Task #2 IF the reactor is shutdown under all conditions, THEN crew actions must be taken to restore and maintain RPV level for adequate core cooling. (> -25" or -39")
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 40 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG 2. IF the reactor is shutdown under all conditions, THEN crew actions must be taken to restore and maintain RPV level for adequate core cooling.
: 2. Critical Task #1 IF the reactor is shutdown under all conditions and RPV level drops to
(> -25" or -39") Safety Significance:
    +15, THEN perform Emergency RPV Depressurization before RPV level reaches -25".
Adequate core cooling is defined by EOPs as either:
: 3. Critical Task #22 BEFORE drywell temperature reaches 280&deg;F and WHILE in the safe region of the DWSIL, THEN initiate drywell sprays.
Core submergence (+15")
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                       Page 40 of 43
Steam cooling with injection of makeup water to the RPV (-25") Required ECCS injection with RPV level above 2/3 core height (-39") Cue: RPV level will drop to <+15" and automatic system response will not restore RPV level for adequate core cooling.
 
Performance Standard: If the crew performs actions that restore and maintain RPV level above +15", this critical task should be considered satisfactory because the crew has anticipated the potential loss of core cooling.
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                             SEG
If one CS is operating at 3000 gpm and another ECCS pump is injecting, RPV water level must be restored and maintained above  
: 2. IF the reactor is shutdown under all conditions, THEN crew actions must be taken to restore and maintain RPV level for adequate core cooling.
-39". This would normally be expected after an Emergency RPV Depressurization.
(> -25" or -39")
If ECCS is not injecting (less than 1 CS at 3000 gpm and another ECCS pump injecting), RPV water level must be restored and maintained above  
Safety             Adequate core cooling is defined by EOPs as either:
-25". This may be expected after an emergency RPV depressurization with ECCS problems Progression is to be made by the crew to use all available systems to restore RPV level above the directed level (-25" or -39"). Satisfactory performance of this CT does not require completion of starting all available systems if RPV level is restored above the directed level (-25" or -39"). If RPV injection is secured and RPV level is below +15" but above  
Significance:
-25", the critical task is met, although remediation may be required.
* Core submergence (+15")
Feedback: Lowest valid RPV water level indicator is being maintained above directed value. EOP step(s):
* Steam cooling with injection of makeup water to the RPV (-25")
RC/L-10, L-11, L-12 BWR OG: RPV-1.2 (1.2 is only after RPV pressure is lowered)
* Required ECCS injection with RPV level above 2/3 core height (-39")
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 41 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG 1. IF the reactor is shutdown under all conditions and RPV level drops to +15", THEN perform Emergency RPV Depressurization before RPV level reaches  
Cue:               RPV level will drop to <+15" and automatic system response will not restore RPV level for adequate core cooling.
-25". Safety Significance:
Performance       If the crew performs actions that restore and maintain RPV level above +15, Standard:          this critical task should be considered satisfactory because the crew has anticipated the potential loss of core cooling.
If the lowering RPV water level trend had not been reversed before RPV level drops to +15", emergency RPV depressurization should be performed prior to RPV level reaching  
If one CS is operating at 3000 gpm and another ECCS pump is injecting, RPV water level must be restored and maintained above -39". This would normally be expected after an Emergency RPV Depressurization.
-25". The consequence of not depressurizing the RPV when level is below  
If ECCS is not injecting (less than 1 CS at 3000 gpm and another ECCS pump injecting), RPV water level must be restored and maintained above -25". This may be expected after an emergency RPV depressurization with ECCS problems Progression is to be made by the crew to use all available systems to restore RPV level above the directed level (-25" or -39"). Satisfactory performance of this CT does not require completion of starting all available systems if RPV level is restored above the directed level (-25" or
-25" is a loss of adequate core cooling. Depressurizing prematurely may unnecessarily cause unneeded stress on the RPV and piping.
                          -39").
Cue: RPV level lowered to +15".
If RPV injection is secured and RPV level is below +15" but above -25",
Performance Standard:  The crew must "Initiate" emergency RPV depressurization after the lowest valid level indication shows <+15" and prior to the lowest valid level indicates  
the critical task is met, although remediation may be required.
-25". The critical task is not satisfactory if the actions for "Emergency RPV Depressurization" are not complete. (See definitions)
Feedback:         Lowest valid RPV water level indicator is being maintained above directed value.
Feedback: RPV pressure is rapidly lowering.
EOP step(s):       RC/L-10, L-11, L-12 BWROG:             RPV-1.2 (1.2 is only after RPV pressure is lowered)
EOP step(s):
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                       Page 41 of 43
RC/L-4, L-7 , L-8 BWROG: RPV 1.1 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 42 of 43 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG 22. BEFORE drywell temperature reaches 280F and WHILE in the safe region of the DWSIL, THEN initiate drywell sprays.
 
Safety Significance:
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                               SEG
If DW sprays were initiated when in the shaded area of the DWSIL, this could lead to an evaporative cooling pressure drop which could result in:
: 1. IF the reactor is shutdown under all conditions and RPV level drops to +15, THEN perform Emergency RPV Depressurization before RPV level reaches -25".
Deinerting the containment or containment negative pressures below design. OR Drywell-below-torus differential pressure beyond design.
Safety           If the lowering RPV water level trend had not been reversed before RPV level Significance:    drops to +15", emergency RPV depressurization should be performed prior to RPV level reaching -25". The consequence of not depressurizing the RPV when level is below -25" is a loss of adequate core cooling. Depressurizing prematurely may unnecessarily cause unneeded stress on the RPV and piping.
Operation of DW sprays if DW temperature cannot be maintained below 280F, will ensure that the design temperatures of the components within the DW are not exceeded. If DW sprays are not utilized when available, the next EOP actions will be to Emergency RPV Depressurize, which will lower the amount of ambient heat to the DW, but will cause additional pressure/temperature stress on the RPV.
Cue:             RPV level lowered to +15".
Cue: DW temperature is rising and is below 280F. Average DW temperature and DW pressure conditions allow DW spray per the DWSIL curve Performance Standard: DW sprays are initiated on at least one side of RHR prior to 280F DW temperature.
Performance       The crew must Initiate emergency RPV depressurization after the lowest valid Standard:        level indication shows <+15" and prior to the lowest valid level indicates -25".
The critical task is not satisfactory if the actions for Emergency RPV Depressurization are not complete. (See definitions)
Feedback:         RPV pressure is rapidly lowering.
EOP step(s):     RC/L-4, L-7, L-8 BWROG:           RPV 1.1 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                         Page 42 of 43
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1                               SEG
: 22. BEFORE drywell temperature reaches 280&deg;F and WHILE in the safe region of the DWSIL, THEN initiate drywell sprays.
Safety             If DW sprays were initiated when in the shaded area of the DWSIL, this could Significance:      lead to an evaporative cooling pressure drop which could result in:
* Deinerting the containment or containment negative pressures below design.
OR
* Drywell-below-torus differential pressure beyond design.
Operation of DW sprays if DW temperature cannot be maintained below 280&deg;F, will ensure that the design temperatures of the components within the DW are not exceeded.
If DW sprays are not utilized when available, the next EOP actions will be to Emergency RPV Depressurize, which will lower the amount of ambient heat to the DW, but will cause additional pressure/temperature stress on the RPV.
Cue:               DW temperature is rising and is below 280&deg;F.
Average DW temperature and DW pressure conditions allow DW spray per the DWSIL curve Performance       DW sprays are initiated on at least one side of RHR prior to 280&deg;F DW Standard:          temperature.
If DW sprays are initiated while in the shaded area of the Drywell Spray Initiation Limit (DWSIL), this would be a critical task failure.
If DW sprays are initiated while in the shaded area of the Drywell Spray Initiation Limit (DWSIL), this would be a critical task failure.
If the crew does not secure Recirculation pumps prior to initiating DW sprays, the critical task is considered satisfactory although remediation may be required. Feedback: DW spray flow initiated and DW temperature is lowering.
If the crew does not secure Recirculation pumps prior to initiating DW sprays, the critical task is considered satisfactory although remediation may be required.
EOP step(s):
Feedback:         DW spray flow initiated and DW temperature is lowering.
DW/T-4, -5 BWROG: N/A Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 43 of 43 SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SEG SITE: Duane Arnold Energy Center Revision #:           LMS ID:       LMS Rev. Date:         SEG TITLE: NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
EOP step(s):       DW/T-4, -5 BWROG:             N/A Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                       Page 43 of 43
2   SEG TYPE: Training Evaluation PROGRAM: LOCT LOIT Other:   DURATION: ~ 90 minutes Developed by:
 
Raymond Keith Walton 1/28/2015       Instructor/Devel oper  Date     Reviewed by:
SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE                               SEG SITE:             Duane Arnold Energy Center                             Revision #:
Instructor (Instructional Review)
LMS ID:                                                               LMS Rev. Date:
Date     Validated by:               SME (Technical Review)
SEG TITLE:         NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TYPE:                             Training                           Evaluation PROGRAM:             LOCT                 LOIT           Other:
Date     Approved by:
DURATION:         ~ 90 minutes Developed by:                         Raymond Keith Walton                     1/28/2015 Instructor/Developer                      Date Reviewed by:
Training Supervision Date     Approved by:
Instructor (Instructional Review)               Date Validated by:
Training Program Owner (Line)
SME (Technical Review)                       Date Approved by:
Date   Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 1 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam  
Training Supervision                       Date Approved by:
- Scenario #
Training Program Owner (Line)                   Date Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                               Page 1 of 40
2 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE REQUIREMENTS Terminal Objective Given the specific malfunctions presented in the evaluated scenario guide, the students will be able to protect the public, protect plant personnel and protect plant equipment, in accordance with plant procedures:
 
Enabling Objectives:
NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #2                         SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE REQUIREMENTS Terminal Objective       Given the specific malfunctions presented in the evaluated scenario guide, the students will be able to protect the public, protect plant personnel and protect plant equipment, in accordance with plant procedures:
There are no formal learning objectives for this evaluation.
Enabling                 There are no formal learning objectives for this evaluation.
Prerequisites: None   Training Resources:
Objectives:
Simulator Simulator Operator Phone Talker Simulator Floor Instructor Evaluation Team
Prerequisites:           None Training                 Simulator Resources:               Simulator Operator Phone Talker Simulator Floor Instructor Evaluation Team


==References:==
==References:==
STP 3.3.1.1-17 Rev 08                      OI 358 Rev 66 AOP 358 Rev 31                            OI 149 Rev 146 ARP 1C05A Rev 78                          OI 150 Rev 78 AOP 255.1 Rev 44                          EOP 1 Rev 18 AOP 255.2 Rev 42                          EOP 2 Rev 16 AOP 302.1 Rev 54                          EOP ATWS Rev 21 AOP 691 Rev 8                              TRM Tech Specs Protected Content:        Identify here and in training material as {C001}; See Comment for details.
None Evaluation Method:        Dynamic Scenario graded in accordance with NUREG 1021 guidance.
Operating                None Experience:
Risk Significant Operator Actions:
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                    Page 2 of 40
NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #2                                SEG TASKS ASSOCIATED WITH SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE Task #              Task Title None                None UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.
PREPARER    DATE
    #          DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE                  REASON FOR CHANGE          AR/TWR#
REVIEWER    DATE See Cover Initial development for Initial development for 2015 NRC 0                                                    2015 NRC LOIT              N/A LOIT examination.                                                                  See Cover examination.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                            Page 3 of 40


STP 3.3.1.1
Appendix D                   NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #2                       Form ES-D-1 Facility: Duane Arnold Energy Center                                                   Op-Test # 2015-301 Examiners:       _____________________________ Operators:               _____________________________
-17 Rev 08 AOP 358 Rev 31 ARP 1C05A Rev 78 AOP 255.1 Rev 44 AOP 255.2 Rev 42 AOP 302.1 Rev 54 AOP 691 Rev 8 OI 358 Rev 66 OI 149 Rev 146 OI 150 Rev 78 EOP 1 Rev 18 EOP 2 Rev 16 EOP ATWS Rev 21 TRM Tech Specs Protected Content
Initial Conditions: The plant is operating at 80% power due to a downpower for maintenance. Thunderstorms are forecast for the area. B CRD pump was recently taken OOS for maintenance.
: Identify here and in training material as {C001}; S ee Comment for details
Turnover:
. None  Evaluation Method:
* Start B SBDG for ST after maintenance.
Dynamic Scenario graded in accordance with NUREG 1021 guidance.
* Raise Reactor power recirculation flow.
Operating Experience:
Event Event # Malf #       Eventy Description Type*
None  Risk Significant Operator Actions:
1       None     N BOP         Perform MSIV test per STP 3.3.1.1-17 for D MSIVs 2       None     R RO         Raise Power with Recirculation Flow to 85% RTP R SRO 3       rp02a     C BOP         Trip of RPS MG Set TS SRO        Tech Spec 3.3.8; 3.4.5, A & B & C; TRM 3.3.4 entry 4       rd01 C ATC       Control Rod Drift (30-23) with AOP 255.1& 255.2 entry 3023 TS SRO Tech Spec entry 3.1.3 5
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 2 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #
ed13a     C BOP         125 VDC Div 1 panel 1D11 trip results in AOP entries TS SRO Tech Spec entry 3.8.7, Condition B 6       rc08       BOP         Spurious start of RCIC, requires manually stopping RCIC TS SRO        Tech Spec Entry 3.5.3, Condition A 7       mc04b     R RO         Condenser Vacuum Leak (recoverable)
2 SEG  TASKS ASSOCIATED WITH SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE Task # Task Title None None                                                                          UPDATE LOG:  Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR
C BOP Fast Power Reduction 8       mc04b     M ALL       Rising backpressure from Event 5 progression necessitates reactor scram.
-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR
ATWS occurs 9       hp03     I BOP       Failure of HPCI controller (complicates RPV level restoration).
-AA-230-1003-F16. # DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE AR/TWR# PREPARER DATE REVIEWER DATE 0 Initial development for 2015 NRC LOIT examination.
          * (N)ormal,     (R)eactivity,     (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                     Page 4 of 40
Initial development for 2015 NRC LOIT examination.
N/A See Cover      See Cover                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 3 of 40 Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam  
- Scenario #
2 Form ES-D-1 Facility: Duane Arnold Energy Center Op-Test # 2015
-301 Examiners:
_____________________________
Operators:
_____________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________
Initial Conditions:
The plant is operating at 80% power due to a downpower for maintenance. Thunderstorms are forecast for the area.
  "B" CRD pump was recently taken OOS for maintenance.
Turnover:   Start 'B' SBDG for ST after maintenance.
Raise Reactor power recirculation flow
. Event # Malf # Eventy Type* Event Description 1 None N BOP Perform MSIV test per STP 3.3.1.1-17 for "D" MSIV's 2 None R RO R SRO Raise Power with Recirculation Flow to 85% RTP 3 rp02a C BOP TS SRO Trip of RPS MG Set Tech Spec 3.3.8; 3.4.5, A & B & C; TRM 3.3.4 entry 4 rd01 3023 C ATC TS SRO Control Rod Drift (30-23) with AOP 255.1& 255.2 entry Tech Spec entry 3.1.3 5 ed13a C BOP TS SRO 125 VDC Div 1 panel 1D11 trip results in AOP entries Tech Spec entry 3.8.7, Condition B 6 rc08 BOP TS SRO  Spurious start of RCIC, requires manually stopping RCIC Tech Spec Entry 3.5.3, Condition A 7 mc04b R RO C BOP Condenser Vacuum Leak (recoverable)
Fast Power Reduction 8 mc04b M ALL Rising backpressure from Event 5 progression necessitates reactor scram. ATWS occurs 9 hp03 I BOP Failure of HPCI controller (complicates RPV level restoration).
* (N)ormal,   (R)eactivity,   (I)nstrument,   (C)omponent,   (M)ajor Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 4 of 40 Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam
- Scenario #
2 Form ES-D-1    SIMULATOR SET UP INSTRUCTIONS Perform simulator set up per the site specific Simulator Setup Checklist.


Appendix D                    NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #2                  Form ES-D-1 SIMULATOR SET UP INSTRUCTIONS Perform simulator set up per the site specific Simulator Setup Checklist.
General Instructions
General Instructions
: 1. Reset to IC23 and raise power to ~80% RTP
: 1. Reset to IC23 and raise power to ~80% RTP
: a. Load Events  
: a. Load Events
: b. Load Malfunctions
: b. Load Malfunctions
: c. Load Overrides
: c. Load Overrides
Line 671: Line 753:
: 7. Fill in STP 3.3.1.1-17 Cover Matter through prerequisites, and have for turnover.
: 7. Fill in STP 3.3.1.1-17 Cover Matter through prerequisites, and have for turnover.
: 8. Verify MOL Pull Sheets are out.
: 8. Verify MOL Pull Sheets are out.
Trigger No.
Trigger No.             Trigger Logic Statement                   Trigger Word Description 3, 5, 7, 9,                 Manual Trigger 11, 13, 15, 17 20                 ZLOHPHS2202(2) == 1                     HPCI MO 2404 Starts to open Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                               Page 5 of 40
Trigger Logic Statement Trigger Word Description 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17 Manual Trigger 20 ZLOHPHS2202(2) == 1 HPCI MO 2404 Starts to open Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 5 of 40 Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam  
 
- Scenario #
Appendix D                   NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #2       Form ES-D-1 Time       Malf. No.               Malfunction Title   Delay Ramp   ET Initial   Final Value Value Setup rp02a               RPS EPA BREAKER TRIP-3 Inactive      Active RPS A EPA BKR Setup rd013023             CONTROL ROD DRIFTS OUT-5 Inactive      Active ROD 30-23 Setup ed13a               125 VDC DISTRIBUTION 7 Inactive      Active PANEL FAULT- PNL 1D11 Setup mc04b               MAIN CONDENSER AIR 6 min   9     0             .9 INLEAKAGE- HP CONDENSER Setup rc08                 INADVERTENT RCIC 11 Inactive       Active INITIATION Setup mc04b               MAIN CONDENSER AIR 3 min 13   .9           1.2 INLEAKAGE- HP CONDENSER Setup rp05g                HYDRAULIC LOCK SCRAM DISCHARGE VOLUME                                   0            75 (VARIABLE)
2 Form ES-D-1 Time Malf. No. Malfunction Title Delay Ramp ET Initial Value Final Value Setup rp02a RPS EPA BREAKER TRIP
Setup hp03                 HPCI FLOW CONTROLLER 1 min 20   As Is         30 FAILS Setup fw02a               CONDENSATE PUMP TRIP-15 Inactive       Active PUMP A Setup fw02b               CONDENSATE PUMP TRIP-15 Inactive       Active PUMP B Setup rc01                 RCIC OVERSPEED TRIP                         17 Inactive       Active Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                     Page 6 of 40
- RPS A EPA BKR 3 Inactive Active Setup rd013023 CONTROL ROD DRIFTS OUT
 
- ROD 30-23   5 Inactive Active Setup ed13a 125 VDC DISTRIBUTION PANEL FAULT
Appendix D                   NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #2       Form ES-D-1 Time     Remote No.                   Remote Title       Delay Ramp   ET Initial   Final Value Value Setup mc01               MN COND 1E-7A VACUUM BREAKER V-03-73                             28 CLOSED        OPEN (CLOSED,OPEN)
- PNL 1D11   7 Inactive Active Setup mc04b MAIN CONDENSER AIR INLEAKAGE- HP CONDENSER 6 min 9 0 .9 Setup rc08 INADVERTENT RCIC INITIATION 11 Inactive Active Setup mc04b MAIN CONDENSER AIR INLEAKAGE- HP CONDENSER 3 min 13 .9 1.2 Setup rp0 5g HYDRAULIC LOCK SCRAM DISCHARGE VOLUME (VARIABLE) 0 75 Setup hp03 HPCI FLOW CONTROLLER FAILS  1 min 20 As Is 30 Setup fw02a CONDENSATE PUMP TRIP
Setup mc02               MN COND 1E-7B VACUUM BREAKER V-03-67                             28 CLOSED        OPEN (CLOSED,OPEN)
- PUMP A  15 Inactive Active Setup fw02b CONDENSATE PUMP TRIP
Setup rp02               ATWS TEST SWITCH (AKA 2:30 DEFEAT 12) HS-1863A                         12  RUN          TEST min (RUN,TEST)
- PUMP B  15 Inactive Active Setup rc01 RCIC OVERSPEED TRIP 17 Inactive Active Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 6 of 40 Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam  
Setup rp03               ATWS TEST SWITCH (AKA DEFEAT 12) HS-1864A                   3 min  12  RUN          TEST (RUN,TEST)
- Scenario #
Time     Override No.                 Override Title     Delay Ramp   ET Initial   Final Value Value Setup DI-PC-037           HS-4321A GRP 7 CHAN A DW NORMAL      NORMAL CLG AND FAN OVR DI-PC-038       HS-4321B GRP 7 CHAN B DW NORMAL      NORMAL CLG AND FAN OVR Conduct simulator crew pre-scenario brief using TR-AA-230-1007-F06, Simulator Instructor Pre-Exercise Checklist.
2 Form ES-D-1 Time Remote No.
If surrogate operators are to be used, brief them using TR-AA-230-1007-F11, Surrogate Brief Checklist Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                    Page 7 of 40
Remote Title Delay Ramp ET Initial Value Final Value Setup mc01 MN COND 1E
-7A VACUUM BREAKER V-03-73 (CLOSED,OPEN) 28 CLOSED OPEN Setup mc02 MN COND 1E
-7B VACUUM BREAKER V-03-67 (CLOSED,OPEN) 28 CLOSED OPEN Setup rp02 ATWS TEST SWITCH (AKA DEFEAT 12) HS
-1863A (RUN,TEST) 2:30 min 12 RUN TEST Setup rp03 ATWS TEST SWITCH (AKA DEFEAT 12) HS
-1864A (RUN,TEST) 3 min 12 RUN TEST          Time Override No.
Override Title Delay Ramp ET Initial Value Final Value Setup DI-PC-037 HS-4321A GRP 7 CHAN A DW CLG AND FAN OVR NORMAL  NORMAL  DI-PC-038 HS-4321B GRP 7 CHAN B DW CLG AND FAN OVR NORMAL  NORMAL                          Conduct simulator crew pre
-scenario brief using TR
-AA-230-1007-F06, Simulator Instructor Pre-Exercise Checklist.


If surrogate operators are to be used, brief them using TR
Appendix D                   NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #2                 Form ES-D-1 SHIFT TURNOVER INFORMATION
-AA-230-1007-F11, Surrogate Brief Checklist  Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 7 of 40 Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam  
* Day of week and shift o   Today o   Day Shift
- Scenario #
* Weather conditions o   Mild summer morning
2 Form ES-D-1 SHIFT TURNOVER INFORMATION Day of week and shift o Today o Day Shift Weather conditions o Mild summer morning (Plant power levels) o Reactor Power Level 80% o Core Flow   4 0 Mlbm/hr Protected train o Protected Train is "B" Technical Specification Action statements in effect o None Locked in / failed annunciators and alarms o None Evolutions in progress or planned for upcoming shift o Perform STP 3.3.1.1
    *  (Plant power levels) o   Reactor Power Level             80%
-17, Main Steam Isolation Valve Functional Test for 'D' Main Steam Line ONLY. Retesting a relay.
o   Core Flow                     40 Mlbm/hr
o Raise power with recirculation flow to achieve 85% RTP following a sequence exchange per RE direction. Plant PRA/PSA Status including CDF/LERF & color o CDF Baseline GREEN with one year to YELLOW o LERF Baseline GREEN with one year to YELLOW Existing LCOs, date of next surveillance o None. Procedures or major maintenance in progress o None Equipment to be taken out of or returned to service this shift/maintenance on major plant equipment Comments, problems, operator workarounds, etc.
* Protected train o   Protected Train is B
o One Extra NLO Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 8 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
* Technical Specification Action statements in effect o   None
2 SEG  TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 1: Perform Main Steam Isolation Valve Testing              CREW: Verifies Prerequisites for STP 3.3.1.1-17:  No other testing on the RPS System All MSIV's are OPEN CRS:  Authorizes performance of STP 3.3.1.1-17 for 'D' MSIV s. BOP:  Verify energized at 1C15, RPS Trip Channel A1 B Line MSIV 90% OPEN relayC71A
* Locked in / failed annunciators and alarms o   None
-K3E. Verify energized at 1C15, RPS Trip Channel B1 C Line MSIV 90% OPEN relayC71A
* Evolutions in progress or planned for upcoming shift o   Perform STP 3.3.1.1-17, Main Steam Isolation Valve Functional Test for D Main Steam Line ONLY.
-K3F. If the MODE SWITCH is in RUN, then visually confirm (at 1C15) the following CHAN A1 MSIV CLOSURE SCRAM BYP MODE SWITCH NOT IN RUN relay C71A
Retesting a relay.
-K11A contacts open (if MODE SWITCH is not in RUN, mark step 7.1.2.a and 7.1.2.b "N/A")
o   Raise power with recirculation flow to achieve 85% RTP following a sequence exchange per RE direction.
Station personnel at 1C15 and 1C17 in preparation for observing test response of relays to the C71A
* Plant PRA/PSA Status including CDF/LERF & color o   CDF Baseline GREEN with one year to YELLOW o   LERF Baseline GREEN with one year to YELLOW
-K3 H and C71A-K3 G , concurrent with cycling CV
* Existing LCOs, date of next surveillance o   None.
-4420 and CV
* Procedures or major maintenance in progress o   None
-4421  At 1C03, take A INBD MSIV TEST CV
* Equipment to be taken out of or returned to service this shift/maintenance on major plant equipment
-4420 handswitch HS
* Comments, problems, operator workarounds, etc.
-4412B to TEST and release.
o       One Extra NLO Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                               Page 8 of 40
At 1C03, verify that CV
-4420 goes partially closed and reopens fully.
RO:  Perform Peer Checks EXAMINER NOTE:  After completion of ST P, crew will move to raise reactor power Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 9 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
2 SEG  TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 2: Raise Power with Recirculation flow. If Contacted as the Reactor Engineer to provide guidance,      Simulator Operator:
Inform the crew to raise power with Recirc Flow to achieve approximately 85% power and hold power constant until a rod sequence is approved for further power ascension.


NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                            SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 1:                                                    CREW:
Perform Main                                                Verifies Prerequisites for STP 3.3.1.1-17:
Steam Isolation
* No other testing on the RPS System Valve Testing
* All MSIVs are OPEN CRS:
* Authorizes performance of STP 3.3.1.1-17 for D MSIVs.
BOP:
* Verify energized at 1C15, RPS Trip Channel A1 B Line MSIV 90%
OPEN relayC71A-K3E.
* Verify energized at 1C15, RPS Trip Channel B1 C Line MSIV 90%
OPEN relayC71A-K3F.
* If the MODE SWITCH is in RUN, then visually confirm (at 1C15) the following CHAN A1 MSIV CLOSURE SCRAM BYP MODE SWITCH NOT IN RUN relay C71A-K11A contacts open (if MODE SWITCH is not in RUN, mark step 7.1.2.a and 7.1.2.b N/A)
* Station personnel at 1C15 and 1C17 in preparation for observing test response of relays to the C71A-K3H and C71A-K3G, concurrent with cycling CV-4420 and CV-4421
* At 1C03, take A INBD MSIV TEST CV-4420 handswitch HS-4412B to TEST and release.
* At 1C03, verify that CV-4420 goes partially closed and reopens fully.
RO:
* Perform Peer Checks EXAMINER NOTE: After completion of STP, crew will move to raise reactor power Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                              Page 9 of 40
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                        SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                  EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 2:                                                        CREW:
Raise Power The crew will brief the reactivity change prior to taking the shift.
with Recirculation                                                  CRS:
flow.
* Directs power to be raised from 80 to 85% using recirculation pump flow.
Simulator Operator:
RO:
If Contacted as the Reactor          Inform the crew to raise power with Recirc
* Performs Recirculation Pump flow adjustments to raise power from Engineer to          Flow to achieve approximately 85% power          80% to 85%.
provide              and hold power constant until a rod
* Monitors plant parameters for expected response during reactivity guidance,            sequence is approved for further power            manipulation.
ascension.
BOP:
Evaluator Note:
Evaluator Note:
Proceed to the next event when core flow reaches ~44 mlbm/hr (~83% RTP) or at the discretion of the Lead Examiner.
* Monitor the plant.
CREW: The crew will brief the reactivity change prior to taking the shift.
Proceed to the next event when core flow
CRS:  Directs power to be raised from 80 to 85% using recirculation pump flow. RO:  Performs Recirculation Pump flow adjustments to raise power from 80% to 85%. Monitors plant parameters for expected response during reactivity manipulation.
* Perform Reactivity Peer Checks to the ATC while adjusting reaches ~44 mlbm/hr (~83% RTP) or at             Recirculation flow.
BOP:    Monitor the plant.
the discretion of the Lead Examiner.
Perform Reactivity Peer Checks to the ATC while adjusting Recirculation flow. Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 10 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                 Page 10 of 40
2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 3 Trip of RPS MG Set Tech Spec 3.3.8 entry At the direction of the Lead Examiner When called as the 2 nd Asst. to investigate the loss of RPS, wait 2 minutes,    When called as the 2 nd Asst. to verify Alt power aligned to 1Y16, When contacted to verify the Cleanup Beds in hold, wait 3 minutes      Simulator Operator:
 
Activate [ET 3]
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                           SEG TIME/NOTES                 INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                     EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 3                                                           CRS:
Respond as plant personnel as necessary.
Trip of RPS MG                                                     Directs Operators to IAW AOP 358 Set
Simulator Operator:
* Technical Specifications for this condition are listed on the next page.
Reports the A RPS MG Set is tripped and faint acrid smell and abnormally hot to touch, Both EPAs are tripped. 1Y30 looks ok.      Simulator Operator:
Tech Spec                                                          RO:
Report that 1Y16 is aligned to the alternate RPS power.
3.3.8 entry
[verify RF rp04 is in 1Y16]
* Report Power Pressure Level Report Simulator Operator:
Simulator Operator:
* Report the Loss of A RPS At the direction Activate [ET 3]              BOP:
Report cleanup beds in hold.
of the Lead Examiner            Respond as plant personnel as necessary.
CRS: Directs Operators to IAW AOP 358 Technical Specifications for this condition are listed on the next page.
* Complete actions IAW AOP 358 o Direct an Operator to 1A3 Essential Switchgear Room to Simulator Operator:                                        assist in troubleshooting the RPS Electrical Distribution When called as Reports the A RPS MG Set is tripped and                          system.
RO: Report Power Pressure Level Report Report the Loss of A RPS BOP: Complete actions IAW AOP 358 o Direct an Operator to 1A3 Essential Switchgear Room to assist in troubleshooting the RPS Electrical Distribution system. o Suspend all evolutions in progress associated with electrical switchgear and switching operations.
the 2nd Asst. to faint acrid smell and abnormally hot to                    o Suspend all evolutions in progress associated with electrical investigate the touch, Both EPAs are tripped. 1Y30 looks                        switchgear and switching operations.
o Verify applicable automatic actions have occurred. Manually initiate those automatic actions that should have occurred but failed to occur.
loss of RPS,        ok.
o Declare CIT
wait 2 minutes,                                                              o Verify applicable automatic actions have occurred. Manually initiate those automatic actions that should have occurred but failed to occur.
-2738 inoperable, due to loss of RWCU flow to monitor. Refer to TRM 3.3.4 o Verify the fault is not suspected to be on the RPS bus prior to reenergizing the bus on the RPS Power Supply.
o Declare CIT-2738 inoperable, due to loss of RWCU flow to monitor. Refer to TRM 3.3.4 Simulator Operator:
o IF an alternate RPS power supply is available as indicted by observing A MG or ALT XFMR white light ON at 1C15 Place handswitch C71B S1A RPS ALTERNATE POWER TRANSFER to A MG OR ALT position as required and verify selected position white light remains on.
When called as                                                              o Verify the fault is not suspected to be on the RPS bus prior to the 2nd Asst. to Report that 1Y16 is aligned to the alternate                    reenergizing the bus on the RPS Power Supply.
o WHEN "A" RPS bus is energized then as directed by the CRS, perform OI 358 RPS Appendix 4, "RPS POWER SUPPLY TRANSFER HALF SCRAM RECOVERY CHECKLIST", and restore RWCU System.
verify Alt power RPS power. [verify RF rp04 is in 1Y16]                      o IF an alternate RPS power supply is available as indicted by aligned to 1Y16,                                                                observing A MG or ALT XFMR white light ON at 1C15 Place handswitch C71B S1A RPS ALTERNATE POWER TRANSFER to A MG OR ALT position as required and verify Simulator Operator:                                        selected position white light remains on.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 11 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
When contacted to verify the        Report cleanup beds in hold.                            o   WHEN     A RPS bus is energized then as directed by the CRS, Cleanup Beds                                                                    perform OI 358 RPS Appendix 4, RPS POWER SUPPLY in hold, wait 3                                                                  TRANSFER HALF SCRAM RECOVERY CHECKLIST, and minutes                                                                          restore RWCU System.
2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE When directed to verify sat operation of the C EPA's, Wait 2 minutes and When contacted as Chemistry,  Simulator Operator:
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                       Page 11 of 40
inform the control room that everything appears normal.
 
Simulator Operator:
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                         SEG TIME/NOTES                 INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                 EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE When directed Simulator Operator:                                CRS:
Acknowledge the request for support.
to verify sat        inform the control room that everything     TS Entries possible operation of the appears normal.
CRS:  TS Entries possible Enters TSs o TRM LCO 3.3.4 A RCS Conductivity monitor 4 hr to restore monitoring.
* Enters TSs C EPAs, Wait 2 minutes and                                                              o TRM LCO 3.3.4 A RCS Conductivity monitor 4 hr to restore monitoring.
o TS LCO 3.3.1.1 A One or more required channels inoperable.
o TS LCO 3.3.1.1 A One or more required channels inoperable.
o 3.3.1.1 B One or more Functions with one or more required channels inoperable in both trip systems.
All Required actions met Simulator Operator:                                  o 3.3.1.1 B One or more Functions with one or more required When contacted Acknowledge the request for support.                          channels inoperable in both trip systems. All Required as Chemistry,                                                                actions met o TS LCO 3.4.5 A, Required Drywell Sump System inoperable.
actions met o TS LCO 3.4.5 A , Required Drywell Sump System inoperable.
Restore required Drywell Sump System to OPERABLE status. 24 hrs.
Restore required Drywell Sump System to OPERABLE status. o TS LCO 3.4.5 B, Required Primary Containment Air Sampling System inoperable.
o TS LCO 3.4.5 B, Required Primary Containment Air Sampling System inoperable.
Initiate action to restore required Primary Containment Air Sampling System to OPERABLE status.
Initiate action to restore required Primary Containment Air Sampling System to OPERABLE status.
o TS LCO 3.4.5 C, Required Drywell sump System an d
Immediately o TS LCO 3.4.5 C, Required Drywell sump System and containment air sampling inoperable, Restore Drywell Sump System to Operable OR restore Air Sampling to Operable 4 hours o TS LCO 3.3.3.1 One or more Functions with one required channel inoperable. 30 day LCO o TS LCO 3.6.1.3 A (12 times) (If Overriden) - Each PCIV, except reactor building-to-suppression chamber vacuum breakers, shall be OPERABLE. 4 hours unless MSIV Applicable to all the Group 3 Isolation vales repositioned in the Group 3 Isolation ARP actions Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                   Page 12 of 40
containment air sampling inoperable,   Restore Drywell Sump System to Operable OR restore o TS LCO 3.3.3.1 One or more Functions with one required channel inoperable.
 
o TS LCO 3.6.1.3 A (12 times)
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                                 SEG TIME/NOTES                 INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                 EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE OI 358 Appendix 4 Actions DSM                 Simulator Operator:                  BOP:
(If Overriden)
- Each PCIV, except reactor building
-to-suppression chamber vacuum breakers, shall be OPERABLE Applicable to all the Group 3 Isolation vales repositioned in the Group 3 Isolation ARP actions Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 12 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE DSM Electricians Allow the crew to get to the 1/2 Scram Recovery Checklist prior to proceeding.
Simulator Operator:
Acknowledge to support.
Acknowledge to support.
Simulator Operator:
* At 1C05, position REACTOR SCRAM RESET hand switch C71A-S5 to Group 1 and 4 [Group 2 and 3] and then to Group 2 and 3 [Group 1 and 4] to reset Half Scram.
Electricians Simulator Operator:
* Verify "A"["B"] RPS AUTO SCRAM annunciator (1C05A[B], A-2[A-2]) reset.
Acknowledge to support.
Acknowledge to support.
OI 358 Appendix 4 Actions BOP:  At 1C05, position REACTOR SCRAM RESET hand switch C71A-S5 t o Group 1 and 4 [Group 2 and 3] and then to Group 2 and 3 [Group 1 and 4] to reset Half Scram.
* At 1C36, reset Main Steam Line radiation monitors RIS-4448A/C[B/D].
Verify "A"["B"] RPS AUTO SCRAM annunciator (1C05A[B], A
* At 1C36, reset Fuel Pool Exhaust radiation monitor RIS-4131A[B].
-2[A-2]) reset. At 1C36, reset Main Steam Line radiation monitors RIS
* At 1C36, reset Carbon Bed Vault radiation monitor RM-4138.
-4448A/C[B/D].
* At 1C05, momentarily press and release:
At 1C36, reset Fuel Pool Exhaust radiation monitor RIS
PCIS DIV 1 RESET pushbutton A71B-S32 and PCIS DIV 2 RESET pushbutton A71B-S33 verifying the following annunciators reset:
-4131A[B]. At 1C36, reset Carbon Bed Vault radiation monitor RM
o PCIS GROUP 1 ISOLATION INITIATED (1C05B, A-8) o PCIS GROUP 2 ISOLATION INITIATED (1C05B, B-8) o PCIS GROUP "4" ISOLATION INITIATED (1C05B, D-8) o PCIS GROUP "5" ISOLATION INITIATED (1C05B, E-8)
-4138. At 1C05, momentarily press and release:
* Verify reactor water sample valves are restored to their desired lineup per IPOI 7 Attachment 5, Group 1 Isolations.
PCIS DIV 1 RESET pushbutton A71B
* Notify Shift Chemistry Technician to restore Hydrogen Chemistry System CAVs analyzers to service if required.
-S32 and PCIS DIV 2 RESET pushbutton A71B
Allow the crew
-S33 verifying the following annunciators reset:
* Reenergize the following RWCU isolation valve(s) as necessary to get to the 1/2                                                    [NA any non-applicable step(s)]:
o PCIS GROUP "1" ISOLATION INITIATED (1C05B, A
Scram                                                                  o MO-2700 (at 1B3219)
-8) o PCIS GROUP "2" ISOLATION INITIATED (1C05B, B
Recovery
-8) o PCIS GROUP "4" ISOLATION INITIATED (1C05B, D
* Restart RWCU System as directed per OI 261 (Group 5).
-8) o PCIS GROUP "5" ISOLATION INITIATED (1C05B, E
Checklist prior
-8) Verify reactor water sample valves are restored to their desired lineup per IPOI 7 Attachment 5, Group 1 Isolations.
* Exit Tech Spec as necessary for applicable PCIVs returned to operable to proceeding.                                                    status due to re-energizing the valve in the previous step.
Notify Shift Chemistry Technician to restore Hydrogen Chemistry System CAVs analyzers to service if required.
Actions Continued on the next page Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                     Page 13 of 40
Reenergize the following RWCU isolation valve(s) as necessary
 
[NA any non
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                           SEG TIME/NOTES                 INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                             EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE BOP:
-applicable step(s)]:
* At 1C04, open A [B] PUMP MINI PURGE ISOL CV-1804A[CV-1804B] by taking HS-1804A[HS-1804B] to CLOSE, then to OPEN, allowing it to spring-return to AUTO.
o MO-2700 (at 1B3219)
* Verify the following GROUP 3 Isolations RESET per IPOI 7, unless CRS directs otherwise [NA any non-applicable step(s)]:
Restart RWCU System as directed per OI 261 (Group 5).
Exit Tech Spec as necessary for applicable PCIVs returned to operable status due to re
-energizing the valve in the previous step.
Actions Continued on the next page Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 13 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE BOP: At 1C04, open A [B] PUMP MINI PURGE ISOL CV
-1804A[CV-1804B] by taking HS-1804A[HS-1804B] to CLOSE, then to OPEN, allowing it to spring-return to AUTO.
Verify the following GROUP 3 Isolations RESET per IPOI 7, unless CRS directs otherwise [NA any non
-applicable step(s)]:
o Standby Gas Treatment System per OI 170.
o Standby Gas Treatment System per OI 170.
o Drywell (Containment Atmosphere Control System) per OI 573.
o Drywell (Containment Atmosphere Control System) per OI 573.
o Reactor Building HVAC System per OI 734.
o Reactor Building HVAC System per OI 734.
Verify PCIS GROUP "3" ISOLATION INITIATED annunciator (1C05B, C
* Verify PCIS GROUP 3 ISOLATION INITIATED annunciator (1C05B, C-8) reset.
-8) reset. At 1C35, place CV
* At 1C35, place CV-4371A GROUP 3 OVERRIDE switch S583B in NORM
-4371A GROUP 3 OVERRIDE switch S583B in NORM Verify the following GROUP 2 Isolations RESET per IPOI 7, unless CRS directs otherwise Examiner Note: When the crew is about to restore Cleanup to service and at the lead examiner's direction, move on to the next event. Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 14 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
* Verify the following GROUP 2 Isolations RESET per IPOI 7, unless CRS directs otherwise Examiner Note: When the crew is about to restore Cleanup to service and at the lead examiners direction, move on to the next event.
2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 4: Control Rod Drift with AOP entry Tech Spec entry 3.1.3 At the direction of the lead examiner,      If contacted as the second assistant Simulator Operator:
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                             Page 14 of 40
Activate [ET 5]
 
This will actuate RD013023, causing Rod 30-23 to drift out of the core.
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                               SEG TIME/NOTES                   INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                     EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 4:                                                           CREW:
Control Rod                                                       Diagnoses control rod 30-23 is drifting Drift with AOP CRS:
entry
* Directs entry to AOP 255.1, Control Rod Movement/Indication Tech Spec                                                             Abnormal, Mispositioned control rod section.
entry 3.1.3
* Directs entry into AOP 255.2 Power Reactivity Abnormal Change.
Simulator Operator:
Simulator Operator:
report that the HCU lineup is normal and HCU pressure is normal.
* Determines that the TS 3.3.2.1, Control Rod Block Instrumentation, At the direction                                                      requirements are met.
      . CREW: Diagnoses control rod 30
of the lead                          Activate [ET 5]
-23 is drifting CRS:  Directs entry to AOP 255.1, Control Rod Movement/Indication Abnormal, Mispositioned control rod section.
examiner,            This will actuate RD013023, causing Rod
Directs entry into AOP 255.2 Power Reactivity Abnormal Change.
* Evaluate the entry into TS LCO 3.1.3 C Control Rod Inoperable once 30-23 to drift out of the core.                  the control rod is isolated.
Determines that the TS 3.3.2.1, Control Rod Block Instrumentation, requirements are met.
* Direct the Organization to write a clearance to remove the Amphenoils to electrically disable the HCU after it is Isolated.
Evaluate the entry into TS LCO 3.1.3 C Control Rod Inoperable once the control rod is isolated. Direct the Organization to write a clearance to remove the Amphenoils to electrically disable the HCU after it is Isolated.
If contacted as    Simulator Operator:
Contacts RE and/or Duty Manager.
* Contacts RE and/or Duty Manager.
RO: Recognizes Rod 30
the second            report that the HCU lineup is normal and    RO:
-23 is drifting and informs the SRO.
assistant            HCU pressure is normal.
1C05A (D-6) Rod Drift Actions o At 1C05, select affected Control Rod, monitor 4 rod display to determine if a control rod is drifting, and if so in what direction.
* Recognizes Rod 30-23 is drifting and informs the SRO.
o Actions Continue on the next page.
* 1C05A (D-6) Rod Drift Actions o   At 1C05, select affected Control Rod, monitor 4 rod display to determine if a control rod is drifting, and if so in what direction.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 15 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
o   Actions Continue on the next page.
2 SEG  TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE When directed to Mechanically Isolate HCU 30
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                           Page 15 of 40
-23, wait 4 minutes and


Simulator Operator:
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                        SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                              EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE o IF any control rod is drifting OUT, perform the following:
Acknowledge the request delete malfunction RD013023 and call back and inform the control room the hcu has been isolated with V 1008 (30-23), Insert Isolation, and V 1275 (30-23) Withdraw Isolation.
o IF any control rod is drifting OUT, perform the following:
If more than one rod is drifting OUT, manually scram the reactor per IPOI 5 (Reactor Scram).
If more than one rod is drifting OUT, manually scram the reactor per IPOI 5 (Reactor Scram).
Place the C11A S3 EMERG IN/NOTCH OVERRIDE SELECT switch on 1C05 in the EMERG ROD IN position momentarily (less than 1/2 second) to abort the rod sequence timer.
Place the C11A S3 EMERG IN/NOTCH OVERRIDE SELECT switch on 1C05 in the EMERG ROD IN Simulator Operator:                                          position momentarily (less than 1/2 second) to abort the rod sequence timer.
If any control rod indicates withdrawal movement, attempt to drive the affected rods in to their required positions per the rod sequence by placing the C11A S3 EMERG IN/NOTCH OVERRIDE SELECT switch on 1C05 in the EMERG ROD IN position.
Acknowledge the request When directed                                                                    If any control rod indicates withdrawal movement, to Mechanically                                                                    attempt to drive the affected rods in to their required Isolate HCU 30- delete malfunction RD013023 and call                              positions per the rod sequence by placing the C11A 23, wait 4          back and inform the control room the hcu has been isolated with V-18-1008 (30-23),                    S3 EMERG IN/NOTCH OVERRIDE SELECT switch on minutes and                                                                        1C05 in the EMERG ROD IN position.
If any control rod inserted per Step 3.2.c begins to drift out again, fully insert the affected rods by:
Insert Isolation, and V-18-1275 (30-23)
If necessary, place the RWM Operators Display (RWM-OD) keylock mode switch to the BYPASS position. Place the C11A S3 EMERG IN/NOTCH OVERRIDE SELECT switch on 1C05 in the EMERG ROD IN position. If any control rod still indicates movement, place and hold the C11A S3 EMERG IN/NOTCH OVERRIDE SELECT switch on 1C05 in the EMERG ROD IN position. Place the C11A S3 EMERG IN/NOTCH OVERRIDE SELECT switch on 1C05 in the OFF position.
Withdraw Isolation.                                          If any control rod inserted per Step 3.2.c begins to drift out again, fully insert the affected rods by:
If necessary, place the RWM Operators Display (RWM-OD) keylock mode switch to the BYPASS position.
Place the C11A S3 EMERG IN/NOTCH OVERRIDE SELECT switch on 1C05 in the EMERG ROD IN position.
If any control rod still indicates movement, place and hold the C11A S3 EMERG IN/NOTCH OVERRIDE SELECT switch on 1C05 in the EMERG ROD IN position.
Place the C11A S3 EMERG IN/NOTCH OVERRIDE SELECT switch on 1C05 in the OFF position.
Run an OFFICIAL 3D CASE for abnormal reactor power/control rod distributions.
Run an OFFICIAL 3D CASE for abnormal reactor power/control rod distributions.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 16 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                 Page 16 of 40
2 SEG  TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 4: Control Rod Drift (Cont'd)  When contacted as the Reactor Enginer, When contacted as the DSM/Operations Direstor Simulator Operator:
Acknowledge and inform the control room that you will evaluate the current rod configuration.


NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                    SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                              EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 4:                                                      BOP:
Control Rod
* Monitors balance of plant equipment/plant status.
Drift
* Contacts SANSOE to inspect control rod 30-23 HCU for abnormalities.
(Contd)
Simulator Operator:
Simulator Operator:
Acknowledge the request for support.
When contacted as the Reactor Acknowledge and inform the control Enginer,            room that you will evaluate the current rod configuration.
BOP: Monitors balance of plant equipment/plant status.
When contacted Simulator Operator:
Contacts SANSOE to inspect control rod 30-23 HCU for abnormalities.
as the              Acknowledge the request for support.
EXAMINER NOTE: Continue to next event at examiner's direction.
DSM/Operation s Direstor EXAMINER NOTE: Continue to next event at examiners direction.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 17 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                           Page 17 of 40
2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 5: 125 VDC Div 1 panel 1D11 trip results in AOP entries Tech Spec entry (3.8.7.B)
 
At the direction of the Lead Examiner    If reactor water level increases to a scram, then    When contacted as the second assistant to go to the 1A3 switchgear room to in Simulator Operator:
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                         SEG TIME/NOTES                 INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                     EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 5:                                                           CREW 125 VDC Div 1                                                     The crew will recognize the loss of 1D11 panel 1D11 trip                                                   CRS:
Activate [ET 7]  This inserts ed13a causing a loss of 1D11 Simulator Operator:
results in AOP
Activate [ET 9]
* Possibly enters AOP 644 entries
move to next event.
* Enters AOP 302.1-Loss of 125 VDC Power, Tab 1-Loss of 125vdc Tech Spec                                                                 Div 1 entry (3.8.7.B)
NOTE: If the RO does not place the level controller to "A" a scram will occur.
* May direct, as time permits, the RO to transfer to A level control to control reactor level and try to maintain normal band.
Simulator Operator:
Simulator Operator:
report after 2 minutes that 1D10 CKT 6 has tripped free and there is no sign of smoke or fire at the breaker.
* Enters TS LCO 3.8.7.B - 8 Hr LCO (1D11)
CREW  The crew will recognize the loss of 1D11 CRS:  Possibly enters AOP 644 Enters AOP 302.1
At the direction
-Loss of 125 VDC Power, Tab 1
* Directs transferring non-essential power to the startup transformer.
-Loss of 125vdc Div 1  May direct, as time permits, the RO to transfer to "A" level control to control reactor level and try to maintain normal band.
of the Lead                          Activate [ET 7]
Enters TS LCO 3.8.7.B  
Examiner            This inserts ed13a causing a loss of 1D11    RO:
- 8 Hr LCO (1D11)
* Takes manual control of FW and attempts to restore reactor water level to the normal band.
Directs transferring non
OR Simulator Operator:
-essential power to the startup transformer.
* Place the A level controller in service with handswitch If reactor water                      Activate [ET 9]
RO: Takes manual control of FW and attempts to restore reactor water level to the normal band.
* Place 3 Element to Single Element level increases                  move to next event.
OR Place the "A" level controller in service with handswitch Place 3 Element to Single Elemen t  Monitor Power Pressure and Level at 1C05 BOP Actions Continued on the next page.
* Monitor Power Pressure and Level at 1C05 to a scram, then          NOTE: If the RO does not place the level controller to A a scram will occur.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 18 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
When contacted Simulator Operator:
2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE When directed to investigate 1D11, wait 1 minute      When contacted to provide organizational support,  Simulator Operator:
as the second assistant to go      report after 2 minutes that 1D10 CKT 6 to the 1A3          has tripped free and there is no sign of smoke or fire at the breaker.                BOP Actions Continued on the next page.
inform the control room that there are no abnormal indications and all breakers are Closed.      Simulator Operator:
switchgear room to in Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                     Page 18 of 40
Acknowledge the request for support.
 
Actions continued from the previous page.
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                         SEG TIME/NOTES                 INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                   EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Simulator Operator:                         Actions continued from the previous page.
BOP:  Recognize the Loss of 1D11 Monitors BOP Equipment Transfers non
When directed        inform the control room that there are no   BOP:
-essential power to the startup transformer per OI 304.1, section 4.2. as follows.
to investigate      abnormal indications and all breakers are
* Recognize the Loss of 1D11 1D11, wait 1        Closed.
* Monitors BOP Equipment minute
* Transfers non-essential power to the startup transformer per OI 304.1, section 4.2. as follows.
o Place the BUS 1A2 TRANSFER breaker mode selector switch in the MANUAL position.
o Place the BUS 1A2 TRANSFER breaker mode selector switch in the MANUAL position.
o Select Phase 1 with the BUS 1A2 STARTUP XFMR AMPERES meter switch and observe the ammeter reading. Select Phase 1 with the BUS 1A2 AUX XFMR AMPERES meter switch.
o Select Phase 1 with the BUS 1A2 STARTUP XFMR AMPERES meter switch and observe the ammeter reading.
o Place the control switch 4KV BREAKER 1A202 STARTUP XFMR TO BUS 1A2 momentarily in the CLOSE position. Observe that the red (breaker closed) and the white (closing spring charged) indicating lights are ON o Observe that the bus has parallel supplies by observing current on the supply ammeters.
Select Phase 1 with the BUS 1A2 AUX XFMR AMPERES Simulator Operator:                                      meter switch.
o Trip the supply breaker from the auxiliary transformer by placing the control switch 4KV BREAKER 1A101[201] AUX XFMR TO BUS 1A1[1A2] momentarily in the TRIP position. Observe that the white (closing spring charged) and the green (breaker open) indicating lights are ON.
When contacted Acknowledge the request for support.
o Place the control switch 4KV BREAKER 1A202 STARTUP to provide XFMR TO BUS 1A2 momentarily in the CLOSE position.
organizational Observe that the red (breaker closed) and the white (closing
: support, spring charged) indicating lights are ON o Observe that the bus has parallel supplies by observing current on the supply ammeters.
o Trip the supply breaker from the auxiliary transformer by placing the control switch 4KV BREAKER 1A101[201] AUX XFMR TO BUS 1A1[1A2] momentarily in the TRIP position.
Observe that the white (closing spring charged) and the green (breaker open) indicating lights are ON.
Actions Continued on the Next Page.
Actions Continued on the Next Page.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 19 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                 Page 19 of 40
2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Actions Continued from Previous Page.
 
Transfers non
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                           SEG TIME/NOTES                 INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                           EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Actions Continued from Previous Page.
-essential power to the startup transformer per OI 304.1, section 4.2. as follows.
* Transfers non-essential power to the startup transformer per OI 304.1, section 4.2. as follows.
o Select individual phases with the BUS 1A1[1A2] STARTUP XFMR AMPERES meter switch to observe the current load and to verify approximately equal phase currents.
o Select individual phases with the BUS 1A1[1A2] STARTUP XFMR AMPERES meter switch to observe the current load and to verify approximately equal phase currents.
o On the BUS 1A1[2] VOLTS meter, verify that all three phases indicate approximately 4160V by selecting each phase selector switch position. Observe that all three white (phase energized) indicating lights are ON.
o On the BUS 1A1[2] VOLTS meter, verify that all three phases indicate approximately 4160V by selecting each phase selector switch position. Observe that all three white (phase energized) indicating lights are ON.
o Place the BUS 1A1[2] TRANSFER breaker mode switch in the AUTO position.
o Place the BUS 1A1[2] TRANSFER breaker mode switch in the AUTO position.
o If both 1A1 and 1A2 non
o If both 1A1 and 1A2 non-essential buses are now powered from the Startup Transformer, notify ITC Midwest System Control Operator that the Auxiliary Transformer has been unloaded and to adjust the DAEC 161 KV bus low limit in EMS accordingly. - NA o Record the time ITC Midwest was notified the Auxiliary Transformer was unloaded in the Operating Log.
-essential buses are now powered from the Startup Transformer, notify ITC Midwest System Control Operator that the Auxiliary Transformer has been unloaded and to adjust the DAEC 161 KV bus low limit in EMS accordingly.
Continue to next event at examiners direction.
- NA o Record the time ITC Midwest was notified the Auxiliary Transformer was unloaded in the Operating Log.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                           Page 20 of 40
Continue to next event at examiner's direction.
 
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 20 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                         SEG TIME/NOTES                 INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                     EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 6:                                                         Crew:
2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 6: Spurious start of RCIC, requires manually stopping RCIC Tech Spec Entry 3. At the discression the Lead Examiner When sent to investigate the Spurious start of RCIC, wait 3 minutes,          Simulator Operator:
Acknowledges annunciator 1C04c Spurious start of RCIC,                                                         Announces alarm to the SRO requires manually CRS:
Activate [ET 11]
stopping RCIC Will direct the follow actions:
This will spuriously start RCIC Simulator Operator:
Tech Spec
Inform the control room that the Level Switch for the RCIC Turbine has actuated. Crew: Acknowledges annunciator 1C04c Announces alarm to the SRO CRS: Will direct the follow actions:
* Trip RCIC Entry 3.
Trip RCIC Reenter AOP 255.2 for Power Reactivity Abnormal Enter TS 3.5.3 Conditon A for RCIC Inoperable.
* Reenter AOP 255.2 for Power Reactivity Abnormal
May look at TS 3.3.5.3 for RCIC instrumentation.
* Enter TS 3.5.3 Conditon A for RCIC Inoperable.
Establish critical parameter monitoring of Reactor Power, Reactor Pressure, and RPV Water Level, as priorities allow.
* May look at TS 3.3.5.3 for RCIC instrumentation.
RO: Verify control rod positions are correct for the established sequence, by using Rod Position Log.
At the              Simulator Operator:
Verify thermal limits on the Official 3D Case.
discression the      Activate [ET 11]
When power is stabilized, plot location on the Stability Power /
* Establish critical parameter monitoring of Reactor Power, Lead Examiner        This will spuriously start RCIC                      Reactor Pressure, and RPV Water Level, as priorities allow.
Flow Map. Notify the Reactor Engineer and Operations Manager.
RO:
BOP: Depress HS
* Verify control rod positions are correct for the established sequence, by using Rod Position Log.
-2460, RCIC Manual Turbine Trip pushbutton.
* Verify thermal limits on the Official 3D Case.
Verify MO-2405, RCIC Turbine Stop Valve, closes.
* When power is stabilized, plot location on the Stability Power /
Verify MO-2512, RCIC Inject Valve, closes.
Flow Map.
Verify MO 2510, RCIC Min Flow Bypass Valve, closes.
When sent to
Continue to next event at examiner's direction.
* Notify the Reactor Engineer and Operations Manager.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 21 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
investigate the      Simulator Operator:                          BOP:
2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event #6 Condenser Vacuum Leak (recoverable)
Spurious start      Inform the control room that the Level
Emergent Power Reduction  HP Tech high rad brief If contacted as Aux Operator to perform a High Rad Entry to investigate.
* Depress HS-2460, RCIC Manual Turbine Trip pushbutton.
if the crew inserts a manual scram If contacted as the Aux Operator to go in to the condenser bay and investigate Simulator Operator:
of RCIC, wait 3      Switch for the RCIC Turbine has minutes,
Activate [ET 9] This will insert mc04b, result in degrading backpressure.
* Verify MO-2405, RCIC Turbine Stop Valve, closes.
Simulator Operator: Acknowledge the order Simulator Operator:
actuated.
Acknowledge the order Simulator Operator:
* Verify MO-2512, RCIC Inject Valve, closes.
Activate [ET 13]
* Verify MO 2510, RCIC Min Flow Bypass Valve, closes.
Simulator Operator:
Continue to next event at examiners direction.
Acknowledge the order Crew: Recognizes the rising backpressure CRS: Will direct the follow actions:
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                   Page 21 of 40
Enter AOP 691 Perform a fast power reduction to maintain condenser backpressure.
 
Direct IPOI 4 Fast Power Reduction RO: Perform Fast Power Reduction (complete step sequence on the next page.
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                           SEG TIME/NOTES                 INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                     EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event #6                                                         Crew:
o Lower Recirculation flow to 39 Mlbm/hr.
Recognizes the rising backpressure Condenser           Simulator Operator:
o Insert control rods IAW the fast power reduction sequence sheet. Insert a manual reactor scram if condenser backpressure reaches 6" of Hg absolute.
Vacuum Leak         Activate [ET9]                              CRS:
BOP: Establish critical parameter monitoring of condenser backpressure.
(recoverable)                                                     Will direct the follow actions:
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 22 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
This will insert mc04b, result in degrading Emergent            backpressure.
2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Fast Power Reduction Steps IAW IPOI 4 RO: o IF core flow is greater than or equal to THEN at 1C04, reduce A and B MG SET SPEED CONTROL to lower core flow to 39 Mlb/hr while maintaining level between +186" and +211".
* Enter AOP 691 Power
o Perform the following as required to reduce core flow and to insert rods per the Fast Power Reduction Sequence Sheet(s)
* Perform a fast power reduction to maintain condenser Reduction                                                                  backpressure.
* Direct IPOI 4 Fast Power Reduction HP Tech high        Simulator Operator:                          RO:
rad brief            Acknowledge the order
* Perform Fast Power Reduction (complete step sequence on the next page.
If contacted as                                                              o Lower Recirculation flow to 39 Mlbm/hr.
Aux Operator to Simulator Operator:                                          o Insert control rods IAW the fast power reduction sequence perform a High Acknowledge the order                                            sheet.
Rad Entry to investigate.
* Insert a manual reactor scram if condenser backpressure reaches 6 of Hg absolute.
BOP:
if the crew          Simulator Operator:
inserts a            Activate [ET 13]
* Establish critical parameter monitoring of condenser backpressure.
manual scram If contacted as the Aux              Simulator Operator:
Operator to go      Acknowledge the order in to the condenser bay and investigate Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                     Page 22 of 40
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                           SEG TIME/NOTES                 INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                         EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Fast Power Reduction Steps IAW IPOI 4 RO:
o IF core flow is greater than or equal to () 39 Mlb/hr AND power is greater than or equal to () than 70 percent of rated, THEN at 1C04, reduce A and B MG SET SPEED CONTROL to lower core flow to 39 Mlb/hr while maintaining level between +186" and +211".
o Perform the following as required to reduce core flow and to insert rods per the Fast Power Reduction Sequence Sheet(s)
Bypass the Rod Worth Minimizer.
Bypass the Rod Worth Minimizer.
Station a second licensed operator in place as a peer checker for control rod movement.
Station a second licensed operator in place as a peer checker for control rod movement.
If necessary to achieve desired conditions, insert control rods using the Fast Power Reduction Sequence Sheet(s) until power is less than or equal to Mlb/hr (equivalent to load line of less than 80%).
If necessary to achieve desired conditions, insert control rods using the Fast Power Reduction Sequence Sheet(s) until power is less than or equal to
() 70% with core flow greater than or equal to () 39 Mlb/hr (equivalent to load line of less than 80%).
At 1C04, reduce A and B MG SET SPEED CONTROL to lower core flow to 27 Mlb/hr while maintaining level between +186" and +211".
At 1C04, reduce A and B MG SET SPEED CONTROL to lower core flow to 27 Mlb/hr while maintaining level between +186" and +211".
Insert control rods using the Fast Power Reduction Sequence Sheet(s) until power is less than or equal to Mlb/hr (equivalent to load line of less than 52%).
Insert control rods using the Fast Power Reduction Sequence Sheet(s) until power is less than or equal to
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 23 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
() 36% with core flow greater than or equal to () 27 Mlb/hr (equivalent to load line of less than 52%).
2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Back pressure gets worse.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                           Page 23 of 40
At the direction of the Lead Examiner,    With the concurrence from the Lead Examiner    When all rods are inserted,      At the direction of the Lead Examiner,      Simulator Operator:
 
Activate [ET 13] This will worsen the condenser air inleakage driving the crew to insert a manual scram.
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                           SEG TIME/NOTES                 INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                   EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Back pressure                                                     Crew gets worse.
  *Simulator Operator:*
* The crew will determine that continued degradation in condenser backpressure will reach a turbine trip setpoint and take the unit offline.
Modify MC04B to 1.8 with a 30 Sec Ramp to drive the crew to scram if the fast power reduction is effective at maintaining back pressure.
* Enters and implements the actions of IPOI 5, Reactor Scram.
Simulator Operator:
Simulator Operator:
* Enters and implements the actions of EOP 1, RPV Control.
At the direction of the Lead                  Activate [ET 13]                    RO:
Examiner,            This will worsen the condenser air
* Scrams the reactor and performs the scram choreography.
inleakage driving the crew to insert a
* Reports a hydraulic ATWS and reactor power.
manual scram.
* Dials master feed water regulating valve controller to 158.5 in AUTO CRS:
With the            *Simulator Operator:*
concurrence          Modify MC04B to 1.8 with a 30 Sec
* Directs scramming the reactor and performing IPOI 5, Reactor Scram.
from the Lead        Ramp to drive the crew to scram if the
* Enters EOP 1 due to a scram required with power above 5% or unknown.
Examiner            fast power reduction is effective at
* Verifies automatic isolations, ECCS initiations, and SBDG initiation.
maintaining back pressure.
* Transitions to EOP ATWS.
When all rods are inserted,        Simulator Operator:
Activate [ET 15]
Activate [ET 15]
this will trip both condensate pumps Crew  The crew will determine that continued degradation in condenser backpressure will reach a turbine trip setpoint and take the unit offline.
this will trip both condensate pumps At the direction of the Lead
Enters and implements the actions of IPOI 5, Reactor Scram.
: Examiner, Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                     Page 24 of 40
Enters and implements the actions of EOP 1, RPV Control.
RO:  Scrams the reactor and performs the scram choreography.
Reports a hydraulic ATWS and reactor power.
Dials master feed water regulating valve controller to 158.5 in AUTO CRS: Directs scramming the reactor and performing IPOI 5, Reactor Scram.
Enters EOP 1 due to a scram required with power above 5% or unknown.
Verifies automatic isolations, ECCS initiations, and SBDG initiation.
Transitions to EOP ATWS.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 24 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
2 SEG  TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE If directed to locally trip the 'A' Recirc MG Set Drive Motor Breaker When directed to install Defeat 12:    Three (3) minutes after being directed to install Defeat 12: Simulator Operator:
Acknowledge the request, wait 10 minutes and use [RF rr11] and open the drive motor breaker. Call the control room and inform them that the drive motor breaker is open. Floor Instructor Manually driving control rods, drifting rods, and repeated manual scram will insert all control rods. To perform repeated manual scram the crew will need to direct the 2nd Assistant to install EOP DEFEAT 12 Critical Task # 4 IF a scram is required and Reactor power is above 5%, THEN reduce power below 5% using one or more of the following methods: Inserting control rods using RIP
: s. Simulator Operator Acknowledge the request.
Activate [ET 12].
This will install Defeat 12 after time delays. Simulator Operator Contact the control room and inform them that Defeat 12 is installed.
Crew  Implements the mitigation strategies of ATWS.
RO:  Reports a hydraulic ATWS and reactor power.
Dials master feed water regulating valve controller to 158.5 in AUTO Performs the ATWS QRC.
Reports completion of the ATWS QRC. Determines that ARI was NOT effective. Reports RPV level and reactor power.
Coordinates with the BOP operator the performance of the Hydraulic Rod Insertion Procedures.
BOP:  Installs Defeat 15.
Announces failure to scram and direct the 2 nd Asst. to install EOP Defeat 12 for Repeated Manual Scram RIP 103.
Installs Defeat 11.
Locks out A DS  Perform Hydraulic ATWS RIPs (CRITICAL) o RIP 103.2, Drifting Rods o Start a second CRD pump, if available.
o Place CRD Flow Controller FC
-1814 in MANUAL and run the output to maximum.
o Observe increased cooling water flow on FI
-1838 and cooling water dp increase on PDI-1832A. o Throttle open MO
-1830, DRIVE WATER P CON s necessary to maximize cooling water flow and pressure.
o Monitor for inward rod motion. Rods will drift in.


CRS Actions continued on the next page.
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                           SEG TIME/NOTES                 INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                     EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Simulator Operator:                          Crew If directed to      Acknowledge the request, wait 10 minutes
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 25 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
* Implements the mitigation strategies of ATWS.
2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Floor Instructor If the crew does not efficiently inject SBLC, enter power level control, restore power to at least one RPS bus, and/or reinitiate torus cooling (after the loss of offsite power) the crew may be required to emergency depressurize due to not being able to maintain torus water temperature and RPV pressure below the Heat Capacity Limit.
locally trip the    and use [RF rr11] and open the drive        RO:
A Recirc MG        motor breaker. Call the control room and Set Drive Motor inform them that the drive motor breaker is
* Reports a hydraulic ATWS and reactor power.
Breaker              open.
* Dials master feed water regulating valve controller to 158.5 in AUTO Floor Instructor
* Performs the ATWS QRC.
Manually driving control rods, drifting
* Reports completion of the ATWS QRC. Determines that ARI was NOT rods, and repeated manual scram will            effective. Reports RPV level and reactor power.
insert all control rods. To perform
* Coordinates with the BOP operator the performance of the Hydraulic Rod repeated manual scram the crew will            Insertion Procedures.
need to direct the 2nd Assistant to BOP:
install EOP DEFEAT 12
* Installs Defeat 15.
Critical Task # 4 IF a scram is required
* Announces failure to scram and direct the 2nd Asst. to install EOP Defeat and Reactor power is above 5%, THEN            12 for Repeated Manual Scram RIP 103.
reduce power below 5% using one or
* Installs Defeat 11.
more of the following methods:
* Locks out ADS Inserting control rods using RIPs.
* Perform Hydraulic ATWS RIPs (CRITICAL)
When directed                                                            o RIP 103.2, Drifting Rods to install Defeat Simulator Operator                                    o Start a second CRD pump, if available.
12:                          Acknowledge the request.                    o Place CRD Flow Controller FC-1814 in MANUAL and run the Activate [ET 12].                      output to maximum.
o Observe increased cooling water flow on FI-1838 and cooling This will install Defeat 12 after time                  water dp increase on PDI-1832A.
delays.
Three (3)                                                                o Throttle open MO-1830, DRIVE WATER                          sP CO N Simulator Operator                                      necessary to maximize cooling water flow and pressure.
minutes after being directed      Contact the control room and inform                o Monitor for inward rod motion. Rods will drift in.
to install Defeat them that Defeat 12 is installed.
12:                                                              CRS Actions continued on the next page.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                    Page 25 of 40


CRS: Directs locking out ADS.
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                              SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                      EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE CRS:
Verifies at least one set of inboard and outboard MSIVs are open.
* Directs locking out ADS.
Directs installation of Defeat 15.
* Verifies at least one set of inboard and outboard MSIVs are open.
Directs performance of the ATWS QRC.
* Directs installation of Defeat 15.
Directs the injection of SBLC Recognizes the applicability of Continuous Recheck Statement in Level Leg of EOP ATWS and enters Power Level Control.
* Directs performance of the ATWS QRC.
Directs coordination of the Hydraulic ATWS Rod Insertion Procedures Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 26 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
Floor Instructor
2 SEG  TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE If directed to break main condenser vacuum:
* Directs the injection of SBLC If the crew does not efficiently inject
Three (3) minutes after the request:
* Recognizes the applicability of Continuous Recheck Statement in Level SBLC, enter power level control, restore        Leg of EOP ATWS and enters Power Level Control.
Critical Task # 10 IF a reactor scram is required, and Reactor power is >5%, and Power/level control is required, THEN terminate and prevent injection until conditions allow reinjection.
power to at least one RPS bus, and/or reinitiate torus cooling (after the loss of offsite power) the crew may be required to emergency depressurize due to not        Directs coordination of the Hydraulic ATWS Rod Insertion Procedures being able to maintain torus water temperature and RPV pressure below the Heat Capacity Limit.
Critical Task #11 IF performing ATWS Power/level control and Conditions are met to allow reinjection, THEN crew actions are taken to maintain RPV level above -25" by injecting using Table 1B systems.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                       Page 26 of 40
Simulator Operator Activate [ET 28].
Acknowledge the request. Simulator Operator Inform the control room the main condenser vacuum breakers are open.
Crew  Implements AOP ATWS power level control actions.
RO:  Verifies HPCI is locked out.
Terminates and prevents injection from condensate and feed. (CRITICAL)
Reports reactor power when RPV level reaches 87" and lowering.
Controls RPV level
-25" to +87" using condensate and feedwater.
(CRITICAL)
As Time Permits, assist in RIPs BOP:  Terminates and prevents injection from HPCI, CS, RHR when required. Continues to perform Hydraulic Rod Insertion Procedures CRS:  Directs installation of Defeat 4.
Directs terminating and preventing injection from HPCI, CS, RHR and Condensate and Feedwater.
Directs reporting reactor power at 87" and lowering.
Directs an RPV level band o f -25" to +87" with condensate and feedwater.
This band will be dependent on the level that is reported when power drops below 5%
Directs an RPV pressure band of 800
-1055 psig. using desired system (EHC). Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 27 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
2 SEG  TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE When all control rods are inserted:  CRS:  Recogniz e that all rods have inserted Evaluate Transitioning to EOP 1 from ATWS Direct the RO to secure Boron Injection Upon the report of SBLC Pumps secured, transition to EOP 1 RO:  When directed by the CRS, Secure SBLC Pumps Inform the CRS that SBLC Pumps are secured Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 28 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
2 SEG  TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE If the parameters of the Heat Capacity Limit are exceeded and an Emergency Depress. Is required with ATWS conditions present: Contingency Actions Crew  Enters and implements the actions of an Emergency Depressurization with an ATWS condition presen
: t. RO:  Terminates and prevents injection from Condensate and Feedwater.
Slowly re-injects into the RPV to restore and maintain RPV level
-25" to +15" using condensate and feedwater.
BOP:  Terminates and prevents injection from HPCI, Core Spray, RHR.
Reports torus water level.
Opens 4 ADS SRV's.
Reports RPV level at 160 psig. and lowering CRS:  Enters Emergency Depressurization.
Directs terminating and preventing injection from HPCI, Core Spray, RHR, Condensate and Feedwater.
Directs opening 4 ADS SRVs.
Directs reporting of RPV level at 160 psig. and lowering Directs slowly re
-injecting into the RPV to restore and maintain RPV level
-25" to +15" using condensate and feedwater.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 29 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
2 SEG  TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE If the parameters of the Heat Capacity Limit are exceeded and an Emergency Depress. Is required: Contingency Actions Crew  Crew will enter and implement the actions of Emergency Depressurization.
RO:  Restores and maintains RPV 170
-211" using condensate and feedwater.
BOP:  Reports torus water level.
Opens 4 ADS SRV's.
Restores and maintains RPV 170-211" using condensate and feedwater.
CRS:  Enters Emergency Depressurization.
Directs opening 4 ADS SRVs.
Directs restoring and maintaining RPV level 170
-211" using condensate and feedwater.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 30 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
2 SEG  TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE When the crew transitions to EOP 1 from EOP ATWS  Crew  Implements the mitigation strategies of EOP 1, RPV Control RO:  Restores and maintains RC/L 170
-211" using RCIC and other alternate injection systems.
Maintains RC/P 800
-1055 psig. using directed pressure control systems.
Lowers reactor pressure to the directed control band using the directed control system.
CRS:  Performs a crew update of entry into EOP 1 due to Exiting EOP ATWS Directs an RPV level band of 170
-211" using RCIC and other alternate injection systems.
Directs installation of Defeat 11 if not completed prior.
Directs an RPV pressure band of 800
-1055 psig using directed pressure control systems.
May Enter Alternate Level Control Leg of EOP 1 Lock Out ADS Restore and maintain RPV level above +15 in. with one or more Preferred Injection Systems (Table 1A)  Wait Until RPV level drops to +15 in.
Placekeeps in EOP 1 to the applicable WAIT UNTIL step in RC/P (RC/P
-6) leg Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 31 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
2 SEG  TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Actions to start RCIC from a tripped conditions.
At the direction of the Lead Examiner, Simulator Operator:
Activate [ET 17]
this will trip the RCIC Turbine on overspeed.
CRS:  Recognize Condensate and Feed no longer available.
Direct the RO to inject with RCIC to restore Reactor Water Level RO:  Verify MO-2511, RCIC Pump Discharge Valve, is open.
Open MO 2426, RCIC Lube Oil Cooler Supply Valve.
Start 1P 227, RCIC Vacuum Pump.
Open MO-2404, RCIC Turbine Steam Supply Valve.
For RPV injection, immediately open MO
-2512, RCIC Inject Valve.
Verify MO-2510, RCIC Min Flow Bypass Valve, closes as RCIC flow raises above 80 gpm.
Start 1P-99A and B, ESW Pumps.
Start 1V-AC-15A and B, RCIC Room Cooling Units.
Recognize the Trip of RCIC, and inform the CRS
. Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 32 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
2 SEG  TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE


CRS:  Direct Crew Response for performance of the T/T leg of EOP 2.
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                              SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                      EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Crew
Directs operating all available torus cooling using only RHR pumps NOT required for adequate core cooling.
* Implements AOP ATWS power level control actions.
Before torus water temperature reaches 110F enter EOP 1 and shutdown the reactor.
RO:
Maintain torus water temperature below the Heat Capacity Limit (Graph 4). Wait until torus water temperature and RPV pressure cannot be maintained below the Heat Capacity Limit (Graph 4).
Critical Task # 10 IF a reactor scram is required, and Reactor power is >5%,
Direct the reseting of the LO
* Verifies HPCI is locked out.
-LO-LO LPCI Logic to allow for restoration of Torus Cooling BOP: Place RHR in Torus Cooling IAW OI 149, QRC 2 Verify RHRSW in service per OI 416/OI 416 QRC 1
and Power/level control is required,
. Verify 1P-99A and B, ESW Pumps, running. Place HS 2059 [HS 1959], A & C [B & D] RHRSW PUMPS LOCA TRIP OVERRIDE, in MANUAL OVERRD position.
* Terminates and prevents injection from condensate and feed. (CRITICAL)
Verify MO-2046[1947], RHR HX Service Water Outlet Valve, CLOSED. Start RHRSW Pumps 1P-22 A[B] and/or 1P-22 C[D]. Throttle open MO
THEN terminate and prevent injection
-2046[1947], RHR HX Service Water Outlet Valve, to obtain 1200 - 2600 gpm per running pump.
* Reports reactor power when RPV level reaches 87 and lowering.
AS TIME ALLOWS, Perform the follow up actions Verify two or more River Water Supply Pumps running.
until conditions allow reinjection.
Place LIC-4231[4232] in MANUAL. Adjust LIC-4231[4232] to achieve the desired River Water makeup flow. (Combined flow of ESW and RHRSW)
* Controls RPV level -25 to +87 using condensate Critical Task #11 IF performing ATWS            and feedwater. (CRITICAL)
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 33 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
Power/level control and Conditions are
2 SEG  TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE
* As Time Permits, assist in RIPs met to allow reinjection, THEN crew          BOP:
actions are taken to maintain RPV level above -25" by injecting using Table 1B
* Terminates and prevents injection from HPCI, CS, RHR when systems.                                            required.
* Continues to perform Hydraulic Rod Insertion Procedures CRS:
Simulator Operator
* Directs installation of Defeat 4.
If directed to break main                          Activate [ET 28].
* Directs terminating and preventing injection from HPCI, CS, RHR and condenser                    Acknowledge the request.                Condensate and Feedwater.
vacuum:
* Directs reporting reactor power at 87 and lowering.
* Directs an RPV level band of -25 to +87 with condensate and feedwater.
* This band will be dependent on the level that is reported when power drops below 5%
Simulator Operator                          Directs an RPV pressure band of 800-1055 psig. using desired system (EHC).
Three (3)           Inform the control room the main minutes after        condenser vacuum breakers are open.
the request:
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                       Page 27 of 40


BOP Actions continued from previous page.
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                      SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                          EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE When all control                                        CRS:
Place RHR in Torus Cooling IAW OI 149, QRC 2 Verify 1P229A[B, C, and/or D], RHR Pumps, running.
rods are
If a LPCI HI Drywell pressure condition (2 # ) exists, place HS-2001C[1903C] Enable Containment Spray Valves in the MAN position. Open MO-2005[1932], Outboard Torus Cooling/Spray Valve.
* Recognize that all rods have inserted inserted:
Throttle MO
* Evaluate Transitioning to EOP 1 from ATWS
-2007[1934], Torus Cooling Test Valve, to maintain 4800 gpm per each operating RHR pump.
* Direct the RO to secure Boron Injection
Close MO-2030[1940], A[B] Heat Exch Bypass Valve.
* Upon the report of SBLC Pumps secured, transition to EOP 1 RO:
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 34 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
* When directed by the CRS, Secure SBLC Pumps
2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE CRS: Direct the BOP or ATC to restore Reactor Water Level with HPCI following the loss of Feed and Condensate once all rods are in.
* Inform the CRS that SBLC Pumps are secured Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                        Page 28 of 40
RO/ BOP: Start HPCI when Directed IAW OI 152 QRC 1 o If HPCI previously tripped on RPV High Water Level, depress HS-2299, RX HI WATER LEVEL HPCI TURBINE TRIP reset switch. o Open MO-2247, HPCI Lube Oil Cooler Supply Valve.
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                          SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                            EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE If the                    Contingency Actions            Crew parameters of
* Enters and implements the actions of an Emergency Depressurization the Heat                                                    with an ATWS condition present.
Capacity Limit RO:
are exceeded and an
* Terminates and prevents injection from Condensate and Feedwater.
Emergency
* Slowly re-injects into the RPV to restore and maintain RPV level -25 to Depress. Is                                                +15 using condensate and feedwater.
required with ATWS conditions                                              BOP:
present:
* Terminates and prevents injection from HPCI, Core Spray, RHR.
* Reports torus water level.
* Opens 4 ADS SRVs.
* Reports RPV level at 160 psig. and lowering CRS:
* Enters Emergency Depressurization.
* Directs terminating and preventing injection from HPCI, Core Spray, RHR, Condensate and Feedwater.
* Directs opening 4 ADS SRVs.
* Directs reporting of RPV level at 160 psig. and lowering Directs slowly re-injecting into the RPV to restore and maintain RPV level -
25 to +15 using condensate and feedwater.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                            Page 29 of 40
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                              SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                              EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE If the                    Contingency Actions            Crew parameters of
* Crew will enter and implement the actions of Emergency the Heat                                                    Depressurization.
Capacity Limit RO:
are exceeded and an
* Restores and maintains RPV 170-211 using condensate and feedwater.
Emergency                                                BOP:
Depress. Is
* Reports torus water level.
required:
* Opens 4 ADS SRVs.
* Restores and maintains RPV 170-211 using condensate and feedwater.
CRS:
* Enters Emergency Depressurization.
* Directs opening 4 ADS SRVs.
Directs restoring and maintaining RPV level 170-211 using condensate and feedwater.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                              Page 30 of 40
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                        SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                            EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE When the crew                                            Crew transitions to
* Implements the mitigation strategies of EOP 1, RPV Control EOP 1 from RO:
EOP ATWS
* Restores and maintains RC/L 170-211 using RCIC and other alternate injection systems.
* Maintains RC/P 800-1055 psig. using directed pressure control systems.
* Lowers reactor pressure to the directed control band using the directed control system.
CRS:
* Performs a crew update of entry into EOP 1 due to Exiting EOP ATWS
* Directs an RPV level band of 170-211 using RCIC and other alternate injection systems.
* Directs installation of Defeat 11 if not completed prior.
* Directs an RPV pressure band of 800-1055 psig using directed pressure control systems.
* May Enter Alternate Level Control Leg of EOP 1
* Lock Out ADS
* Restore and maintain RPV level above +15 in. with one or more Preferred Injection Systems (Table 1A)
* Wait Until RPV level drops to +15 in.
Placekeeps in EOP 1 to the applicable WAIT UNTIL step in RC/P (RC/P-6) leg Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                          Page 31 of 40
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                        SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                    EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Actions to start                                                  CRS:
RCIC from a
* Recognize Condensate and Feed no longer available.
tripped conditions.
* Direct the RO to inject with RCIC to restore Reactor Water Level RO:
At the direction    Simulator Operator:
* Verify MO-2511, RCIC Pump Discharge Valve, is open.
of the Lead                          Activate [ET 17]
* Open MO 2426, RCIC Lube Oil Cooler Supply Valve.
Examiner,            this will trip the RCIC Turbine on
* Start 1P 227, RCIC Vacuum Pump.
overspeed.
* Open MO-2404, RCIC Turbine Steam Supply Valve.
* For RPV injection, immediately open MO-2512, RCIC Inject Valve.
* Verify MO-2510, RCIC Min Flow Bypass Valve, closes as RCIC flow raises above 80 gpm.
* Start 1P-99A and B, ESW Pumps.
* Start 1V-AC-15A and B, RCIC Room Cooling Units.
* Recognize the Trip of RCIC, and inform the CRS.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                    Page 32 of 40
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                          SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                            EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE CRS:
* Direct Crew Response for performance of the T/T leg of EOP 2.
* Directs operating all available torus cooling using only RHR pumps NOT required for adequate core cooling.
* Before torus water temperature reaches 110F enter EOP 1 and shutdown the reactor.
* Maintain torus water temperature below the Heat Capacity Limit (Graph 4).
* Wait until torus water temperature and RPV pressure cannot be maintained below the Heat Capacity Limit (Graph 4).
* Direct the reseting of the LO-LO-LO LPCI Logic to allow for restoration of Torus Cooling BOP:
* Place RHR in Torus Cooling IAW OI 149, QRC 2
* Verify RHRSW in service per OI 416/OI 416 QRC 1.
* Verify 1P-99A and B, ESW Pumps, running.
* Place HS 2059 [HS 1959], A & C [B & D] RHRSW PUMPS LOCA TRIP OVERRIDE, in MANUAL OVERRD position.
* Verify MO-2046[1947], RHR HX Service Water Outlet Valve, CLOSED.
* Start RHRSW Pumps 1P-22 A[B] and/or 1P-22 C[D].
* Throttle open MO-2046[1947], RHR HX Service Water Outlet Valve, to obtain 1200 - 2600 gpm per running pump.
* AS TIME ALLOWS, Perform the follow up actions
* Verify two or more River Water Supply Pumps running.
* Place LIC-4231[4232] in MANUAL.
* Adjust LIC-4231[4232] to achieve the desired River Water makeup flow. (Combined flow of ESW and RHRSW)
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                          Page 33 of 40
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                          SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                          EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE BOP Actions continued from previous page.
* Place RHR in Torus Cooling IAW OI 149, QRC 2
* Verify 1P229A[B, C, and/or D], RHR Pumps, running.
* If a LPCI HI Drywell pressure condition (2 # ) exists, place HS-2001C[1903C] Enable Containment Spray Valves in the MAN position.
* Open MO-2005[1932], Outboard Torus Cooling/Spray Valve.
* Throttle MO-2007[1934], Torus Cooling Test Valve, to maintain 4800 gpm per each operating RHR pump.
* Close MO-2030[1940], A[B] Heat Exch Bypass Valve.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                           Page 34 of 40
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                       SEG TIME/NOTES                 INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                           EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE CRS:
* Direct the BOP or ATC to restore Reactor Water Level with HPCI following the loss of Feed and Condensate once all rods are in.
RO/ BOP:
* Start HPCI when Directed IAW OI 152 QRC 1 o If HPCI previously tripped on RPV High Water Level, depress HS-2299, RX HI WATER LEVEL HPCI TURBINE TRIP reset switch.
o Open MO-2247, HPCI Lube Oil Cooler Supply Valve.
o Start 1P-233, HPCI Vacuum Pump .
o Start 1P-233, HPCI Vacuum Pump .
o Open MO-2202, HPCI Turbine Steam Supply.
o Open MO-2202, HPCI Turbine Steam Supply.
o Start 1P-218, HPCI Aux Oil Pump .
o Start 1P-218, HPCI Aux Oil Pump .
o Verify MO-2311, HPCI Pump Discharge Valve, open.
o Verify MO-2311, HPCI Pump Discharge Valve, open.
o For RPV injection, immediately open MO
o For RPV injection, immediately open MO-2312, HPCI Inject Valve.
-2312, HPCI Inject Valve. o Verify MO-2318, HPCI Min Flow Bypass Valve, closes as HPCI flow raises above 600 gpm.
o Verify MO-2318, HPCI Min Flow Bypass Valve, closes as HPCI flow raises above 600 gpm.
Recognize the HPCI Turbine fails to reach required speed and discharge pressure.
* Recognize the HPCI Turbine fails to reach required speed and discharge pressure.
Take manual control of the HPCI Turbine IAW ACP 1410.1 and place FIC 2309 in MANUAL and control the HPCI Turbine in MANUAL Report to the CRS that HPCI is injecting to the RPV in MANUAL due to a failed controller.
* Take manual control of the HPCI Turbine IAW ACP 1410.1 and place FIC 2309 in MANUAL and control the HPCI Turbine in MANUAL
  *** END OF SCENARIO ***
* Report to the CRS that HPCI is injecting to the RPV in MANUAL due to a failed controller.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 35 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
                                                  *** END OF SCENARIO ***
2 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS DISCUSSION ITEMS No discussion points.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                         Page 35 of 40
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 36 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
 
2 SEG QUANTITATIVE ATTRIBUTES Malfunctions:
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2   SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS DISCUSSION ITEMS No discussion points.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                             Page 36 of 40
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                   SEG QUANTITATIVE ATTRIBUTES Malfunctions:
Before EOP Entry:
Before EOP Entry:
: 1. Loss of "A" RPS
: 1. Loss of A RPS
: 2. Drifting Control Rod
: 2. Drifting Control Rod
: 3. Loss of 1D11
: 3. Loss of 1D11
: 4. RCIC Inadvertent Initiation
: 4. RCIC Inadvertent Initiation
: 5. Condenser Air In leakage After EOP Entry:
: 5. Condenser Air In leakage After EOP Entry:
: 1. ATWS 2. HPCI Controller Failure Abnormal Events:
: 1. ATWS
: 2. HPCI Controller Failure Abnormal Events:
: 1. AOP 255.1, Control Rod Drift
: 1. AOP 255.1, Control Rod Drift
: 2. AOP 255.2, Power Reactivity Abnormal Change
: 2. AOP 255.2, Power Reactivity Abnormal Change
: 3. AOP 358, Loss of RPS Power
: 3. AOP 358, Loss of RPS Power
: 4. AOP 691, Condenser High Back Pressure Major Transients:
: 4. AOP 691, Condenser High Back Pressure Major Transients:
: 1. ATWS 2. Power/Level Control
: 1. ATWS
: 2. Power/Level Control
: 3. EOP 1 Alternate Level Control Leg Critical Tasks:
: 3. EOP 1 Alternate Level Control Leg Critical Tasks:
: 1. Critical Task # 4 IF a scram is required and Reactor power is above 5%, THEN reduce power below 5% using one or more of the following methods:
: 1. Critical Task # 4 IF a scram is required and Reactor power is above 5%,
Manual scram signal Inserting control rods using RIPs.
THEN reduce power below 5% using one or more of the following methods:
Manual ARI signal Injection of Boron
* Manual scram signal
: 2. Critical Task # 10 IF a reactor scram is required, and Reactor power is >5%, and Power/level control is required, THEN terminate and prevent injection until conditions allow reinjecti on. 3. Critical Task #11 IF performing ATWS Power/level control and Conditions are met to allow reinjection, THEN crew actions are taken to maintain RPV level above  
* Inserting control rods using RIPs.
-25" by injecting using Table 1B systems.
* Manual ARI signal
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 37 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
* Injection of Boron
2 SEG 4. IF a scram is required and Reactor power is above 5%, THEN reduce power below 5% using one or more of the following methods:
: 2. Critical Task # 10 IF a reactor scram is required, and Reactor power is >5%, and Power/level control is required, THEN terminate and prevent injection until conditions allow reinjection.
Manual scram signal Inserting control rods using RIPs.
: 3. Critical Task #11 IF performing ATWS Power/level control and Conditions are met to allow reinjection, THEN crew actions are taken to maintain RPV level above -25" by injecting using Table 1B systems.
Manual ARI signal Injection of Boron Safety Significance:
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                             Page 37 of 40
The UFSAR and Safety Limits ensure that specified acceptable fuel design limits are not exceeded during steady state operation, normal operational transients and abnormal operational transients.
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                           SEG
: 4. IF a scram is required and Reactor power is above 5%,
THEN reduce power below 5% using one or more of the following methods:
* Manual scram signal
* Inserting control rods using RIPs.
* Manual ARI signal
* Injection of Boron Safety             The UFSAR and Safety Limits ensure that specified acceptable fuel design limits are not Significance:      exceeded during steady state operation, normal operational transients and abnormal operational transients.
The fuel cladding integrity safety limit is set such that no significant fuel damage is calculated to occur if the limit is not violated. The fuel cladding is one of the physical barriers that separate the radioactive materials from the environs. The MCPR fuel cladding safety limit ensures that during normal operations and abnormal transients the fuel rods will not experience transition boiling and possible cladding damage.
The fuel cladding integrity safety limit is set such that no significant fuel damage is calculated to occur if the limit is not violated. The fuel cladding is one of the physical barriers that separate the radioactive materials from the environs. The MCPR fuel cladding safety limit ensures that during normal operations and abnormal transients the fuel rods will not experience transition boiling and possible cladding damage.
The MCPR analysis assumes that the control rods will insert in a specified time. If the control rods do not insert when a scram is required, the plant is beyond the fuel cladding MCPR analysis thus the fuel cladding safety limit is challenged and potential cladding damage may be occurring.
The MCPR analysis assumes that the control rods will insert in a specified time. If the control rods do not insert when a scram is required, the plant is beyond the fuel cladding MCPR analysis thus the fuel cladding safety limit is challenged and potential cladding damage may be occurring.
Cue: A manual or automatic scram signal has been inserted and failed to lower reactor power below 5%. Performance Standard: The crew successfully initiates a manual scram signal after a automatic scram failed has occurred and/or, The crew initiates a manual ARI causing control rod insertion and/or, The crew successfully performs RIPs (the task of sending an operator to vent the scram air header should not be considered as "control room operator actions" and thus should not be considered as a method for this CT) and/or, The crew successfully performs RIPs as allowed by the scenario to insert control rods capable of being inserted and/or, The crew successfully injects boron into the RPV.
Cue:               A manual or automatic scram signal has been inserted and failed to lower reactor power below 5%.
Performance       The crew successfully initiates a manual scram signal after a automatic scram failed has Standard:          occurred and/or, The crew initiates a manual ARI causing control rod insertion and/or, The crew successfully performs RIPs (the task of sending an operator to vent the scram air header should not be considered as control room operator actions and thus should not be considered as a method for this CT) and/or, The crew successfully performs RIPs as allowed by the scenario to insert control rods capable of being inserted and/or, The crew successfully injects boron into the RPV.
If the crew performed the actions for Power/level control and that caused power to lower below 5% before any of the above actions were performed, this CT should be considered as N/A. If this CT was N/A due to Power/level control lowering power and the actions related with this CT were not competently performed, the responsible individual(s) and possible crew may fail or require remediation due to competencies.
If the crew performed the actions for Power/level control and that caused power to lower below 5% before any of the above actions were performed, this CT should be considered as N/A. If this CT was N/A due to Power/level control lowering power and the actions related with this CT were not competently performed, the responsible individual(s) and possible crew may fail or require remediation due to competencies.
If the crew was performing the actions of Power/level control and was correctly performing actions for this CT, this CT should be considered satisfactory.
If the crew was performing the actions of Power/level control and was correctly performing actions for this CT, this CT should be considered satisfactory.
If the crew is not performing the correct procedures for the given conditions and this results in the reactor remaining at power, this should be considered an individual failure and possible crew failure.
If the crew is not performing the correct procedures for the given conditions and this results in the reactor remaining at power, this should be considered an individual failure and possible crew failure.
Example: The crew is individually driving control rods during an electrical ATWS and ARI is available and has not been attempted.
Example: The crew is individually driving control rods during an electrical ATWS and ARI is available and has not been attempted.
If ARI automatically initiates and results in power lowering below 5%, this CT should be N/A. Feedback: Control rod positions and/or boron injection.
If ARI automatically initiates and results in power lowering below 5%, this CT should be N/A.
EOP step(s):
Feedback:         Control rod positions and/or boron injection.
ATWS Q-1, Q-3, Q-6, Q-8 BWROG: RPV 4.1, RPV 5.1, RPV 6.1 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 38 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
EOP step(s):       ATWS Q-1, Q-3, Q-6, Q-8 BWROG:             RPV 4.1, RPV 5.1, RPV 6.1 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                     Page 38 of 40
2 SEG 10. IF a reactor scram is required, and Reactor power is >5%, and Power/level control is required, THEN terminate and prevent injection until conditions allow reinjection.
 
Safety Significance:
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                   SEG
RPV water level must be lowered during ATWS to either lower reactor power or to prevent challenging the containment.
: 10. IF a reactor scram is required, and Reactor power is >5%, and Power/level control is required, THEN terminate and prevent injection until conditions allow reinjection.
Safety             RPV water level must be lowered during ATWS to either lower reactor power or to Significance:      prevent challenging the containment.
If power is known to be below 5%, it is highly unlikely that the reactor is producing a significant power such that power/level control will effectively reduce power further, thus entering power/level control is not required or safety significant.
If power is known to be below 5%, it is highly unlikely that the reactor is producing a significant power such that power/level control will effectively reduce power further, thus entering power/level control is not required or safety significant.
If power is above 5%, or cannot be determined and RPV level is above 87", power level control is required to reduce reactor power in order to prevent or mitigate the consequences of any large irregular neutron flux oscillations induced by neutronic/thermal
If power is above 5%, or cannot be determined and RPV level is above 87", power level control is required to reduce reactor power in order to prevent or mitigate the consequences of any large irregular neutron flux oscillations induced by neutronic/thermal-hydraulic instabilities.
-hydraulic instabilities.
If power is known to be above 5%, or cannot be determined and RPV water level is above +15", and torus water temperature is above 110&deg;F, and either an SRV is open or will reopen or DW pressure is above 2 psig, then power level control is required to reduce power in order to preserve containment integrity.
If power is known to be above 5%, or cannot be determined and RPV water level is above +15", and torus water temperature is above 110F, and either an SRV is open or will reopen or DW pressure is above 2 psig, then power level control is required to reduce power in order to preserve containment integrity.
Thus terminating and preventing injection will aid in lowering power and can preclude failure of containment or equipment necessary for the safe shutdown of the plant.
Thus terminating and preventing injection will aid in lowering power and can preclude failure of containment or equipment necessary for the safe shutdown of the plant.
Cue: ATWS EOP entry required with reactor power above 5% or cannot be determined and either: RPV water level is above +87" or RPV water level is above +15" and torus water temperature is above 110F, and either an SRV is open or will reopen or DW pressure is above 2 psig.
Cue:               ATWS EOP entry required with reactor power above 5% or cannot be determined and either:
Performance Standard: Injection from all of the following is terminated until conditions allow reinjection:
* RPV water level is above +87" or
Condensate/Feedwater HPCI RHR Core Spray Alternate ATWS injection systems (Table 2B)
* RPV water level is above +15" and torus water temperature is above 110&deg;F, and either an SRV is open or will reopen or DW pressure is above 2 psig.
Reinjection should not occur until RPV water level is below 87" and one of the Reactor power drops below 5%
Performance       Injection from all of the following is terminated until conditions allow reinjection:
Reactor power drops below 5%
Standard:
All SRVs remain closed AND DW pressure remains below 2 psig.
* Condensate/Feedwater
* HPCI
* RHR
* Core Spray
* Alternate ATWS injection systems (Table 2B)
Reinjection should not occur until RPV water level is below 87" and one of the
* Reactor power drops below 5%
* Reactor power drops below 5%
* All SRVs remain closed AND DW pressure remains below 2 psig.
CRD, SBLC, and RCIC injection are allowed.
CRD, SBLC, and RCIC injection are allowed.
If RCIC was not injecting but other systems were injecting outside the shroud at a flowrate below RCIC flowrate, the critical task is satisfactory although remediation may be necessary.
If RCIC was not injecting but other systems were injecting outside the shroud at a flowrate below RCIC flowrate, the critical task is satisfactory although remediation may be necessary.
If RPV level is not lowering to the required conditions, and the crew is not controlling RCIC injection, the critical task is satisfactory, although remediation may be required.
If RPV level is not lowering to the required conditions, and the crew is not controlling RCIC injection, the critical task is satisfactory, although remediation may be required.
Feedback: Injection flowrate for the listed systems remain at zero until reinjection is allowed.
Feedback:         Injection flowrate for the listed systems remain at zero until reinjection is allowed.
EOP step(s):
EOP step(s):       ATWS/L two CRS, and L-1, -2.
ATWS/L two CRS, and L
BWROG:             RPV 6.3 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                             Page 39 of 40
-1, -2. BWROG: RPV 6.3 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 39 of 40 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
 
2 SEG 11. IF performing ATWS Power/level control and Conditions are met to allow reinjection, THEN crew actions are taken to maintain RPV level above  
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2                                 SEG
-25" by injecting using Table 1B systems.
: 11. IF performing ATWS Power/level control and Conditions are met to allow reinjection, THEN crew actions are taken to maintain RPV level above -25" by injecting using Table 1B systems.
Safety Significance:
Safety             Maintaining RPV water level above -25" will ensure that the covered portion of Significance:      the reactor core will generate sufficient steam to preclude any clad temperature in the uncovered portion of the core from exceeding 1500&deg;F.
Maintaining RPV water level above  
The use of table 1B systems is to ensure the flowpath of the injection water is outside the shroud and mixes with the warmer water in the lower plenum prior to it reaching the core.
-25" will ensure that the covered portion of the reactor core will generate sufficient steam to preclude any clad temperature in the uncovered portion of the core from exceeding 1500F. The use of table 1B systems is to ensure the flowpath of the injection water is outside the shroud and mixes with the warmer water in the lower plenum prior to it reaching the core.
Cue:               Power level control has been entered in ATWS, RPV water level is below +87",
Cue: Power level control has been entered in ATWS, RPV water level is below +87", and one or more of the following conditions have been met for reinjection:
and one or more of the following conditions have been met for reinjection:
Reactor power drops below 5%
* Reactor power drops below 5%
RPV level reaches +15" All SRVs remain closed and DW pressure remains <2 psig.
* RPV level reaches +15"
Performance Standard: Table 1B Injection systems are injecting to maintain RPV level above  
* All SRVs remain closed and DW pressure remains <2 psig.
-25". Restarting of FW injection to maintain RPV level is satisfactory for this critical task. If injection with Table 1B systems are not required to maintain RPV level above  
Performance       Table 1B Injection systems are injecting to maintain RPV level above -25".
-25", this critical task would be N/A. Example: RCIC has been operating and is maintaining RPV level.
Standard:          Restarting of FW injection to maintain RPV level is satisfactory for this critical task.
If the crew injects with Core Spray in an attempt to maintain RPV level above  
If injection with Table 1B systems are not required to maintain RPV level above
-25", this should be considered a critical task failure unless an ATWS ED has been performed.
                          -25", this critical task would be N/A. Example: RCIC has been operating and is maintaining RPV level.
If the crew injects with Core Spray in an attempt to maintain RPV level above
                          -25", this should be considered a critical task failure unless an ATWS ED has been performed.
If an uncontrolled injection (above 2.8 Mlb/hr) causes a power rise above 5%, it should be considered a critical task failure.
If an uncontrolled injection (above 2.8 Mlb/hr) causes a power rise above 5%, it should be considered a critical task failure.
If an uncontrolled injection does not cause a power rise above 5%, but does cause RPV water level to go above the EOP ATWS maximum recorded RPV level, the critical task is satisfactory although remediation may be necessary. If RPV water level goes above the EOP ATWS maximum recorded RPV level due to CRD, SBLC and/or level swell, this should not require remediation.
If an uncontrolled injection does not cause a power rise above 5%, but does cause RPV water level to go above the EOP ATWS maximum recorded RPV level, the critical task is satisfactory although remediation may be necessary.
Feedback: RPV water level is being maintained above  
If RPV water level goes above the EOP ATWS maximum recorded RPV level due to CRD, SBLC and/or level swell, this should not require remediation.
-25". EOP step(s):
Feedback:         RPV water level is being maintained above -25".
ATWS /L-3 BWROG: RPV 6.4 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 40 of 40 SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SEG SITE: Duane Arnold Energy Center Revision #: 0     LMS ID:       LMS Rev. Date:         SEG TITLE: NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
EOP step(s):       ATWS /L-3 BWROG:             RPV 6.4 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                           Page 40 of 40
3   SEG TYPE: Training Evaluation PROGRAM: LOCT LOIT Other:   DURATION: ~ 90 minutes Developed by:
 
Jesse Seymour 2/18/15 Instructor/Developer Date     Reviewed by:
SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE                               SEG SITE:             Duane Arnold Energy Center                             Revision #: 0 LMS ID:                                                               LMS Rev. Date:
Instructor (Instructional Review)
SEG TITLE:         NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3 SEG TYPE:                             Training                           Evaluation PROGRAM:             LOCT                 LOIT           Other:
Date     Validated by:               SME (Technical Review)
DURATION:         ~ 90 minutes Developed by:                                 Jesse Seymour                         2/18/15 Instructor/Developer                     Date Reviewed by:
Date     Approved by:
Instructor (Instructional Review)               Date Validated by:
Training Supervision Date     Approved by:
SME (Technical Review)                       Date Approved by:
Training Program Owner (Line)
Training Supervision                       Date Approved by:
Date   Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 1 of 31 NRC Initial License Exam  
Training Program Owner (Line)                   Date Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                 Page 1 of 31
- Scenario #
 
3 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE REQUIREMENTS Terminal Objective Given the specific malfunctions presented in the evaluated scenario guide, the students will be able t o protect the public, protect plant personnel and protect plant equipment , in accordance with plant procedures:
NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #3                         SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE REQUIREMENTS Terminal Objective       Given the specific malfunctions presented in the evaluated scenario guide, the students will be able to protect the public, protect plant personnel and protect plant equipment, in accordance with plant procedures:
Enabling Objectives:
Enabling                 There are no formal learning objectives for this evaluation.
There are no formal learning objectives for this evaluation.
Objectives:
Prerequisites:
Prerequisites:           None Training                 Simulator Resources:               Simulator Operator Phone Talker Simulator Floor Instructor Evaluation Team
None   Training Resources:
Simulator  Simulator Operator Phone Talker Simulator Floor Instructor Evaluation Team


==References:==
==References:==
AOP 255.2, Rev 42                          EOP3 EOP 4, Rev 20 AOP 410, Rev 28                            IPOI 3, Rev 144 ARP 1C04B, Rev 79                          IPOI 5, Rev 58 ARP 1C04C, Rev 45                          OI 149, Rev 146 ARP 1C05A, Rev 78                          OI 150, Rev 78 ARP 1C05B, Rev 98                          OI 152, Rev 111 ARP 1C06A, Rev 68                          OI 264, Rev 134 ARP 1C07B, Rev 87                          OI 878.4, Rev 40 ARP 1C23B, Rev 22                          STP 3.6.2.1-01, Rev 8 ED, Rev 9                                  Technical Specifications EOP 2, Rev 16 EOP1, Rev 18 Protected Content:        Identify here and in training material as {C001}; See Comment for details.
None Evaluation Method:        Dynamic Scenario graded in accordance with NUREG 1021 guidance.
Operating                None Experience:
Risk Significant Operator Actions:
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                    Page 2 of 31


AOP 255.2, Rev 42 AOP 410, Rev 28 ARP 1C04B, Rev 79 ARP 1C04C, Rev 45 ARP 1C05A, Rev 78 ARP 1C05B, Rev 98 ARP 1C06A, Rev 68 ARP 1C07B, Rev 87 ARP 1C23B, Rev 22 ED, Rev 9 EOP 2, Rev 16 EOP1, Rev 18 EOP3 EOP 4, Rev 20 IPOI 3, Rev 144 IPOI 5, Rev 58 OI 149, Rev 146
NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #3                                SEG TASKS ASSOCIATED WITH SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE Task #              Task Title None                None UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.
PREPARER    DATE
    #          DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE                  REASON FOR CHANGE          AR/TWR#
REVIEWER    DATE See Cover Initial development for Initial development for 2015 NRC 0                                                    2015 NRC LOIT              N/A LOIT examination.                                                                  See Cover examination.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                            Page 3 of 31


OI 150, Rev 78 OI 152, Rev 111 OI 264, Rev 134 OI 878.4, Rev 40 STP 3.6.2.1
Appendix D                   NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #3                       Form ES-D-1 Facility: Duane Arnold Energy Center                                                   Op-Test # 2015-301 Examiners:       _____________________________ Operators:               _____________________________
-01, Rev 8 Technical Specifications Protected Content
: Identify here and in training material as {C001}; See Comment for details
. None  Evaluation Method:
Dynamic Scenario graded in accordance with NUREG 1021 guidance.
Operating Experience:
None  Risk Significant Operator Actions:
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 2 of 31 NRC Initial License Exam
- Scenario #
3 SEG  TASKS ASSOCIATED WITH SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE Task # Task Title None None                                                                          UPDATE LOG:  Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR
-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR
-AA-230-1003-F16. # DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE AR/TWR# PREPARER DATE REVIEWER DATE 0 Initial development for 2015 NRC LOIT examination.
Initial development for 2015 NRC LOIT examination.
N/A See Cover      See Cover                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 3 of 31 Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam  
- Scenario #
3 Form ES-D-1 Facility: Duane Arnold Energy Center Op-Test # 2015
-301 Examiners:
_____________________________
Operators:
_____________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________
Initial Conditions:
Initial Conditions:
Reactor power approximately 40%
* Reactor power approximately 40%
Power ascension in progress
* Power ascension in progress.
. Turnover:   Continue power ascension in accordance with IPOI 3, POWER OPERATIONS (35%  
Turnover:
- 100% RATED POWER, Section 4.0. Steps are completed up to step 5.
* Continue power ascension in accordance with IPOI 3, POWER OPERATIONS (35% - 100%
Raise power to approximately 50
RATED POWER, Section 4.0. Steps are completed up to step 5.
%. Stabilize power at approximately 50% and perform RCIC pump surveillance test Event # Malf # Eventy Type* Event Descriptio n 1 R ATC Raise power with recirculation flow. 2 rr17a C ATC C SRO 'A' Recirc Pump Speed Controller Failure
* Raise power to approximately 50%.
. 2 nm08c I ATC TS SRO APRM 'C' fails (inoperable)
* Stabilize power at approximately 50% and perform RCIC pump surveillance test Event Event # Malf #       Eventy Description Type*
. Tech Spec review (3.3.1.1, 3.3.2.1
1                 R ATC       Raise power with recirculation flow.
) 3 N BOP RCIC Start IAW OI 150 4 rc06 sw14a sw14b C BOP TS SRO A RCIC system isolation signal is received due to steam leak; isolation is faulted. Tech Spec entry (3.5.3
C ATC 2       rr17a                 A Recirc Pump Speed Controller Failure.
) 5 sw19b C BOP C SRO River Water Supply Pump trip. 6 M (ALL) Large break LOCA occurs (Recirc Pump suction break).
C SRO I ATC       APRM C fails (inoperable).
Faulted LPCI initiation
2      nm08c TS SRO        Tech Spec review (3.3.1.1, 3.3.2.1) 3                 N BOP         RCIC Start IAW OI 150 rc06                 A RCIC system isolation signal is received due to steam leak; isolation is C BOP 4      sw14a                  faulted.
. * (N)ormal,   (R)eactivity,   (I)nstrument,   (C)omponent,   (M)ajor Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 4 of 31 Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam  
sw14b    TS SRO Tech Spec entry (3.5.3)
- Scenario #
C BOP 5       sw19b                   River Water Supply Pump trip.
3 Form ES-D-1   SIMULATOR SET UP INSTRUCTIONS General Instructions
C SRO 6                 M (ALL)       Large break LOCA occurs (Recirc Pump suction break). Faulted LPCI initiation.
          * (N)ormal,     (R)eactivity,     (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                   Page 4 of 31
 
Appendix D                   NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #3                   Form ES-D-1 SIMULATOR SET UP INSTRUCTIONS General Instructions
: 1. Reset to IC13 and lower power to ~40% RTP
: 1. Reset to IC13 and lower power to ~40% RTP
: a. Lower reactor power using recirculation flow and control rods
: a. Lower reactor power using recirculation flow and control rods
: b. Load Events  
: b. Load Events
: c. Load Malfunctions
: c. Load Malfunctions
: d. Load Overrides
: d. Load Overrides
: e. Place Torus Cooling in service with 1 RHR Pump and 1 RHRSW Pump operating on each side.
: e. Place Torus Cooling in service with 1 RHR Pump and 1 RHRSW Pump operating on each side.
: 2. OR Reset to the IC provided by the LOIT Exam Development Team
: 2. OR Reset to the IC provided by the LOIT Exam Development Team
: 3. Verify B and C APRM's are BYPASSED.
: 3. Verify B and C APRMs are BYPASSED.
: 4. Mark up OI 150, Section 5.2 to step 7, and verify all steps to that point have been completed.
: 4. Mark up OI 150, Section 5.2 to step 7, and verify all steps to that point have been completed.
: 5. Mark up IPOI 3 up to and including step 7.
: 5. Mark up IPOI 3 up to and including step 7. NA step 8.
NA step 8.
: 6. Obtain keys from key locker for Placing Torus Cooling in service.
: 6. Obtain keys from key locker for Placing Torus Cooling in service.
: 7. Verify Events validate FALSE
: 7. Verify Events validate FALSE
Line 1,220: Line 1,423:
: 9. Complete the Exam Setup Checklist
: 9. Complete the Exam Setup Checklist
: 10. Ensure no BIAS is inserted on the FRV Controllers by verifying Y at 0.0
: 10. Ensure no BIAS is inserted on the FRV Controllers by verifying Y at 0.0
: 11. Verify EOOS up
: 11. Verify EOOS up-to-date.
-to-date. 12. Verify the SUFRV Lined up to the operating Feed Pump.
: 12. Verify the SUFRV Lined up to the operating Feed Pump.
: 13. Have a copy of Daily Jets STP available to provide when requested.
: 13. Have a copy of Daily Jets STP available to provide when requested.
Trigger No.
Trigger No.             Trigger Logic Statement                     Trigger Word Description 1, 3, 5, 7, 9                 Manual Trigger                             Manual Trigger 20                     YCAB002 >= 48                               Power > 48%
Trigger Logic Statement Trigger Word Description 1, 3, 5, 7 , 9 Manual Trigger Manual Trigger 20 YCAB002 >=
21                     1A1/1A2 Transfer                           1A1/1A2 Transfer 22                         HPCI Starts             ZDIRPC71AS1(1) ==1 & ZLOHPHS2202(2)
48 Power > 48
                                                                                == 1 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                 Page 5 of 31
% 21 1A1/1A2 Transfer 1A1/1A2 Transfer 22 HPCI Starts ZDIRPC71AS1(1)
 
==1 & ZLOHPHS2202(2)
Appendix D                   NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #3       Form ES-D-1 Time       Malf. No.               Malfunction Title   Delay Ramp   ET Initial   Final Value Value (sec)
== 1 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 5 of 31 Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam  
Setup rh10c               RHR C PUMP FAIL TO AUTO-Inactive       Active ACTUATE Setup rh10d               RHR D PUMP FAIL TO AUTO-Inactive       Active ACTUATE Setup rh10a               RHR A PUMP FAIL TO AUTO-Inactive       Active ACTUATE Setup rh10b               RHR B PUMP FAIL TO AUTO-Inactive       Active ACTUATE Setup stdg01               TRIP OVERRIDE - 'A' SBDG Inactive      Active 1G31 FAILS TO AUTO START Setup stdg02               TRIP OVERRIDE - 'B' SBDG Inactive      Active 1G21 FAILS TO AUTO START Setup cs05a               CORE SPRAY PUMP A -
- Scenario #
Inactive      Active FAILURE TO AUTO-INITIATE Setup cs05b               CORE SPRAY PUMP B -
3 Form ES-D-1 Time Malf. No. Malfunction Title Delay Ramp (sec) ET Initial Value Final Value Setup rh10c RHR C PUMP FAIL TO AUTO
Inactive      Active FAILURE TO AUTO-INITIATE Setup strh02               LPCI B INJECT VALVE FAILS Inactive      Active TO AUTO OPEN - MO-1905 Setup ms31b               GROUP 6 ISOLATION VALVE(S) FAIL(S) TO CLOSE-                     Inactive       Active MO2401 Setup ms31a               GROUP 6 ISOLATION VALVE(S) FAIL(S) TO CLOSE-                     Inactive       Active MO2400 Setup     strh01           LPCI A INJECT VALVE FAILS Inactive      Active TO AUTO OPEN - MO-2003 Setup     sthp01           HPCI SYSTEM AUTO Inactive      Active INITIATION BLOCK Setup     nm08c           APRM CHANNEL FAILS- CHNL 1   As Is         100 C
-ACTUATE    Inactive Active Setup rh10d RHR D PUMP FAIL TO AUTO
Setup     rc06             RCIC STEAM SUPPLY LINE 6 min  3    0            30 BREAK (RCIC ROOM)
-ACTUATE    Inactive Active Setup rh10a RHR A PUMP FAIL TO AUTO
Setup     sw19b           RIVER WATER SUPPLY PUMP 5 Inactive      Active TRIP- PUMP B, 1P117B Setup     rr15a           RECIRC LOOP RUPT- DESIGN BASES LOCA AT 100%- LOOP             6 min   7     0             2 A
-ACTUATE    Inactive Active Setup rh10b RHR B PUMP FAIL TO AUTO-ACTUATE    Inactive Active Setup stdg01 TRIP OVERRIDE  
Setup     rr17a           RECIRC M-G FLOW CTRLR FAILS, AUTO/MAN MODES- M-             1 min 20   As Is         80 GA Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                     Page 6 of 31
- 'A' SBDG 1G31 FAILS TO AUTO START Inactive Active Setup stdg02 TRIP OVERRIDE  
 
- 'B' SBDG 1G21 FAILS TO AUTO START Inactive Active Setup cs05a CORE SPRAY PUMP A  
Appendix D                   NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #3       Form ES-D-1 Time       Malf. No.               Malfunction Title     Delay Ramp ET Initial   Final Value Value (sec)
- FAILURE TO AUTO
Setup     sw14a           RCIC ROOM COOLER ESW 3 min  3  As Is          85 FLOW BLOCKAGE- 1V-AC-15A Setup    sw14b            RCIC ROOM COOLER ESW 3 min 3   As Is         85 FLOW BLOCKAGE- 1V-AC-15B Setup     strc01           TRIP OVRD- RCIC FAILS TO AUTO START 3 Inactive      Active Write a sch file to block the initiation and valve light power Setup     fw02a           CONDENSATE PUMP TRIP-21 Inactive       Active PUMP A Setup     fw02b           CONDENSATE PUMP TRIP-21 Inactive       Active PUMP B Setup     hp02            HPCI TURBINE TRIP                           22 Inactive       Active Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                     Page 7 of 31
-INITIAT E    Inactive Active Setup cs05b CORE SPRAY PUMP B  
 
- FAILURE TO AUTO
Appendix D                   NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #3         Form ES-D-1 OVERRIDES Time       Over. No.                 Override Title     Delay Ramp   ET Initial       Final Value       Value REMOTE FUNCTIONS Time     Remote No.                   Remote Title       Delay Ramp   ET Initial       Final Value       Value Setup fp08               RCIC DELUGE MAN May need to       ISOLATION VALVE V-33-84                           Open        Closed look up          (OPEN,CLOSE)
-INITIATE   Inactive Active Setup strh02 LPCI B INJECT VALVE FAILS TO AUTO OPEN  
Conduct simulator crew pre-scenario brief using TR-AA-230-1007-F06, Simulator Instructor Pre-Exercise Checklist.
- MO-1905   Inactive Active Setup ms31b GROUP 6 ISOLATION VALVE(S) FAIL(S) TO CLOSE
If surrogate operators are to be used, brief them using TR-AA-230-1007-F11, Surrogate Brief Checklist Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                     Page 8 of 31
- MO2401    Inactive Active Setup ms31a GROUP 6 ISOLATION VALVE(S) FAIL(S) TO CLOSE
 
- MO2400    Inactive Active Setup strh01 LPCI A INJECT VALVE FAILS TO AUTO OPEN  
Appendix D                   NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #3                 Form ES-D-1 SHIFT TURNOVER INFORMATION
- MO-2003   Inactive Active Setup sthp01 HPCI SYSTEM AUTO INITIATION BLOCK Inactive Active Setup nm08c APRM CHANNEL FAILS
* Day of week and shift o   Today o   Day Shift
- CHNL C   1 As Is 100 Setup rc06 RCIC STEAM SUPPLY LINE BREAK (RCIC ROOM) 6 min 3 0 30 Setup sw19b RIVER WATER SUPPLY PUMP TRIP- PUMP B, 1P117B 5 Inactive Active Setup rr15a RECIRC LOOP RUPT
* Weather conditions o   Warm Spring Day
- DESIGN BASES LOCA AT 100%
    *  (Plant power levels) o   Reactor Power Level             42%
- LOOP 6 min 7 0 2 Setup rr17a RECIRC M-G FLOW CTRLR FAILS, AUTO/MAN MODES
o   Core Flow                     30 Mlbm/hr
- M-G A  1 min 20 As Is 80 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 6 of 31 Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam  
* Protected train o   Protected Train is B
- Scenario #
* Technical Specification Action statements in effect o   TS LCO 3.5.1 Condition B- Day 1 of 7 One low pressure ECCS subsystem inoperable for reasons other than Condition A.
3 Form ES-D-1 Time Malf. No. Malfunction Title Delay Ramp (sec) ET Initial Value Final Value Setup sw14a RCIC ROOM COOLER ESW FLOW BLOCKAGE
- 1V-AC-15A 3 min 3 As Is 85 Setup sw14b RCIC ROOM COOLER ESW FLOW BLOCKAGE
- 1V-AC-15B 3 min 3 As Is 85 Setup strc01 TRIP OVRD- RCIC FAILS TO AUTO START Write a sch file to block the initiation and valve light power 3 Inactive Active Setup fw02a CONDENSATE PUMP TRIP
- PUMP A  21 Inactive Active Setup fw02b CONDENSATE PUMP TRIP
- PUMP B  21 Inactive Active Setup hp0 2 HPCI TURBINE TRIP 22 Inactive Active Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 7 of 31 Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam  
- Scenario #
3 Form ES-D-1 OVERRIDES Time Over. No. Override Title Delay Ramp ET Initial Value Final Value         REMOTE FUNCTIONS Time Remote No.
Remote Title Delay Ramp ET Initial Value Final Value Setup fp08 May need to look up RCIC DELUGE MAN ISOLATION VALVE V 84 (OPEN,CLOSE)
Open Closed Conduct simulator crew pre
-scenario brief using TR
-AA-230-1007-F06, Simulator Instructor Pre-Exercise Checklist.
If surrogate operators are to be used, brief them using TR
-AA-230-1007-F11, Surrogate Brief Checklist   Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 8 of 31 Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam  
- Scenario #
3 Form ES-D-1 SHIFT TURNOVER INFORMATION Day of week and shift o Today o Day Shift Weather conditions o Warm Spring Day (Plant power levels) o Reactor Power Level 42% o Core Flow   30 Mlbm/hr Protected train o Protected Train is "B" Technical Specification Action statements in effect o TS LCO 3.5.1 Condition B
- Day 1 of 7 One low pressure ECCS subsystem inoperable for reasons other than Condition A.
Restore low pressure ECCS subsystem to operable status within 7 days.
Restore low pressure ECCS subsystem to operable status within 7 days.
Locked in / failed annunciators and alarms o None Evolutions in progress or planned for upcoming shift o Raise Power with Recirc to approximately 50% RTP.
* Locked in / failed annunciators and alarms o   None
o Perform RCIC post maintenance confidence run for maintenance performed a week ago IAW OI 150, Section 5.2
* Evolutions in progress or planned for upcoming shift o   Raise Power with Recirc to approximately 50% RTP.
. in CST to CST mode of operati on. o RCIC Inop STP, 3.5.3
o   Perform RCIC post maintenance confidence run for maintenance performed a week ago IAW OI 150, Section 5.2. in CST to CST mode of operation.
-01 was completed just prior to turnover
o   RCIC Inop STP, 3.5.3-01 was completed just prior to turnover.
. Plant PRA/PSA Status including CDF/LERF & color o CDF Baseline with one year to YELLOW o LERF Baseline with one year to YELLOW Existing LCOs, date of next surveillance o None. Procedures or major maintenance in progress o None Equipment to be taken out of or returned to service this shift/maintenance on major plant equipment Comments, problems, operator workarounds, etc.
* Plant PRA/PSA Status including CDF/LERF & color o   CDF Baseline with one year to YELLOW o   LERF Baseline with one year to YELLOW
o One Extra NLO is in work control waiting for the RCIC Test Run and has been briefed. Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 9 of 31 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
* Existing LCOs, date of next surveillance o   None.
3 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 1: Raise power with Recirc flow.
* Procedures or major maintenance in progress o   None
If Contacted as the Reactor Engineer to provide guidance, Simulator Operator:
* Equipment to be taken out of or returned to service this shift/maintenance on major plant equipment
Inform the crew to raise power with Recirc Flow to achieve approximately 50% power and hold power constant until a rod sequence is approved for further power ascension.
* Comments, problems, operator workarounds, etc.
CREW:  CRS:   Direct s power to be raised from 40 to 50% using recirculation pump flow. RO:  Performs Recirculation Pump flow adjustments to raise power from 40 to 50%. Monitors plant parameters for expected response during reactivity manipulation.
o   One Extra NLO is in work control waiting for the RCIC Test Run and has been briefed.
BOP:    Adjusts generator excitation manual regulator adjust to maintain the generator nulled.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                               Page 9 of 31
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 10 of 31 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
 
3 SEG  TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 2: When power reaches ~48%
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3                                       SEG TIME/NOTES                 INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                 EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 1:                                                       CREW:
When contacted as the 2 nd Asst. to go to the MG Set Room to investigate the Recirc Pump Speed Changer, Wait 2 minutes and When Contacted as the DSM/OD When Contacted as the RE      When contacted as procedures to deliver a copy of STP 3.4.1- Simulator Operator
Raise power with Recirc flow.                                               CRS:
: Verify [ET 20] activates. This will cause "A" Recirc MG Set speed to rise. Simulator Operator:
Report that the power switch is on and the thermal overload button on the motor is reset.      Simulator Operator:
Agree to support trouble shooting efforts.
Simulator Operator:
Simulator Operator:
Acknowledge the situation and inform the CRS that you will develop a plan for recovery. Simulator Operator:
* Directs power to be raised from 40 to 50% using recirculation pump flow.
Acknowledge the request and deliver the STP after 5 minutes.
If Contacted as      Inform the crew to raise power with Recirc the Reactor          Flow to achieve approximately 50% power    RO:
CREW:  CRS:    Will enter AOP 255.2 on the Power/Reactivity Abnormal. Contact the Duty Station Manager/Operations Director and/or the Reactor Engineer. May Enter TS 3.4.1 Condition C for the Mismatch in Recirc Pump Speeds.
Engineer to          and hold power constant until a rod provide
o Recirc Pump Speed Mismatch graph on the following page.
* Performs Recirculation Pump flow adjustments to raise power from sequence is approved for further power          40 to 50%.
If the "B" Scoop Tube was locked, the CRS may direct the crew to reset the "B" Scoop Tube in accordance with OI 264 RO:   ARP 1C04A (C
guidance,            ascension.
-5) Actions taken for the scoop lock.
* Monitors plant parameters for expected response during reactivity manipulation.
Will Lock the 'A' Recirc MG Set Scoop Tube from 1C04.
BOP:
The crew may lock the "B" Scoop tube if they do not diagnose the event properly  Take actions IAW AOP 255.2 If directed, reset the "B" Scoop Tube in accordance with OI 264 BOP:   Direct inplant operators to investigate the scoop tube malfunction Take actions for AOP 255.2 Run 3D Case Plot Power to Flow Resetting the scope tube lock on the next page.
* Adjusts generator excitation manual regulator adjust to maintain the generator nulled.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 11 of 31 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                               Page 10 of 31
3 SEG  TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE


Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 12 of 31 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3                                               SEG TIME/NOTES                 INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                     EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 2:            Simulator Operator:                        CREW:
3 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Resetting the scoop tube lock on "B" Recirc Pump BOP:    If directed, reset the "B" Scoop Tube in accordance with OI 264 o If A[B] Recirc MG Set is running, reset the Scoop Tube Lockout as follows o Verify Scoop Tube Position P
When power                    Verify [ET 20] activates.
-% o Adjust setpoint S
reaches ~48%        This will cause A Recirc MG Set speed to CRS:
-% to approximately match Scoop Tube Position P
rise.
-%. o Verify controller output V
* Will enter AOP 255.2 on the Power/Reactivity Abnormal.
-% approximately matches Scoop Tube Position P
* Contact the Duty Station Manager/Operations Director and/or the Reactor When contacted                                                        Engineer.
-%. o At 1C04, reset scoop tube lock by momentarily placing handswitch B31A-S3A[B] to RESET and then verify the following:
Simulator Operator:
o Annunciator 1C04A, C
as the 2nd Asst.
-5[1C04B, C
Report that the power switch is on and the
-2], "A[B] RECIRC MG SCOOP TUBE LOCK" resets. o Amber SCOOP TUBE LOCKED Light located at 1C04 (above A[B] Scoop Tube Control handswitch B31A
* May Enter TS 3.4.1 Condition C for the Mismatch in Recirc Pump Speeds.
-S3A[B]) is OFF. o Verify that the Recirc pump speed is stable by observing the following parameters o SETPOINT (S), Percent Position (P), Percent Speed (X), Recirc pump discharge flow , Total core flow, Core pressure drop, APRM readings o Verify that SETPOINT (S) is selected for digital display.
to go to the MG Set Room to          thermal overload button on the motor is                o Recirc Pump Speed Mismatch graph on the following page.
EXAMINER NOTE: After power has been raised to approximately 50%, commence Event 2.
investigate the      reset.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 13 of 31 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
* If the B Scoop Tube was locked, the CRS may direct the crew to reset the Recirc Pump                                                            B Scoop Tube in accordance with OI 264 Speed Changer, Wait 2                                                  RO:
3 SEG  TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 3:
minutes and
If Contacted as a maintenance or support organization,    Following the reset of the half
* ARP 1C04A (C-5) Actions taken for the scoop lock.
-scram, crew should proceed to the RCIC surveillance test. If crew does not proceed,  Simulator Operator:
* Will Lock the A Recirc MG Set Scoop Tube from 1C04. The crew may lock the B Scoop tube if they do not diagnose the event properly When                Simulator Operator:
ACTIVATE [ET 1] This will cause "
* Take actions IAW AOP 255.2 Contacted as        Agree to support trouble shooting efforts.
C" APRM to fail upscale.
the DSM/OD
* If directed, reset the B Scoop Tube in accordance with OI 264 When                                                            BOP:
Contacted as        Simulator Operator:
Acknowledge the situation and inform the
* Direct inplant operators to investigate the scoop tube malfunction the RE CRS that you will develop a plan for
* Take actions for AOP 255.2 recovery.
* Run 3D Case
* Plot Power to Flow Simulator Operator:
* Resetting the scope tube lock on the next page.
When contacted Acknowledge the request and deliver the as procedures        STP after 5 minutes.
to deliver a copy of STP 3.4.1-Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                         Page 11 of 31


Simulator Operator:
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3                  SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                      EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                    Page 12 of 31
Acknowledge the issue, and/or to provide maintenance support for troubleshooting/repair.
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3                                                    SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Resetting the scoop tube lock on B Recirc Pump BOP:
* If directed, reset the B Scoop Tube in accordance with OI 264 o If A[B] Recirc MG Set is running, reset the Scoop Tube Lockout as follows o Verify Scoop Tube Position P-%
o Adjust setpoint S-% to approximately match Scoop Tube Position P-o Verify controller output V-% approximately matches Scoop Tube Position P-%.
o At 1C04, reset scoop tube lock by momentarily placing handswitch B31A-S3A[B] to RESET and then verify the following:
o Annunciator 1C04A, C-5[1C04B, C-2], "A[B] RECIRC MG SCOOP TUBE LOCK" resets.
o Amber SCOOP TUBE LOCKED Light located at 1C04 (above A[B]
Scoop Tube Control handswitch B31A-S3A[B]) is OFF.
o Verify that the Recirc pump speed is stable by observing the following parameters o SETPOINT (S), Percent Position (P), Percent Speed (X), Recirc pump discharge flow, Total core flow, Core pressure drop, APRM readings o Verify that SETPOINT (S) is selected for digital display.
EXAMINER NOTE: After power has been raised to approximately 50%, commence Event 2.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                    Page 13 of 31
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3                                              SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                    EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 3:            Simulator Operator:                        Crew:
Identifies the following:
ACTIVATE [ET 1]
* a half-scram has occurred.
This will cause C APRM to fail upscale.
* a rod out-block has occurred.
BOP:
* OI 878.4 actions to Unbypass A APRM and take C APRM Out of operate.
* OI 878.4 actions to Bypass C APRM o If an APRM is currently bypassed, perform the following for If Contacted as      Simulator Operator:                                        the bypassed APRM, otherwise N/A this step:
a maintenance                                                                o Verify the APRM upscale, inoperative, and if greater than 5%
Acknowledge the issue, and/or to provide                   reactor power, downscale trips on Panel 1C37 are reset.
or support maintenance support for                                 o Verify the IRM/APRM recorders on Panel 1C05 indicate organization, troubleshooting/repair.                                     approximately the same average power for the bypassed APRM as they do for the other APRM channels in operation.
o Place the APRM BYPASS switch C51B-S3 or C51B-S6 on Panel 1C05 in the neutral (unbypassed) position.
Following the                                                                o Observe that the bypass light on Panel 1C05 and/or that the Simulator Operator:
reset of the half-                                                              bypass light on Panel 1C37 is/are OFF.
scram, crew          Call the CRS as the Operations Director                o Verify the two APRM channels in the RPS trip system which should proceed      and direct the crew to proceed with the                    are to remain UNBYPASSED are OPERABLE, otherwise to the RCIC          RCIC Trouble Shooting Run to test the                      comply with Technical Specifications and TRM for inoperable surveillance        Flow Controller.                                            RPS instrumentation.
test. If crew                                                                o Place the APRM BYPASS switch C51B-S3 (C51B-S6) on does not                                                                        Panel 1C05 in the A, C, or E (B, D, or F) position for the proceed,                                                                        channel to be bypassed.
o Observe that the bypass lights for the bypassed channel on Panel 1C37 and/or Panel 1C05 is/are ON.
* Unbypass the D APRM
* Bypass the B APRM
* Actions are repeated for B and D APRMs RO and CRS Actions are on the following pages Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                      Page 14 of 31
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3                                                  SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                              EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE RO:
Responds to failure of APRM C
* Acknowledges 1C05A (B-2), APRM A, C, OR E UPSCALE TRIP OR INOP.
o    Check the SCRAM GROUP A and B lights on 1C05 to determine if a full Reactor scram has occurred.
o    If a full Reactor scram occurs, perform IPOI 5 (Reactor Scram).
o    Monitor APRM indications on Panels 1C05 and/or 1C37.
o    If only A RPS half scram has occurred:
If any B RPS channel APRM is rapidly approaching or has exceeded its trip setpoint, manually scram the Reactor and perform IPOI 5 (Reactor Scram).
o    Suspend testing in progress on other RPS instrumentation.
o    If the trip is due to a loss of power, perform AOP 358 (Loss of RPS AC Power) and comply with Technical Specification requirements for Reactor Protection System (RPS) Instrumentation.
o    If it is determined that an APRM has failed:
Comply with Technical Specification requirements for Reactor Protection System (RPS) Instrumentation and the Technical Requirements Manual requirements for Control Rod Block Instrumentation.
With permission from the CRS, bypass the affected APRM o    Reset the half scram.
* Acknowledges 1C05B (A-6), ROD OUT BLOCK. References ARP.
* Identifies that APRM C has failed.
* When directed by the CRS, bypasses the C APRM.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                    Page 15 of 31
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3                                        SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                            EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE CRS:
Directs crew response for failed APRM C
* Reviews TS 3.3.1.1, Condition A for applicability Instrumentation.
* Reviews TS 3.3.2.1 for applicability.
* Reviews TRM LCO 3.3.2, Condition A for applicability.
* Directs C APRM to be bypassed.
Directs the half-scram to be reset.
* Briefs the crew on the effects of the Scoop Tube and APRM Failure.
* Direct the B APRM to be bypassed if not completed.
EXAMINER NOTE: After the half-scram is reset and B APRM is BYPASSED, crew should proceed to RCIC Confidence Run (Event 3).
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                          Page 16 of 31
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3                                          SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                    EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 4                                                          CRS:
RCIC
* Directs crew to conduct the RCIC Run IAW OI 150, Section 5.2 in Confidence Run Simulator Operator:                                      CST to CST Mode.
Call the control room as Ray Wheaten and
* Verify RCIC LCO has been entered, LCO 3.5.3, Condition A - RCIC At the Direction                                                        System inoperable. Per the turnover, the RCIC Inop STP was direct the crew to proceed with the RCIC of the Lead                                                              previously completed, and restore to OPERABLE in 14 days.
Run, and that this is the crews priority.
: Examiner, RO:
* Monitors plant parameters during RCIC Run.
BOP:
Simulator Operator:                        Starts RCIC in CST to CST mode in accordance with OI 150.
When                Wait 4 minutes and inform the control
* Start 1V AC 15A and B RCIC ROOM CLG UNITS at 1C23 Contacted as        Room that
* Open the REDUNDANT SHUTOFF valve MO 2316 on 1C03.
the Extra
* Oil level has been verified Operator for the
* Open the TEST BYPASS valve MO 2515 to 44-46% open as satisfactory                                indicated on RCIC TEST BYP MO 2515 POSITION ZI 2515.
RCIC Run,
* And standing by outside the RCIC
* Verify MO 2511 PUMP DISCHARGE valve is open.
Room.
* Start 1P 227 VACUUM PUMP by placing handswitch HS 2415 on
* Air Flow Verified through the                1C04 in the START position.
coolers.
* Open MO 2426 LUBE OIL COOLER SUPPLY by placing HS 2426 in the OPEN position momentarily and observing proper valve position indication.
* If time permits, ensure unnecessary/unauthorized personnel are clear of the RCIC Room.
* Initiate Torus water temperature monitoring per STP 3.6.2.1-01. This is only required while heat is being added to the Torus.
BOP Actions Continued Next Page Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                    Page 17 of 31


Simulator Operator:
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3                                        SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                    EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE When                Simulator Operator:
Call the CRS as the Operations Director and direct the crew to proceed with the RCIC Trouble Shooting Run to test the Flow Controller.
* Open MO 2404 TURBINE STEAM SUPPLY by placing the Contacted as                                                           handswitch in the OPEN position momentarily and observing proper Acknowledge the running of RCIC and the Health Physics,                                                        valve position indication and that RCIC turbine speed, pump potential to change rad levels in the plant.
Crew:  Identifies the following
discharge pressure, and RCIC flow indicators indicate increases.
:  a half-scram has occurred
When contacted Simulator Operator:
. a rod out-block has occurred
* Verify CV 2410, CV 2411, and CV 2436 Close as an operator Report that the pump is operating sat.
. BOP:  OI 878.4 actions to Unbypass A APRM and take C APRM Out of operate. OI 878.4 actions to Bypass C APRM o If an APRM is currently bypassed, perform the following for the bypassed APRM, otherwise N/A this step:
* Verify that MO 2510 MIN FLOW BYPASS opens when RCIC Flow is to verify RCIC                                                          less than 80 gpm with pump discharge pressure greater than 125 Running Sat,                                                           psig.
o Verify the APRM upscale, inoperative, and if greater than 5%
* Verify HV 2406 TURBINE CONTROL VALVE Governor Valve is When                Simulator Operator:                               throttling to control turbine speed.
reactor power, downscale trips on Panel 1C37 are reset. o Verify the IRM/APRM recorders on Panel 1C05 indicate approximately the same average power for the bypassed APRM as they do for the other APRM channels in operation.
Contacted as a       Report that you will begin trouble shooting
o Place the APRM BYPASS switch C51B
* In the CST to CST mode, throttle MO 2515 TEST BYPASS to achieve member of the        and to stand by for direction from the team.       the desired discharge pressure.
-S3 or C51B
maintenance
-S6 on Panel 1C05 in the neutral (unbypassed) position.
* Verify that MO 2510 MIN FLOW BYPASS valve closes as RCIC flow staff for trouble rises above 80 gpm.
o Observe that the bypass light on Panel 1C05 and/or that the bypass light on Panel 1C37 is/are OFF.
shooting
o Verify the two APRM channels in the RPS trip system which are to remain UNBYPASSED are OPERABLE, otherwise comply with Technical Specifications and TRM for inoperable RPS instrumentation.
* Adjust FIC 2509 FLOW CONTROL until desired flow is achieved; do not throttle RCIC turbine speed below the minimum of 2000 rpm.
o Place the APRM BYPASS switch C51B
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                   Page 18 of 31
-S3 (C51B-S6) on Panel 1C05 in the A, C, or E (B, D, or F) position for the channel to be bypassed.
o Observe that the bypass lights for the bypassed channel on Panel 1C37 and/or Panel 1C05 is/are ON. Unbypass the D APRM  Bypass the B APRM  Actions are repeated for B and D APRMs RO and CRS Actions are on the following pages Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 14 of 31 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
3 SEG  TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE RO: Responds to failure of APRM '
C'  Acknowledges 1C05A (B
-2), APRM A, C, OR E UPSCALE TRIP OR INOP. o Check the SCRAM GROUP A and B lights on 1C05 to determine if a full Reactor scram has occurred.
o If a full Reactor scram occurs, perform IPOI 5 (Reactor Scram)
. o Monitor APRM indications on Panels 1C05 and/or 1C37.
o If only A RPS half scram has occurred:
If any B RPS channel APRM is rapidly approaching or has exceeded its trip setpoint, manually scram the Reactor and perform IPOI 5 (Reactor Scram)
. o Suspend testing in progress on other RPS instrumentation.
o If the trip is due to a loss of power, perform AOP 358 (Loss of RPS AC Power) and comply with Technical Specification requirements for Reactor Protection System (RPS) Instrumentation.
o If it is determined that an APRM has failed:
Comply with Technical Specification requirements for Reactor Protection System (RPS)
Instrumentation and the Technical Requirements Manual requirements for Control Rod Block Instrumentation.
With permission from the CRS, bypass the affected APRM o Reset the half scram.
Acknowledges 1C05B (A
-6), ROD OUT BLOCK. References ARP.
Identifies that APRM 'C' has failed.
When directed by the CRS, bypasses the 'C' APRM. Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 15 of 31 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
3 SEG  TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE CRS:  Directs crew response for failed APRM 'C
'  Reviews TS 3.3.1.1, Condition A for applicability Instrumentation
. Reviews TS 3.3.2.1 for applicability.
Reviews TRM LCO 3.3.2, Condition A for applicability.
Directs 'C' APRM to be bypassed.
Directs the half
-scram to be reset.
Briefs the crew on the effects of the Scoop Tube and APRM Failure.
Direct the B APRM to be bypassed if not completed.
EXAMINER NOTE:  After the half
-scram is reset and B APRM is BYPASSED, crew should proceed to RCIC Confidence Run (Event 3). Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 16 of 31 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
3 SEG  TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 4 RCIC Confidence Run


At the Direction of the Lead Examiner,       When Contacted as the Extra Operator for the RCIC Run, Simulator Operator:
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3                                                  SEG TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                      EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 5:            Simulator Operator:                          CREW: identify that a RCIC isolation signal is present due to a steak leak in the RCIC room (e.g. high area temperature).
Call the control room as Ray Wheaten and direct the crew to proceed with the RCIC Run, and that this is the crews priority.
When RCIC                    ACTIVATE [ET 3]
flow to the CST      This will cause a small leak in the RCIC    RO:
has been            Room. Temperatures in the room will not
* Monitor 1C05 indications for Power/Pressure/Level.
established,         exceed MAX SAFE limits.
and with
* If Required, attempt to Isolate the RCIC Steam Lines while the BOP is in the back panels area.
direction from the lead
* Identifies that a valid RCIC isolation signal should be present due to a steam examiner:                                                                leak in the RCIC Room.
* Identifies that an automatic RCIC isolation has failed to occur.
* Manually initiates RCIC isolation by performing the following in accordance Simulator Operator:                                with OI-150, Section 7.1 or the applicable ARPs:
As the extra        Inform the crew that a steam leak occurred              o Closes MO-2400 RCIC INBD STEAM LINE ISOL, and MO-2401 operator at the in the RCIC Room, the RCIC room was                              RCIC OUTBD STEAM LINE ISOL.
RCIC Room            evacuated, all personnel are accounted Door, once the for, and that there are no injured High Amb Temp personnel.                                          BOP: performs the following:
alarm sounds,
* May recognize the 1C23 Trouble Annunciator on 1C07, and investigate the Back Panel Area for the cause of the alarm.
* Upon investigation, the crew may take actions to Isolate RCIC.
* Acknowledges 1C04B (B-04) STEAM LEAK DET AMBIENT HI TEMP, 1C04C (A-07) References ARP(s).
* Goes to the back panel area to report temperatures.
* Established Ventilation in a 3-2-3 line up.
RO/BOP/CRS
* Make Plant Announcement to alert personnel to the steam leak from RCIC CRS Actions continued on the next page.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                            Page 19 of 31


Simulator Operator:
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3                                     SEG Examiner Note: Once the RCIC test flow to the CST has been established, commence Event #4.
Wait 4 minutes and inform the control Room that  Oil level has been verified satisfactory And standing by outside the RCIC Room. Air Flow Verified through the coolers. CRS:  Directs crew to conduct the RCIC Run IAW OI 150, Section 5.2 in CST to CST Mode
. Verify RCIC LCO has been entered, LCO 3.5.3, Condition A
- RCIC System inoperable. Per the turnover, the RCIC Inop STP was previously completed, and restore to OPERABLE in 14 days.
RO:  Monitors plant parameters during RCIC Run. BOP: Starts RCIC in CST to CST mode in accordance with OI 150
. Start 1V AC 15A and B RCIC ROOM CLG UNITS at 1C23 Open the REDUNDANT SHUTOFF valve MO 2316 on 1C03.
Open the TEST BYPASS valve MO 2515 to 44
-46% open as indicated on RCIC TEST BYP MO 2515 POSITION ZI 2515.
Verify MO 2511 PUMP DISCHARGE valve is open.
Start 1P 227 VACUUM PUMP by placing handswitch HS 2415 on 1C04 in the START position. Open MO 2426 LUBE OIL COOLER SUPPLY by placing HS 2426 in the OPEN position momentarily and observing proper valve position indication
. If time permits, ensure unnecessary/unauthorized personnel are clear of the RCIC Room.
Initiate Torus water temperature monitoring per STP 3.6.2.1
-01. This is only required while heat is being added to the Torus.
BOP Actions Continued Next Page Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 17 of 31 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
3 SEG  TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE When Contacted as Health Physics, When contacted as an operator to verify RCIC Running Sat,  When Contacted as a member of the maintenance staff for trouble shooting Simulator Operator:
Acknowledge the running of RCIC and the potential to change rad levels in the plant.
Simulator Operator:
Report that the pump is operating sat.
Simulator Operator:
Report that you will begin trouble shooting and to stand by for direction from the team.
Open MO 2404 TURBINE STEAM SUPPLY by placing the handswitch in the OPEN position momentarily and observing proper valve position indication and that RCIC turbine speed, pump discharge pressure, and RCIC flow indicators indicate increases.
Verify CV 2410 , CV 2411, and CV 2436 Close  Verify that MO 2510 MIN FLOW BYPASS opens when RCIC Flow is less than 80 gpm with pump discharge pressure greater than 125 psig. Verify HV 2406 TURBINE CONTROL VALVE Governor Valve is throttling to control turbine speed.
In the CST to CST mode, throttle MO 2515 TEST BYPASS to achieve the desired discharge pressure.
Verify that MO 2510 MIN FLOW BYPASS valve closes as RCIC flow rises above 80 gpm.
Adjust FIC 2509 FLOW CONTROL until desired flow is achieved; do not throttle RCIC turbine speed below the minimum of 2000 rpm.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 18 of 31 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
3 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 5: When RCIC flow to the CST has been established, and with direction from the lead examiner:
As the extra operator at the RCIC Room Door, once the High Amb Temp alarm sounds,  Simulator Operator:
ACTIVATE [ET 3]  This will cause a small leak in the RCIC Room. Temperatures in the room will not exceed MAX SAFE limits.
Simulator Operator:
Inform the crew that a steam leak occurred in the RCIC Room, the RCIC room was evacuated, all personnel are accounted for, and that there are no injured personnel.
CREW: identify that a RCIC isolation signal is present due to a steak leak in the RCIC room (e.g. high area temperature).
RO:  Monitor 1C05 indications for Power/Pressure/Level.
If Required, attempt to Isolate the RCIC Steam Lines while the BOP is in the back panels area.
Identifies that a valid RCIC isolation signal should be present due to a steam leak in the RCIC Room.
Identifies that an automatic RCIC isolation has failed to occur.
Manually initiates RCIC isolation by performing the following in accordance with OI-150, Section 7.1 or the applicable ARPs:
o Closes MO-2400 RCIC INBD STEAM LINE ISOL, and MO
-2401 RCIC OUTBD STEAM LINE ISOL. BOP: performs the following:
May recognize the 1C23 Trouble Annunciator on 1C07, and investigate the Back Panel Area for the cause of the alarm.
Upon investigation, the crew may take actions to Isolate RCIC.
Acknowledges 1C04B (B
-04) STEAM LEAK DET AMBIENT HI TEMP, 1C04C (A-07) References ARP(s).
Goes to the back panel area to report temperatures.
Established Ventilation in a 3 3 line up.
RO/BOP/CRS Make Plant Announcement to alert personnel to the steam leak from RCIC CRS Actions continued on the next page.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 19 of 31 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
3 SEG  Examiner Note: Once the RCIC test flow to the CST has been established, commence Event #4
. When the crew has isolated the RCIC Steam Leak, If directed to deenergize MO
-2401,          If directed to deenergize MO
-2400,    SIMUATOR OPERATOR Delete ESW COOLER Blockage
[sw14a and sw14b]
Simulator Operator Insert OVER RIDES DO-RC-013 to off DO-RC-014 to off DI-RC-008 to auto  And inform the crew that 1D14 Ckt 1, MO-2401 Power Supply is open.
Simulator Operator Insert OVER RIDES DO-RC-010 to off DO-RC-011 to off DI-RC-006 to auto  And inform the crew that MO
-2400 Power Supply is open.
CRS Actions continued from the previous page.
CRS Actions continued from the previous page.
CRS: performs the following:
SIMUATOR OPERATOR                      CRS: performs the following:
May enters EOP-3, Secondary Containment Control o Implements actions of EOP-3 SC/T leg for RCIC room temperature being greater than the Max Normal Operating Limit, but less than the Max Safe Operating Limit. o Directs manual isolation of the RCIC system if not already done.
When the crew
References Technical Specifications to address RCIC system inoperability:
* May enters EOP-3, Secondary Containment Control has isolated            Delete ESW COOLER Blockage the RCIC                        [sw14a and sw14b]                    o Implements actions of EOP-3 SC/T leg for RCIC room Steam Leak,                                                                temperature being greater than the Max Normal Operating Limit, but less than the Max Safe Operating Simulator Operator                                    Limit.
o TS 3.5.3, Condition A May declare TS 3.6.1.3, Condition B for two valves that failed to shut on the Isolation Signal in a single flow path.
If directed to      Insert OVER RIDES deenergize MO- DO-RC-013 to off                                        o Directs manual isolation of the RCIC system if not 2401,                DO-RC-014 to off already done.
EXAMINER NOTE: Once RCIC manual isolation has occurred and SRO has completed TS call, commence event #5.
DI-RC-008 to auto
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 20 of 31 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
* References Technical Specifications to address RCIC system inoperability:
3 SEG  Event 6: River Water Supply Pump spurious trip When contacted as the AUX Operator to investigate the loss of the B RWS Pump, Wait 4 Minutes DSM Call Simulator Operator:
And inform the crew that 1D14 Ckt 1, MO-2401 Power Supply is open.                    o TS 3.5.3, Condition A May declare TS 3.6.1.3, Condition B for two valves that failed to shut on the Isolation Signal in a single flow path.
when directed by lead examiner ACTIVATE [ET 5]
Simulator Operator Insert OVER RIDES If directed to      DO-RC-010 to off deenergize MO- DO-RC-011 to off 2400,                DI-RC-006 to auto And inform the crew that MO-2400 Power Supply is open.
to cause the
EXAMINER NOTE: Once RCIC manual isolation has occurred and SRO has completed TS call, commence event #5.
'B' RWS Pump to trip.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                           Page 20 of 31


NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3                                          SEG Event 6:            Simulator Operator: when directed by      CREW: identifies a trip of the B River Water Supply Pump.
lead examiner River Water Supply Pump                          ACTIVATE [ET 5]            RO:
spurious trip
* Monitors plant parameters.
to cause the B RWS Pump to trip.
BOP: Performs the following:
* Attempt to start standby pumps in both RWS Subsystems as When contacted                                                          necessary to restore needed makeup flow.
Simulator Operator:
Simulator Operator:
and inform the control room that the B RWS Pump is hot to touch and that there is no smoke and no fire.
* Send an operator to the Intake Structure to verify alarms and check as the AUX Operator to          and inform the control room that the B             RWS pump breaker condition.
Simulator Operator:
investigate the      RWS Pump is hot to touch and that there
* Verify the Auto Start is not selected to the inop pump.
loss of the B        is no smoke and no fire.                   CRS:
RWS Pump,                                                      directs crew response as follows:
Wait 4 Minutes
* May Enter AOP-410, LOSS OF RIVER WATER SUPPLY o Update the Online Risk Monitor for the status of River Water Supply Pumps.
* May Direct actions IAW the ARP 1C06A (A-3) B RWS Pump Trip for DSM Call            Simulator Operator:                               the tripped RWS Pump
* LCO 3.7.2 met, Technical Specification Inoperable Log entry.
Acknowledge the request for support.
Acknowledge the request for support.
CREW: identifies a trip of the 'B' River Water Supply Pump. RO:  Monitors plant parameters.
EXAMINER NOTE: Commence event # 7 at the direction of the Lead Examiner.
BOP: Performs the following:
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                 Page 21 of 31
Attempt to start standby pumps in both RWS Subsystems as necessary to restore needed makeup flow.
 
Send an operator to the Intake Structure to verify alarms and check RWS pump breaker condition. Verify the Auto Start is not selected to the inop pump.
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3                                         SEG Event 7:             Simulator Operator: perform the following CREW: Will recognize the automatic reactor scram, lowering RPV level, at the direction of the Lead Examiner:              lowering RPV pressure, and rising drywell pressure and Enter EOP 1 Large Break                                                             and 2 LOCA (Recirc                         Activate [ET 7]
CRS: directs crew response as follows:
Suction break)       and verify rr15a activates on ramp            RO: performs the following:
May Enter AOP-410, LOSS OF RIVER WATER SUPPLY o Update the Online Risk Monitor for the status of River Water Supply Pumps.
with faulted
May Direct actions IAW the ARP 1C06A (A-3) B RWS Pump Trip for the tripped RWS Pump LCO 3.7.2 met, Technical Specification Inoperable Log entry.
* Performs IPOI 5 QRC 1, Reactor Scram Immediate Operator Actions:
EXAMINER NOTE: Commence event # 7 at the direction of the Lead Examiner.
LPCI auto o  Initiates a backup manual reactor scram.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 21 of 31 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
initiation (manual                                                                       o  Places THE MODE SWITCH in SHUTDOWN.
3 SEG Event 7: Large Break LOCA (Recirc Suction break) with faulted LPCI auto initiation (manual alignment required). If Contacted as an operator in the plant, Simulator Operator:
alignment                                                                     o  Verifies all control rods fully inserted.
perform the following at the direction of the Lead Examiner
required).
: Activate [ET 7] and verify rr15a activates on ramp
o  Verifies main turbine trip Simulator Operator:                                      o  Verifies main generator lockout.
If Contacted as     Agree to support required actions an operator in                                                               o  Verifies neutron flux is lowering.
the plant,                                                                   o  Inserts all functional SRM and IRM detectors.
Event 7:            Simulator Operator:                          CREW:
Large Break          When Contacted to provide support
* Upon receipt of a 2# Drywell Pressure signal, LOCA (Recirc
* The crew will recognize the failure of all ECCS Systems to automatically Acknowledge the request Suction break)                                                      start and with faulted                                                                  o Start A and B SBDGs LPCI auto initiation                                                                    o Start A, B, C, D RHR Pumps (manual                                                                      o Start A and B Core Spray Pumps alignment                                                                    o Start HPCI required).
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                    Page 22 of 31


NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3                                          SEG CREW:
* Implements the mitigation strategies of EOP 1, RPV Control RO:
* Inserts a manual reactor scram.
Simulator Operator:
Simulator Operator:
Agree to support required actions CREW: Will recognize the automatic reactor scram, lowering RPV level, lowering RPV pressure, and rising drywell pressure and Enter EOP 1 and 2 RO: performs the following:
* Completes a scram report that includes all rods in, reactor pressure and trend and reactor water level and trend.
Performs IPOI 5 QRC 1, Reactor Scram Immediate Operator Actions: o Initiate s a backup manual reactor scram.
Activate [ET 9]
o Place s THE MODE SWITCH in SHUTDOWN.
When directed
o Verifies all control rods fully inserted.
* Restores and maintains RC/L 170-211 using RCIC and other alternate This will trip HPCI and prevent it from by the Lead                                                          injection systems.
o Verifies main turbine trip o Verifies main generator lockout
restarting.
. o Verifies neutron flux is lowering
Examiner,
. o Insert s all functional SRM and IRM detectors.
* Maintains RC/P 800-1055 psig. using directed pressure control systems.
Event 7: Large Break LOCA (Recirc Suction break) with faulted LPCI auto initiation (manual alignment required).
* Lowers reactor pressure to the directed control band using the directed control system.
Simulator Operator:
CRS:
When Contacted to provide support Acknowledge the request CREW:  Upon receipt of a 2# Drywell Pressure signal,  The crew will recognize the failure of all ECCS Systems to automatically start and o Start A and B SBDG's o Start A, B, C, D RHR Pumps o Start A and B Core Spray Pumps o Start HPCI Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 22 of 31 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
* Performs a crew update of entry into EOP 1 due to RPV level or Drywell Pressure.
3 SEG        When directed by the Lead Examiner,      Simulator Operator:
* Directs an RPV level band of 170-211 using RCIC and other alternate injection systems.
Activate [E T 9] This will trip HPCI and prevent it from restarting.
* Directs installation of Defeat 11
CREW:  Implements the mitigation strategies of EOP 1, RPV Control RO:  Inserts a manual reactor scram.
* Directs an RPV pressure band of 800-1055 psig using directed pressure control systems.
Completes a scram report that includes all rods in, reactor pressure and trend and reactor water level and trend.
* Directs lowering reactor pressure to lessen the driving head on the leak in the drywell.
Restores and maintains RC/L 170
* Shows concern for maintaining plant cooldown within the limits.
-211" using RCIC and other alternate injection systems.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                     Page 23 of 31
Maintains RC/P 800
 
-1055 psig. using directed pressure control systems.
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3                                                 SEG CREW:
Lowers reactor pressure to the directed control band using the directed control system. CRS: Performs a crew update of entry into EOP 1 due to RPV level or Drywell Pressure. Directs an RPV level band of 170
* Implements the mitigation strategies of EOP 2, Primary Containment Control CRITICAL TASK #33 Maintain RPV level
-211" using RCIC and other alternate injection systems.
* Recognizes the failed ECCS initiation (LPCI) and directs action to establish above TAF with operator actions          LPCI injection (CRITICAL TASK #33).
Directs installation of Defeat 11 Directs an RPV pressure band of 800
BOP:
-1055 psig using directed pressure control systems.
* Informs the CRS of containment parameters including parameter name, value and trend.
Directs lowering reactor pressure to lessen the driving head on the leak in the drywell.
* Installs Defeat 4.
Shows concern for maintaining plant cooldown within the limits.
* Utilizes OI 149 QRC to spray the torus.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 23 of 31 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
* Places keylock HS-2005[HS-1932] Outboard Torus Cooling/Spray Valve handswitch in OPEN and verify valve opening
3 SEG     CRITICAL TASK #33 Maintain RPV level above TAF with operator actions CRITICAL TASK #22 DW spray on high DW temperature CREW: Implements the mitigation strategies of EOP 2, Primary Containment Control Recognizes the failed ECCS initiation (LPCI) and directs action to establish LPCI injection (CRITICAL TASK #33). BOP:   Informs the CRS of containment parameters including parameter name, value and trend.
* Throttle open MO-2006[MO-1933], Torus Spray Valve
Installs Defeat 4.
* Utilizes OI 149 QRC to spray the drywell.(CRITICAL Task #22)
Utilizes OI 149 QRC to spray the torus.
CRITICAL TASK #22 DW spray on high
Places keylock HS
* Ensures Recirc Pumps are tripped DW temperature
-2005[HS-1932] Outboard Torus Cooling/Spray Valve handswitch in OPEN and verify valve opening Throttle open MO
* Repositions HS-1903C - Enable Containment Spray Valves to Manual
-2006[MO-1933], Torus Spray Valve Utilizes OI 149 QRC to spray the drywell.(CRITICAL Task #22)
* Depending on RPV level may take HS-1903B to 2/3 Core
Ensures Recirc Pumps are tripped Repositions HS
* Coverage/LPCI INIT Interlock Override to MANUAL OVERRD
-1903C - Enable Containment Spray Valves to Manual Depending on RPV level may take HS
* Open MO-2000[1902] , Inboard Drywell Spray Valve
-1903B to 2/3 Core Coverage/LPCI INIT Interlock Override to MANUAL OVERRD Open MO-2000[1902] , Inboard Drywell Spray Valve Throttle open MO
* Throttle open MO-2001[1903], Outboard Drywell Spray Valve.
-2001[1903], Outboard Drywell Spray Valve.
* Trips the running recirculation pump.
Trips the running recirculation pump.
CRS:
CRS: Performs a crew update of entry into EOP 2 due to Drywell Pressure.
* Performs a crew update of entry into EOP 2 due to Drywell Pressure.
Obtains containment parameters.
* Obtains containment parameters.
Directs installation of Defeat 4.
* Directs installation of Defeat 4.
Directs spraying the torus after confirmation that torus pressure is greater than 2 psig. Directs spraying the drywell before drywell temperature reaches 280F.
* Directs spraying the torus after confirmation that torus pressure is greater than 2 psig.
Verifies torus water level less than 13.5 ft.
* Directs spraying the drywell before drywell temperature reaches 280F.
Verifies plot of drywell temperature and drywell pressure on the DWSIL curve allows drywell sprays.
* Verifies torus water level less than 13.5 ft.
Verifies recirculation pumps are secured.
* Verifies plot of drywell temperature and drywell pressure on the DWSIL curve allows drywell sprays.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 24 of 31 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
* Verifies recirculation pumps are secured.
3 SEG   CREW: Implements that mitigation strategies of the ALC contingency of EOP 1 BOP:   Lockouts ADS
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                       Page 24 of 31
. RO:   Attempts to restore and maintain RPV level above +15" Maximizes injection with CRD in accordance with AIP 407.
 
Injects with SBLC in accordance with AIP 406.
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3                                           SEG CREW:
Verifies injection subsystems can be lined up for injection Verifies at least one injection subsystem lined up with a pump running.
* Implements that mitigation strategies of the ALC contingency of EOP 1 BOP:
CRS: Directs ADS lockout.
* Lockouts ADS.
Directs RPV level bands as RPV level lowers Directs maximizing injection with CRD in accordance with AIP 407.
RO:
Directs injection with SBLC in accordance with AIP 406.
* Attempts to restore and maintain RPV level above +15
Ensures injections subsystems can be lined up for injection.
* Maximizes injection with CRD in accordance with AIP 407.
Waits for RPV level to drop to +15" Ensures at least one injection subsystem lined up with a pump running.
* Injects with SBLC in accordance with AIP 406.
Before RPV level reaches  
* Verifies injection subsystems can be lined up for injection
-25" performs an Emergency Depressurization.
* Verifies at least one injection subsystem lined up with a pump running.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 25 of 31 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
CRS:
3 SEG Critical Task #1 IF the reactor is shutdown under all conditions and RPV level drops to +15", THEN perform Emergency RPV Depressurization before RPV level reaches (-25"). CREW:  ED when Reactor Water Level is < +15" and before Reactor Water Level reaches -25"(CRITICAL)
* Directs ADS lockout.
CRS:  Diagnoses HPCI failure to run Directs Emergency Depressurization.
* Directs RPV level bands as RPV level lowers
Directs Opening 4 SRVs When Directed opens 4 ADS SRVs to emergency BOP:   Informs SRO when 4 SRVs are open Monitors and controls RPV level as he depressurization occurs Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 26 of 31 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
* Directs maximizing injection with CRD in accordance with AIP 407.
3 SEG  Event 7:  Large Break LOCA (Recirc Suction break) with faulted LPCI auto initiation (manual alignment required).
* Directs injection with SBLC in accordance with AIP 406.
Simulator Operator:
* Ensures injections subsystems can be lined up for injection.
ROLE PLAY:  if contacted as Equipment Operator, perform required component manipulations and make appropriate reports to the Control Room.
* Waits for RPV level to drop to +15
BOP: performs plant EOP operations as directed by the SRO. Aligns systems (RHRSW, RHR, etc.) and reports trends as required.
* Ensures at least one injection subsystem lined up with a pump running.
Identifies failure of automatic LPCI alignment and injection and manually aligns LPCI injection by starting RHR pumps and opening valves as necessary (CRITICAL TASK).
Before RPV level reaches -25 performs an Emergency Depressurization.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                           Page 25 of 31
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3                                       SEG CREW:
* ED when Reactor Water Level is < +15 and before Reactor Water Level reaches -25(CRITICAL)
Critical Task #1 IF the reactor is         CRS:
shutdown under all conditions and RPV
* Diagnoses HPCI failure to run level drops to +15, THEN perform Emergency RPV Depressurization
* Directs Emergency Depressurization.
before RPV level reaches (-25").
* Directs Opening 4 SRVs
* When Directed opens 4 ADS SRVs to emergency BOP:
* Informs SRO when 4 SRVs are open
* Monitors and controls RPV level as he depressurization occurs Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                               Page 26 of 31


NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3                                      SEG Event 7:            Simulator Operator:                        BOP: performs plant EOP operations as directed by the SRO. Aligns systems (RHRSW, RHR, etc.) and reports trends as required.
Large Break          ROLE PLAY: if contacted as Equipment LOCA (Recirc        Operator, perform required component Suction break)      manipulations and make appropriate
* Identifies failure of automatic LPCI alignment and injection and with faulted        reports to the Control Room.                    manually aligns LPCI injection by starting RHR pumps and LPCI auto                                                            opening valves as necessary (CRITICAL TASK).
initiation (manual alignment required).
EXAMINER NOTE: when sufficient crew execution of the EOPs has been observed, then the scenario may be terminated.
EXAMINER NOTE: when sufficient crew execution of the EOPs has been observed, then the scenario may be terminated.
  *** END OF SCENARIO ***
                                                          *** END OF SCENARIO ***
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 27 of 31 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                             Page 27 of 31
3 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS QUANTITATIVE ATTRIBUTES (Use this form for NRC/INPO Evaluations only as required to document associated quantitative information.)
 
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3                 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS QUANTITATIVE ATTRIBUTES (Use this form for NRC/INPO Evaluations only as required to document associated quantitative information.)
Malfunctions:
Malfunctions:
Before EOP Entry:
Before EOP Entry:
: 1. Runaway Recirc Pump  
: 1. Runaway Recirc Pump
: 2. "A" APRM Fails Upscale
: 2. A APRM Fails Upscale
: 3. RCIC Steam Leak with Failure to Automatically Isolate
: 3. RCIC Steam Leak with Failure to Automatically Isolate
: 4. RWS Pump Trips After EOP Entry:
: 4. RWS Pump Trips After EOP Entry:
Line 1,532: Line 1,793:
: 1. Power Reactivity Abnormal Change
: 1. Power Reactivity Abnormal Change
: 2. High Ambient Temperature
: 2. High Ambient Temperature
: 3. Loss of RWS, AOP or ARP Actions
: 3. Loss of RWS, AOP or ARP Actions 4.
: 4. Major Transients:
Major Transients:
: 1. LOCA     2. Emergency Depressurization Critical Tasks:
: 1. LOCA
: 1. Critical Task #1 IF the reactor is shutdown under all conditions and RPV level drops to +15", THEN perform Emergency RPV Depressurization before RPV level reaches  
: 2. Emergency Depressurization Critical Tasks:
-25". 2. Critical Task #22 DW spray on high DW temperature
: 1. Critical Task #1 IF the reactor is shutdown under all conditions and RPV level drops to +15, THEN perform Emergency RPV Depressurization before RPV level reaches -25".
: 3. Critical Task #33 Maintain RPV level above TAF with operator actions Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 28 of 31 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
: 2. Critical Task #22 DW spray on high DW temperature
3 SEG 1. IF the reactor is shutdown under all conditions and RPV level drops to +15", THEN perform Emergency RPV Depressurization before RPV level reaches  
: 3. Critical Task #33 Maintain RPV level above TAF with operator actions Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                           Page 28 of 31
-25". Safety Significance:
 
If the lowering RPV water level trend had not been reversed before RPV level drops to +15", emergency RPV depressurization should be performed prior to RPV level reaching  
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3                               SEG
-25". The consequence of not depressurizing the RPV when level is below  
: 1. IF the reactor is shutdown under all conditions and RPV level drops to +15, THEN perform Emergency RPV Depressurization before RPV level reaches -25".
-25" is a loss of adequate core cooling. Depressurizing prematurely may unnecessarily cause unneeded stress on the RPV and piping.
Safety           If the lowering RPV water level trend had not been reversed before RPV level Significance:    drops to +15", emergency RPV depressurization should be performed prior to RPV level reaching -25". The consequence of not depressurizing the RPV when level is below -25" is a loss of adequate core cooling. Depressurizing prematurely may unnecessarily cause unneeded stress on the RPV and piping.
Cue: RPV level lowered to +15".
Cue:             RPV level lowered to +15".
Performance Standard:  The crew must "Initiate" emergency RPV depressurization after the lowest valid level indication shows <+15" and prior to the lowest valid level indicates  
Performance       The crew must Initiate emergency RPV depressurization after the lowest valid Standard:        level indication shows <+15" and prior to the lowest valid level indicates -25".
-25". The critical task is not satisfactory if the actions for "Emergency RPV Depressurization" are not complete. (See definitions)
The critical task is not satisfactory if the actions for Emergency RPV Depressurization are not complete. (See definitions)
Feedback: RPV pressure is rapidly lowering.
Feedback:         RPV pressure is rapidly lowering.
EOP step(s):
EOP step(s):     RC/L-4, L-7, L-8 BWROG:           RPV 1.1 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                         Page 29 of 31
RC/L-4, L-7, L-8 BWROG: RPV 1.1 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 29 of 31 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
 
3 SEG 22. BEFORE drywell temperature reaches 280F and WHILE in the safe region of the DWSIL, THEN initiate drywell sprays.
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3                               SEG
Safety Significance:
: 22. BEFORE drywell temperature reaches 280&deg;F and WHILE in the safe region of the DWSIL, THEN initiate drywell sprays.
If DW sprays were initiated when in the shaded area of the DWSIL, this could lead to an evaporative cooling pressure drop which could result in:
Safety             If DW sprays were initiated when in the shaded area of the DWSIL, this could Significance:      lead to an evaporative cooling pressure drop which could result in:
Deinerting the containment or containment negative pressures below design. OR Drywell-below-torus differential pressure beyond design.
* Deinerting the containment or containment negative pressures below design.
Operation of DW sprays if DW temperature cannot be maintained below 280F, will ensure that the design temperatures of the components within the DW are not exceeded. If DW sprays are not utilized when available, the next EOP actions will be to Emergency RPV Depressurize, which will lower the amount of ambient heat to the DW, but will cause additional pressure/temperature stress on the RPV.
OR
Cue: DW temperature is rising and is below 280F. Average DW temperature and DW pressure conditions allow DW spray per the DWSIL curve Performance Standard: DW sprays are initiated on at least one side of RHR prior to 280F DW temperature.
* Drywell-below-torus differential pressure beyond design.
Operation of DW sprays if DW temperature cannot be maintained below 280&deg;F, will ensure that the design temperatures of the components within the DW are not exceeded.
If DW sprays are not utilized when available, the next EOP actions will be to Emergency RPV Depressurize, which will lower the amount of ambient heat to the DW, but will cause additional pressure/temperature stress on the RPV.
Cue:               DW temperature is rising and is below 280&deg;F.
Average DW temperature and DW pressure conditions allow DW spray per the DWSIL curve Performance       DW sprays are initiated on at least one side of RHR prior to 280&deg;F DW Standard:          temperature.
If DW sprays are initiated while in the shaded area of the Drywell Spray Initiation Limit (DWSIL), this would be a critical task failure.
If DW sprays are initiated while in the shaded area of the Drywell Spray Initiation Limit (DWSIL), this would be a critical task failure.
If the crew does not secure Recirculation pumps prior to initiating DW sprays, the critical task is considered satisfactory although remediation may be required. Feedback: DW spray flow initiated and DW temperature is lowering.
If the crew does not secure Recirculation pumps prior to initiating DW sprays, the critical task is considered satisfactory although remediation may be required.
EOP step(s):
Feedback:         DW spray flow initiated and DW temperature is lowering.
DW/T-4, -5 BWROG: N/A Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 30 of 31 NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #
EOP step(s):       DW/T-4, -5 BWROG:             N/A Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                       Page 30 of 31
3 SEG 33. The Reactor is shutdown and RPV water level can be maintained above +15 inches with preferred and alternate injection systems, THEN inject to restore and maintain RPV level above +15 inches.
 
Safety Significance:
NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3                                   SEG
The preferred method of core cooling is core submergence. If this method is available, the crew is directed to inject with preferred and alternate systems to maintain the preferred method of core cooling. Although other methods will provide core cooling, such as Emergency Depressurization, the core temperatures will be higher.
: 33. The Reactor is shutdown and RPV water level can be maintained above +15 inches with preferred and alternate injection systems, THEN inject to restore and maintain RPV level above +15 inches.
Cue: RPV level is lowering and preferred and/or alternate methods of injection are available to maintain RPV level above +15 inches, but will not maintain +15 inches without operator action. If automatic actions will maintain RPV level above +15 inches, this task should be N/A. Adequate time needs to be given to allow the crew to restart injection.
Safety           The preferred method of core cooling is core submergence. If this method is Significance:    available, the crew is directed to inject with preferred and alternate systems to maintain the preferred method of core cooling. Although other methods will provide core cooling, such as Emergency Depressurization, the core temperatures will be higher.
Cue:             RPV level is lowering and preferred and/or alternate methods of injection are available to maintain RPV level above +15 inches, but will not maintain +15 inches without operator action.
If automatic actions will maintain RPV level above +15 inches, this task should be N/A.
Adequate time needs to be given to allow the crew to restart injection.
The crew has indications that the system(s) is(are) available for injection.
The crew has indications that the system(s) is(are) available for injection.
Performance Standard: The crew should start or align systems or power supplies to maintain RPV level above +15 inches.
Performance       The crew should start or align systems or power supplies to maintain RPV level Standard:        above +15 inches.
This could be taking manual control of a failed automatic controller, restoring power to a bus that has an available injection system, opening a valve that failed to auto open, or resetting a "trip" signal for an injection system.
This could be taking manual control of a failed automatic controller, restoring power to a bus that has an available injection system, opening a valve that failed to auto open, or resetting a trip signal for an injection system.
If starting of injection with operator actions will not maintain RPV level above +15 inches, this critical task should be N/A. If this is the situation, and the crew  
If starting of injection with operator actions will not maintain RPV level above
                            +15 inches, this critical task should be N/A. If this is the situation, and the crew does not attempt any of these systems, resulting in RPV level reaching +15 inches sooner than if the injection systems were started, remediation may be necessary, although the CT is N/A.
Feedback:        Injection systems are maintaining RPV level above +15 inches.
EOP step(s):      RC/L-3 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                            Page 31 of 31


does not attempt any of these systems, resulting in RPV level reaching +15 inches sooner than if the injection systems were started, remediation may be necessary, although the CT is N/A.
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE           JPM Page 1 of 13 DUANE ARNOLD ENERGY CENTER JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2015 NRC In Plant 1 TITLE: VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2
Feedback: Injection systems are maintaining RPV level above +15 inche
: s. EOP step(s):
RC/L-3  Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F0 6 Revision 0 Page 31 of 31 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM Page 1 of 13 DUANE ARNOLD ENERGY CENTER JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE


2015 NRC In Plant 1 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE                                           JPM Page 2 of 13 JPM TITLE:                 VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER JPM NUMBER:               201001                                               REV. 0 TASK NUMBER(S) /
 
TASK TITLE(S):
TITLE:  VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2
K/A NUMBERS:               201001 K1.09                     K/A VALUE:     3.1/3.2 Justification (FOR K/A VALUES <3.0):
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM Page 2 of 13   JPM TITLE:
VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER JPM NUMBER:
201001 REV. 0   TASK NUMBER(S) / TASK TITLE(S):
K/A NUMBERS:
201001   K1.09 K/A VALUE: 3.1/3.2   Justification (FOR K/A VALUES <3.0):
TASK APPLICABILITY:
TASK APPLICABILITY:
RO   SRO   STA   Non-Lic   SRO CERT OTHER:       APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING:
RO       SRO       STA       Non-Lic       SRO CERT           OTHER:
Simulate/Walkthrough:
APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING:                   Simulate/Walkthrough:               Perform:     X EVALUATION LOCATION:           In-Plant:       X                     Control Room:
Perform: X   EVALUATION LOCATION:
Simulator:                             Other:
In-Plant: X Control Room:
Lab:
Simulator:
Time for Completion:     10         Minutes       Time Critical:     NO Alternate Path [NRC]:     NO Alternate Path [INPO]:   NO Developed by:                 Signature On File (NRC Developed)
Other:           L ab:       Time for Completion:
Instructor/Developer                                 Date Reviewed by:                 Signature On File (NRC Developed)
10 Minutes Time Critical:
Instructor (Instructional Review)                         Date Validated by:                 Signature On File (NRC Developed)
NO     Alternate Path [NRC]:
SME (Technical Review)                                 Date Approved by:                 Signature On File (NRC Developed)
NO   Alternate Path [INPO]:
Training Supervision                                 Date Approved by:                 Signature On File (NRC Developed)
NO       Developed by:
Training Program Owner                                 Date TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2
Signature On File (NRC Developed)
Instructor/Developer Date     Reviewed by:
Signature On File (NRC Developed)
Instructor (Instructional Review)
Date Validated by:
Signature On File (NRC Developed)
SME (Technical Review)
Date Approved by:
Signature On File (NRC Developed)
Training Supervision Date Approved by:
Signature On File (NRC Developed)
Training Program Owner Date TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 1 VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER JPM Page 3 of 13 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST ALL STEPS IN THIS CHECKLIST ARE TO BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO USE.
2015 NRC In Plant 1                             JPM VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER                             Page 3 of 13 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST ALL STEPS IN THIS CHECKLIST ARE TO BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO USE.
REVIEW STATEMENTS YES NO N/A 1. Are all items on the signature page filled in correctly?
REVIEW STATEMENTS                                                                         YES     NO     N/A
: 1. Are all items on the signature page filled in correctly?
: 2. Has the JPM been reviewed and validated by SMEs?
: 2. Has the JPM been reviewed and validated by SMEs?
: 3. Can the required conditions for the JPM be appropriately established in the simulator if required?
: 3. Can the required conditions for the JPM be appropriately established in the simulator if required?
: 4. Do the performance steps accurately reflect trainee's actions in accordance with plant procedures?
: 4. Do the performance steps accurately reflect trainees actions in accordance with plant procedures?
: 5. Is the standard for each performance item specific as to what controls, indications and ranges are required to evaluate if the trainee properly performed the st ep?   6. Has the completion time been established based on validation data or incumbent experience?
: 5. Is the standard for each performance item specific as to what controls, indications and ranges are required to evaluate if the trainee properly performed the step?
: 6. Has the completion time been established based on validation data or incumbent experience?
: 7. If the task is time critical, is the time critical portion based upon actual task performance requirements?
: 7. If the task is time critical, is the time critical portion based upon actual task performance requirements?
: 8. Is the job level appropriate for the task being evaluated if required?
: 8. Is the job level appropriate for the task being evaluated if required?
: 9. Is the K/A appropriate to the task and to the licensee level if required?
: 9. Is the K/A appropriate to the task and to the licensee level if required?
: 10. Is justification provided for tasks with K/A values less than 3.0?
: 10. Is justification provided for tasks with K/A values less than 3.0?
: 11. Have the performance steps been identified and classified (Critical / Sequence / Time Critical) appropriately?
: 11. Have the performance steps been identified and classified (Critical /
: 12. Have all special tools and equipment needed to perform the task been identified and made available to the trainee
Sequence / Time Critical) appropriately?
?    13. Are all references identified, current, accurate, and available to the trainee?
: 12. Have all special tools and equipment needed to perform the task been identified and made available to the trainee?
: 13. Are all references identified, current, accurate, and available to the trainee?
: 14. Have all required cues (as anticipated) been identified for the evaluator to assist task completion?
: 14. Have all required cues (as anticipated) been identified for the evaluator to assist task completion?
: 15. Are all critical steps supported by procedural guidance? (e.g., if licensing, EP or other groups were needed to determine correct actions, then the answer should be NO.)     16. If the JPM is to be administered to an LOIT student, has the required knowledge been taught to the individual prior to administering the JPM? TPE does not have to be completed, but the JPM evaluation may not be valid if they have not been taught the required knowledge.
: 15. Are all critical steps supported by procedural guidance? (e.g., if licensing, EP or other groups were needed to determine correct actions, then the answer should be NO.)
All questions/statements must be answered "YES" or "N/A" or the JPM is not valid for use. If all questions/statements are answered "YES" or "N/A," then the JPM is considered valid and can be performed as written. The individual(s) performing the initial validation shall sign and date the cover sheet.
: 16. If the JPM is to be administered to an LOIT student, has the required knowledge been taught to the individual prior to administering the JPM?
Protected Conten t: (CAPRs, corrective actions, licensing commitments, etc. associated with this material
TPE does not have to be completed, but the JPM evaluation may not be valid if they have not been taught the required knowledge.
{C001}       TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2
All questions/statements must be answered YES or N/A or the JPM is not valid for use. If all questions/statements are answered YES or N/A, then the JPM is considered valid and can be performed as written. The individual(s) performing the initial validation shall sign and date the cover sheet.
Protected Content: (CAPRs, corrective actions, licensing commitments, etc. associated with this material)
{C001}
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 1 VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER JPM Page 4 of 13   UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR
2015 NRC In Plant 1                                 JPM VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER                                 Page 4 of 13 UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.
-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form T R-AA-230-1003-F16. # DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE AR/TWR# PREPARER DATE SUPERVISOR DATE 0 Initial development for 2015 NRC LOIT examination.
PREPARER      DATE
Initial development for 2015 NRC LOIT examination.
  #           DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE                   REASON FOR CHANGE         AR/TWR#
N/A See Cover       See Cov er                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2
SUPERVISOR     DATE See Cover Initial development for Initial development for 2015 NRC 0                                                    2015 NRC LOIT             N/A LOIT examination.                                                                  See Cover examination.
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 1 VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER JPM Page 5 of 13 SIMULATOR SET
2015 NRC In Plant 1                             JPM VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER                           Page 5 of 13 SIMULATOR SET-UP: (Only required for simulator JPMs)
-UP:   (Only required for simulator JPMs)
SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS: NONE SIMULATOR MALFUNCTIONS: NONE SIMULATOR OVERRIDES: NONE SIMULATOR REMOTE FUNCTIONS: NONE Required Materials:       1. RIP 101.3, Rev 1
SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: NONE   SIMULATOR MALFUNCTIONS:
NONE SIMULATOR OVERRIDES:
NONE SIMULATOR REMOTE FUNCTIONS:
NONE
 
Required Materials:
: 1. RIP 101.3, Rev 1
: 2. Crescent Wrench General  
: 2. Crescent Wrench General  


==References:==
==References:==
: 1. RIP 101.3, Rev. 1 Task Standards:
: 1. RIP 101.3, Rev. 1 Task Standards:               1. The operator simulates closing V-17-61.
: 1. The operator simulates closing V 61. 2. The operator simulates removing pipe plug d/s of V 174. 3. Simulates opening V 174. 4. The operator simulates closing V 174. 5. Operator simulates installing pipe plug d/s of V 174. 6. Operator simulates opening V 61. TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2
: 2. The operator simulates removing pipe plug d/s of V-17-174.
: 3. Simulates opening V-17-174.
: 4. The operator simulates closing V-17-174.
: 5. Operator simulates installing pipe plug d/s of V-17-174.
: 6. Operator simulates opening V-17-61.
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 1 VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER JPM Page 6 of 13   I will explain the initial conditions, which step(s) to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
2015 NRC In Plant 1                                     JPM VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER                                 Page 6 of 13 I will explain the initial conditions, which step(s) to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
DURING THE JPM, ENSURE PROPER SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, FME, AND/OR RADIOLOGICAL CONCERNS AS APPLICABLE ARE FOLLOWED.
DURING THE JPM, ENSURE PROPER SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, FME, AND/OR RADIOLOGICAL CONCERNS AS APPLICABLE ARE FOLLOWED.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
The plant is operating at 70% power.
* The plant is operating at 70% power.
An ATWS has occurred.
* An ATWS has occurred.
The Shift Manager has directed the RO to perform IPOI 5 QRC 2, ATWS.
* The Shift Manager has directed the RO to perform IPOI 5 QRC 2, ATWS.
The RO has directed you to vent the scram air header.
* The RO has directed you to vent the scram air header.
INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):
INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):
Vent the scram air header in accordance with RIP 101.3 and inform the control room
* Vent the scram air header in accordance with RIP 101.3 and inform the control room.
. This JPM is not Time Critical.
* This JPM is not Time Critical.
NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.
NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 1 VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER JPM Page 7 of 13   JPM PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time:
2015 NRC In Plant 1                               JPM VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER                           Page 7 of 13 JPM PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time:
NOTE: When providing "Evaluator Cues" to the examinee, care must be exercised to avoid prompting the examinee. Typically cues are only provided when the examinee's actions warrant receiving the information (i.e., the examinee looks or asks for the indication).
NOTE: When providing Evaluator Cues to the examinee, care must be exercised to avoid prompting the examinee. Typically cues are only provided when the examinees actions warrant receiving the information (i.e., the examinee looks or asks for the indication).
NOTE: Critical steps are marked with a "Y" below the performance step number. Failure to meet the standard for any critical step shall result in failure of this JPM.
NOTE: Critical steps are marked with a Y below the performance step number. Failure to meet the standard for any critical step shall result in failure of this JPM.
Performance Step:
Performance Step:1           Close V-17-61 (Scram Pilot Air Header Isolation Vlv).
1  Critical  Y  RIP 101.3 Step 1 Close V-17-61 (Scram Pilot Air Header Isolation Vlv).
Critical Y RIP 101.3 Step 1 Standard:                     The operator simulates closing V-17-61.
Standard: The operator simulates closing V 61. Evaluator Cue:
Evaluator Cue:               When the operator has simulated turning the handwheel in the clockwise direction, tell the operator The valve stem is in and handwheel stops moving.
When the operator has simulated turning the handwheel in the clockwise direction, tell the operator "The valve stem is in and handwheel stops moving.
Performance:                 SATISFACTORY                 UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
"    Performance:
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:     TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 1 VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER JPM Page 8 of 13   Performance Step:
2015 NRC In Plant 1                             JPM VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER                           Page 8 of 13 Performance Step: 2           Remove the pipe plug located downstream of V-17-174, (PI-Critical Y                    184/PS1842 Test Connection Isolation valve).
2 Critical  Y  RIP 101.3 Step 2 Remove the pipe plug located downstream of V 174, (PI-184/PS1842 Test Connection Isolation valve).
RIP 101.3 Step 2 Standard:                     The operator simulates removing pipe plug d/s of V-17-174.
Standard: The operator simulates removing pipe plug d/s of V 174. Evaluator Cue:
Evaluator Cue:               When the operator has simulated turning the cap in the clockwise direction, tell the operator, The pipe plug has been removed.
When the operator has simulated turning the cap in the clockwise direction, tell the operator,   "The pipe plug has been removed."
Performance:                 SATISFACTORY               UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
Performance:
Performance Step: 3         Open V-17-174, (PI-184/PS1842 Test Connection Isolation valve).
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:     Performance Step:
Critical Y RIP 101.3 Step 3 Standard:                   Simulates opening V-17-174.
3 Critical Y  RIP 101.3 Step 3 Open V-17-174, (PI-184/PS1842 Test Connection Isolation valve).
Evaluator Cue:               When the operator has simulated turning the handwheel in the counter clockwise direction, tell the operator, The valve stem is up and handwheel stops moving. You hear a loud rush of air coming from the open pipe. The air flow diminishes over time.
Standard: Simulates opening V 174. Evaluator Cue:
Performance:                 SATISFACTORY               UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
When the operator has simulated turning the handwheel in the counter clockwise direction, tell the operator,   "The valve stem is up and handwheel stops moving. You hear a loud rush of air coming from the open pipe. The air flow diminishes over time."    Performance:
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTOR Y      Comments:     TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 1 VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER JPM Page 9 of 13   Performance Step:
2015 NRC In Plant 1                             JPM VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER                           Page 9 of 13 Performance Step: 4          Communicates actions to control room.
4 Critical N RIP 101.3 Per Cue Communicates actions to control room.
Critical N RIP 101.3 Per Cue Standard:                   The operator simulates calling the control room and informs RO that scram air header is depressurized.
Standard: The operator simulates calling the control room and informs RO that scram air header is depressurized.
Evaluator Cue:               When the operator simulates informing the control room that the Scram Air Header has been vented IAW RIP 101.3, tell the operator That all control rods indicated inserted. Restore the Scram Air Header.
Evaluator Cue:
Performance:                 SATISFACTORY               UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
When the operator simulates informing the control room that the Scram Air Header has been vented IAW RIP 101.3, tell the operator "That all control rods indicated inserted.
Performance Step: 5         Question and Answer:
Restore the Scram Air Header."    Performance:
Critical N                  What do you expect the position of the scram pilot valves to be before and Q&A                          after venting?
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:     Performance Step:
Standard:                   The operator should respond that the scram pilot valves will be closed before venting and open after venting.
5 Critical N  Q & A Question and Answer:
Performance:                 SATISFACTORY               UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
What do you expect the position of the scram pilot valves to be before and after venting?
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2
Standard: The operator should respond that the scram pilot valves will be clo sed before venting and open after venting.
Performance:
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:     TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 1 VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER JPM Page 10 of 13   Performance Step:
2015 NRC In Plant 1                             JPM VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER                           Page 10 of 13 Performance Step: 6         Restoration: Close V-17-174, (PI-184/PS1842 Test Connection Isolation Critical Y                  valve).
6 Critical Y  RIP 101.3, Restoration, Step 1 Restoration: Close V 174, (PI-184/PS1842 Test Connection Isolation valve). Standard: The operator simulates closing V 174. Evaluator Cue:
RIP 101.3, Restoration, Step 1 Standard:                   The operator simulates closing V-17-174.
When the operator has simulated turning the handwheel in the clockwise direction, tell the operator "The valve stem is in and handwheel stops moving.
Evaluator Cue:               When the operator has simulated turning the handwheel in the clockwise direction, tell the operator The valve stem is in and handwheel stops moving.
"    Performance:
Performance:                 SATISFACTORY               UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:     Performance Step:
Performance Step: 7          Restoration: Reinstall the pipe plug downstream of V-17-174.
7 Critical Y RIP 101.3, Restoration, Step 2 Restoration:  Reinstall the pipe plug downstream of V 174. Standard: Operator simulates installing pipe plug d/s of V 174. Evaluator Cue:
Critical Y RIP 101.3, Restoration, Step 2 Standard:                   Operator simulates installing pipe plug d/s of V-17-174.
When the operator simulates putting the pipe plug back on, tell the operator   "The pipe plug is installed" Performance:
Evaluator Cue:               When the operator simulates putting the pipe plug back on, tell the operator The pipe plug is installed Performance:                 SATISFACTORY               UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:     TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 1 VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER JPM Page 11 of 13   Performance Step:
2015 NRC In Plant 1                             JPM VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER                           Page 11 of 13 Performance Step: 8         Restoration: Open V-17-61, Scram Pilot air header isolation valve.
8 Critical Y  RIP 101.3, Restoration, Step 1 Restoration: Open V 61, Scram Pilot air header isolation valve.
Critical Y RIP 101.3, Restoration, Step 1 Standard:                   Operator simulates opening V-17-61.
Standard: Operator simulates opening V 61. Evaluator Cue:
Evaluator Cue:               When the operator has simulated turning the handwheel in the counter clockwise direction, tell the operator, The valve stem is up and handwheel stops moving.
When the operator has simulated turning the handwheel in the counter clockwise direction, tell the operator,   "The valve stem is up and handwheel stops moving.
Performance:                 SATISFACTORY               UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
"    Performance:
When the scram air header has been vented and restored, the JPM is complete.
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:      Terminating Cues:
Terminating Cues:
When the scram air header has been vented and restored, the JPM is complete. Direct the Operator to show the location of 1C208 to complete the RCIC Start JPM.
Direct the Operator to show the location of 1C208 to complete the RCIC Start JPM.
NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.
NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.
Stop Time:
Stop Time:
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 1 VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER JPM Page 12 of 13   Examinee:       Evaluator:
2015 NRC In Plant 1                                 JPM VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER                               Page 12 of 13 Examinee:                                                 Evaluator:
RO   SRO   STA   Non-Lic   SRO CERT Date:         LOIT RO   LOIT SRO   PERFORMANCE RESULTS:
RO     SRO       STA       Non-Lic   SRO CERT             Date:
SAT:       UNSAT:       Remediation required:
LOIT RO       LOIT SRO PERFORMANCE RESULTS:                     SAT:                         UNSAT:
YES       NO         COMMENTS/FEEDBACK: (Comments shall be made for any steps graded unsatisfactory).
Remediation required:             YES                         NO COMMENTS/FEEDBACK: (Comments shall be made for any steps graded unsatisfactory).
EXAMINER NOTE:
EXAMINER NOTE:       ENSURE ALL EXAM MATERIAL IS COLLECTED AND PROCEDURES CLEANED, AS APPROPRIATE.
ENSURE ALL EXAM MATERIAL IS COLLECTED AND PROCEDURES CLEANED, AS APPROPRIATE.
EVALUATORS SIGNATURE:
EVALUATOR'S SIGNATURE:
NOTE: Only this page needs to be retained in examinees record if completed satisfactorily. If unsatisfactory performance is demonstrated, the entire JPM should be retained.
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2


NOTE:  Only this page needs to be retained in examinee's record if completed satisfactorily. If unsatisfactory performance is demonstrated, the entire JPM should be retained.TR-AA-230-1003-F10 , Revision 2 JPM Page 13 of 13   TURNOVER SHEET
JPM Page 13 of 13 TURNOVER SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:
 
* The plant is operating at 70% power.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
* An ATWS has occurred.
The plant is operating at 70% power.
* The Shift Manager has directed the RO to perform IPOI 5 QRC 2, ATWS.
An ATWS has occurred.
* The RO has directed you to vent the scram air header.
The Shift Manager has directed the RO to perform IPOI 5 QRC 2, ATWS.
The RO has directed you to vent the scram air header.
INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):
INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):
Vent the scram air header in accordance with RIP 101.3 and inform the control room.
* Vent the scram air header in accordance with RIP 101.3 and inform the control room.
This JPM is not Time Critical.
* This JPM is not Time Critical.
NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.
NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2


TR-AA-230-1003-F10 , Revision 2 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM Page 1 of 13 DUANE ARNOLD ENERGY CENTER JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE           JPM Page 1 of 13 DUANE ARNOLD ENERGY CENTER JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2015 NRC In Plant 2 TITLE: OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 2 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE                                               JPM Page 2 of 13 JPM TITLE:                 OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 JPM NUMBER:               295016-01                                               REV. 0 TASK NUMBER(S) /           94.28/
 
TASK TITLE(S):             Transfer Control to the Remote Shutdown Panel K/A NUMBERS:               295016 AK2.02                    K/A VALUE:     4.0/4.1 Justification (FOR K/A VALUES <3.0):
TITLE:  OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM Page 2 of 13   JPM TITLE:
OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 JPM NUMBER:
295016-01 REV. 0   TASK NUMBER(S) / TASK TITLE(S):
94.28/ Transfer Control to the Remote Shutdown Panel K/A NUMBERS:
295016 AK2.0 2 K/A VALUE:
4.0/4.1   Justification (FOR K/A VALUES <3.0):
TASK APPLICABILITY:
TASK APPLICABILITY:
RO   SRO   STA   Non-Lic   SRO CERT OTHER:       APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING:
RO       SRO       STA       Non-Lic       SRO CERT           OTHER:
Simulate/Walkthrough:
APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING:                   Simulate/Walkthrough:                 Perform:       X EVALUATION LOCATION:           In-Plant:       X                     Control Room:
Perform: X   EVALUATION LOCATION:
Simulator:                             Other:               X To be performed in the Training Building prior to the In Plant portion of the JPM, In Plant Lab:
In-Plant: X Control Room:
portion is required after the Task.
Simulator:
Time for Completion:     40         Minutes       Time Critical:     NO Alternate Path [NRC]:     NO Alternate Path [INPO]:   NO Developed by:               Signature On File (NRC Developed)
Other: X     To be performed in the Training Building prior to the In Plant portion of the JPM, In Plant portion is required after the Task. Lab:    Time for Completion:
Instructor/Developer                                     Date Reviewed by:               Signature On File (NRC Developed)
40 Minutes Time Critical:
Instructor (Instructional Review)                               Date Validated by:             Signature On File (NRC Developed)
NO     Alternate Path [NRC]:
SME (Technical Review)                                     Date Approved by:                 Signature On File (NRC Developed)
NO   Alternate Path [INPO]: NO       Developed by:
Training Supervision                                     Date Approved by:                 Signature On File (NRC Developed)
Signature On File (NRC Developed)
Training Program Owner                                     Date TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2
Instructor/Developer Date     Reviewed by:
Signature On File (NRC Developed)
Instructor (Instructional Review)
Date Validated by:
Signature On File (NRC Developed)
SME (Technical Review)
Date Approved by:
Signature On File (NRC Developed)
Training Supervision   Date Approved by:
Signature On File (NRC Developed)
Training Program Owner Date TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 2 OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 JPM Page 3 of 13 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST ALL STEPS IN THIS CHECKLIST ARE TO BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO USE.
2015 NRC In Plant 2                             JPM OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208                             Page 3 of 13 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST ALL STEPS IN THIS CHECKLIST ARE TO BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO USE.
REVIEW STATEMENTS YES NO N/A 1. Are all items on the signature page filled in correctly?
REVIEW STATEMENTS                                                                         YES     NO     N/A
: 1. Are all items on the signature page filled in correctly?
: 2. Has the JPM been reviewed and validated by SMEs?
: 2. Has the JPM been reviewed and validated by SMEs?
: 3. Can the required conditions for the JPM be appropriately established in the simulator if required?
: 3. Can the required conditions for the JPM be appropriately established in the simulator if required?
: 4. Do the performance steps accurately reflect trainee's actions in accordance with plant procedures?
: 4. Do the performance steps accurately reflect trainees actions in accordance with plant procedures?
: 5. Is the standard for each performance item specific as to what controls, indications and ranges are required to evaluate if the trainee properly performed the step?
: 5. Is the standard for each performance item specific as to what controls, indications and ranges are required to evaluate if the trainee properly performed the step?
: 6. Has the completion time been established based on validation data or incumbent experience?
: 6. Has the completion time been established based on validation data or incumbent experience?
Line 1,779: Line 2,010:
: 9. Is the K/A appropriate to the task and to the licensee level if required?
: 9. Is the K/A appropriate to the task and to the licensee level if required?
: 10. Is justification provided for tasks with K/A values less than 3.0?
: 10. Is justification provided for tasks with K/A values less than 3.0?
: 11. Have the performance steps been identified and classified (Critical / Sequence / Time Critical) appropriately?   12. Have all special tools and equipment needed to perform the task been identified and made available to the trainee?
: 11. Have the performance steps been identified and classified (Critical /
Sequence / Time Critical) appropriately?
: 12. Have all special tools and equipment needed to perform the task been identified and made available to the trainee?
: 13. Are all references identified, current, accurate, and available to the trainee?
: 13. Are all references identified, current, accurate, and available to the trainee?
: 14. Have all required cues (as anticipated) been identified for the evaluator to assist task completion?
: 14. Have all required cues (as anticipated) been identified for the evaluator to assist task completion?
: 15. Are all critical steps supported by procedural guidance? (e.g., if licensing, EP or other groups were needed to determine correct actions, then the answer should be NO.)  
: 15. Are all critical steps supported by procedural guidance? (e.g., if licensing, EP or other groups were needed to determine correct actions, then the answer should be NO.)
: 16. If the JPM is to be administered to an LOIT student, has the required knowledge been taught to the individual prior to administering the JPM? TPE does not have to be completed, but the JPM evaluation may not be valid if they have not been taught the required knowledge.
: 16. If the JPM is to be administered to an LOIT student, has the required knowledge been taught to the individual prior to administering the JPM?
All questions/statements must be answered "YES" or "N/A" or the JPM is not valid for use. If all questions/statements are answered "YES" or "N/A," then the JPM is considered valid and can be performed as written. The individual(s) performing the initial validation shall sign and date the cover sheet.
TPE does not have to be completed, but the JPM evaluation may not be valid if they have not been taught the required knowledge.
Protected Conten t: (CAPRs, corrective actions, licensing commitments, etc. associated with this material
All questions/statements must be answered YES or N/A or the JPM is not valid for use. If all questions/statements are answered YES or N/A, then the JPM is considered valid and can be performed as written. The individual(s) performing the initial validation shall sign and date the cover sheet.
{C001}       TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2
Protected Content: (CAPRs, corrective actions, licensing commitments, etc. associated with this material)
{C001}
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 2 OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 JPM Page 4 of 13   UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR
2015 NRC In Plant 2                                 JPM OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208                                   Page 4 of 13 UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.
-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR
PREPARER      DATE
-AA-230-1003-F16. # DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE AR/TWR# PREPARER DATE SUPERVISOR DATE 0 Initial development for 2015 NRC LOIT examination.
  #           DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE                   REASON FOR CHANGE         AR/TWR#
Initial development for 2015 NRC LOIT examination.
SUPERVISOR     DATE See Cover Initial development for Initial development for 2015 NRC 0                                                    2015 NRC LOIT             N/A LOIT examination.                                                                  See Cover examination.
N/A See Cover       See Cover                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 2 OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 JPM Page 5 of 13 SIMULATOR SET
2015 NRC In Plant 2                                     JPM OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208                                     Page 5 of 13 SIMULATOR SET-UP: (Only required for simulator JPMs)
-UP:   (Only required for simulator JPMs)
SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS:
SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset to any IC that RCIC can be run in
: 1. Reset to any IC that RCIC can be run in
: 2. Activate the Remote Shutdown Panel with REMOTE Function EXAM01 to NORM
: 2. Activate the Remote Shutdown Panel with REMOTE Function EXAM01 to NORM
: 3. Verify the simulator group has restored the RCIC Controller at 1C208 to service.
: 3. Verify the simulator group has restored the RCIC Controller at 1C208 to service.
Line 1,804: Line 2,038:
: 6. Simulator Operator functions as the remote shutdown panel operator for the JPM.
: 6. Simulator Operator functions as the remote shutdown panel operator for the JPM.
: 7. Large Picture of the Instrument Rack located near 1C208 for level indications if used instead of verbal Cues.
: 7. Large Picture of the Instrument Rack located near 1C208 for level indications if used instead of verbal Cues.
SIMULATOR MALFUNCTIONS:
SIMULATOR MALFUNCTIONS: NONE SIMULATOR OVERRIDES: NONE SIMULATOR REMOTE FUNCTIONS: NONE Required Materials:       1. AOP 915, Rev. 53 General  
NONE SIMULATOR OVERRIDES:
NONE SIMULATOR REMOTE FUNCTIONS:
NONE
 
Required Materials:
: 1. AOP 915, Rev. 53 General  


==References:==
==References:==
: 1. AOP 915, Rev. 53 Task Standards:
: 1. AOP 915, Rev. 53 Task Standards:               1. The Operator Unlocks the door.
: 1. The Operator Unlocks the door.
: 2. The operator will place HS-2440 in REMOTE.
: 2. The operator will place HS
-2440 in REMOTE.
: 3. Reduce the rate of injection.
: 3. Reduce the rate of injection.
: 4. The operator will take the evaluator to the 1C208 Panel in the Plant or explain in enough detail as to demonstrate knowledge of the location in the plant.
: 4. The operator will take the evaluator to the 1C208 Panel in the Plant or explain in enough detail as to demonstrate knowledge of the location in the plant.
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 2 OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 JPM Page 6 of 13   I will explain the initial conditions, which step(s) to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
2015 NRC In Plant 2                                     JPM OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208                                   Page 6 of 13 I will explain the initial conditions, which step(s) to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
DURING THE JPM, ENSURE PROPER SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, FME, AND/OR RADIOLOGICAL CONCERNS AS APPLICABLE ARE FOLLOWED.
DURING THE JPM, ENSURE PROPER SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, FME, AND/OR RADIOLOGICAL CONCERNS AS APPLICABLE ARE FOLLOWED.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
A Plant Transient has occurred requiring a shutdown from outside the control room
* A Plant Transient has occurred requiring a shutdown from outside the control room.
. The control room is being evacuated.
* The control room is being evacuated.
RCIC is injecting to the vessel.
* RCIC is injecting to the vessel.
INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):
INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):
The CRS has directed you to take control of RCIC from 1C208, and restore reactor water level IAW AOP 915. NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.
* The CRS has directed you to take control of RCIC from 1C208, and restore reactor water level IAW AOP 915.
NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 2 OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 JPM Page 7 of 13   JPM PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time:
2015 NRC In Plant 2                             JPM OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208                             Page 7 of 13 JPM PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time:
NOTE: When providing "Evaluator Cues" to the examinee, care must be exercised to avoid prompting the examinee. Typically cues are only provided when the examinee's actions warrant receiving the information (i.e., the examinee looks or asks for the indication).
NOTE: When providing Evaluator Cues to the examinee, care must be exercised to avoid prompting the examinee. Typically cues are only provided when the examinees actions warrant receiving the information (i.e., the examinee looks or asks for the indication).
NOTE: Critical steps are marked with a "Y" below the performance step number. Failure to meet the standard for any critical step shall result in failure of this JPM.
NOTE: Critical steps are marked with a Y below the performance step number. Failure to meet the standard for any critical step shall result in failure of this JPM.
Performance Step:
Performance Step:1                                               NOTE Critical N                   RCIC can be controlled from 1C208 but no flow or speed indication is AOP 915, Section 2,          available.
1 Critical   N AOP 915, Section 2, Step 2 NOTE NOTE RCIC can be controlled from 1C208 but no flow or speed indication is available.
Step 2 NOTE Standard:                     Operator reads and place keeps the NOTE.
Standard: Operator reads and place keeps the NOTE.
Performance:                 SATISFACTORY                 UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
Performance:
Performance Step: 2           2. If directed by CRS to take manual control of RCIC (if running) at Critical Y                        1C208 perform the following:
SATISFACTORY       UNSATISFACTORY Comments:     Performance Step:
AOP 915, Section 2, Step 2 a                          a. Open key locked door protecting normal/remote handswitch HS-2440 RCIC TURB SPEED SELECT.
2 Critical  Y  AOP 915, Section 2, Step 2 a 2. If directed by CRS to take manual control of RCIC (if running) at 1C208 perform the following:
Standard:                     The Operator Unlocks the door.
: a. Open key locked door protecting normal/remote handswitch HS-2440 RCIC TURB SPEED SELECT.
Performance:                 SATISFACTORY                 UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
Standard: The Operator Unlocks the door.
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2
Performance:
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:     TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 2 OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 JPM Page 8 of 13   Performance Step:
2015 NRC In Plant 2                             JPM OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208                             Page 8 of 13 Performance Step: 3         2. If directed by CRS to take manual control of RCIC (if running) at 1C208 Critical N                      perform the following:
3 Critical N  AOP 915, Section 2, Step 2 b 2. If directed by CRS to take manual control of RCIC (if running) at 1C208 perform the following:
AOP 915, Section 2, Step 2 b                    b.     Verify HIC 2440 input (P) and output (V) are consistent with FIC 2509 output (V) if Control Room is manned. Otherwise, mark this step N/A.
: b. Verify HIC 2440 input (P) and output (V) are consistent with FIC 2509 output (V) if Control Room is manned. Otherwise, mark this step N/A.
Standard:                   The operator will verify the values in the control room.
Standard: The operator will verify the values in the control room.
Evaluator Cue:               Simulator Operator:
Evaluator Cue:
Simulator Operator:
When the operator contacts the control room, provide the current readings for reactor water level in the simulator using Extreme View.
When the operator contacts the control room, provide the current readings for reactor water level in the simulator using Extreme View.
Communications will be by phone number 7825 or by simulator radio if provided
Communications will be by phone number 7825 or by simulator radio if provided.
. Performance:
Performance:                 SATISFACTORY                 UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:     Performance Step:
Performance Step: 4         2. If directed by CRS to take manual control of RCIC (if running) at 1C208 Critical Y                      perform the following:
4 Critical Y  AOP 915, Section 2, Step 2 c 2. If directed by CRS to take manual control of RCIC (if running) at 1C208 perform the following:
AOP 915, Section 2, Step 2 c                        c. Place HS-2440 in the REMOTE position.
: c. Place HS-2440 in the REMOTE position.
Standard:                   The operator will place HS-2440 in REMOTE.
Standard: The operator will place HS
Performance:                 SATISFACTORY                 UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
-2440 in REMOTE.
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2
Performance:
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:     TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 2 OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 JPM Page 9 of 13   Performance Step:
2015 NRC In Plant 2                             JPM OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208                             Page 9 of 13 Performance Step: 5         2. If directed by CRS to take manual control of RCIC (if running) at 1C208 Critical N                        perform the following:
5 Critical N  AOP 915, Section 2, Step 2 d 2. If directed by CRS to take manual control of RCIC (if running) at 1C208 perform the following:
AOP 915, Section 2, Step 2 d                          d. Toggle the parameter displayed on HIC-2440 to V using the D pushbutton if needed.
: d. Toggle the parameter displayed on HIC
Standard:                   if required, the operator will toggle the display to V.
-2440 to V using the D pushbutton if needed.
Performance:                 SATISFACTORY                 UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
Standard: if required, the operator will toggle the display to V.
Performance Step: 6         2. If directed by CRS to take manual control of RCIC (if running) at 1C208 Critical Y                        perform the following:
Performance:
AOP 915, Section 2, Step 2 e                          e. Control RCIC flow with HIC 2440 as necessary using the pulser knob.
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:     Performance Step:
Standard:                   The operator will turn the pulsar knob in the counter clockwise direction to lower flow.
6 Critical Y  AOP 915, Section 2, Step 2 e 2. If directed by CRS to take manual control of RCIC (if running) at 1C208 perform the following:
Evaluator Cue:               Inform the operator that RPV Water Level is RISING and to reduce the rate of injection a small amount.
: e. Control RCIC flow with HIC 2440 as necessary using the pulser knob. Standard: The operator will turn the pulsar knob in the counter clockwise direction to lower flow.
Performance:                 SATISFACTORY                 UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
Evaluator Cue:
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2
Inform the operator that RPV Water Level is RISING and to reduce the rate of injection a small amount.
Performance:
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:     TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 2 OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 JPM Page 10 of 13   Performance Step:
2015 NRC In Plant 2                             JPM OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208                             Page 10 of 13 Performance Step: 7         After the completion of the above portion of the task, the operator is Critical Y                  required to demonstrate the knowledge of the location of the 1C208 Panel Continued on JPM In          in the Plant.
7 Critical Y  Continued on JPM In Plant 1, Vent the Scram Air Header.
Plant 1, Vent the Scram Air Header.
After the completion of the above portion of the task, the operator is required to demonstrate the knowledge of the location of the 1C208 Panel in the Plant.
Standard:                   The operator will take the evaluator to the 1C208 Panel in the Plant or explain in enough detail as to demonstrate knowledge of the location in the plant.
Standard: The operator will take the evaluator to the 1C208 Panel in the Plant or explain in enough detail as to demonstrate knowledge of the location in the plant. Evaluator Cue:
Evaluator Cue:               Inform the operator that this portion of the task is complete. Inform the operator that they are to take you to the 1C208 Panel in the plant during a future JPM.
Inform the operator that this portion of the task is complete. Inform the operator that they are to take you to the 1C208 Panel in the plant during a future JPM
Performance:                 SATISFACTORY               UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
. Performance:
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:     TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 2 OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 JPM Page 11 of 13   Terminating Cue s:  When the operator has taken control of the RCIC Turbine at 1C208 AND When the operator has demonstrated knowledge of the location of the 1C208 Panel in the plant.
2015 NRC In Plant 2                               JPM OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208                               Page 11 of 13 When the operator has taken control of the RCIC Turbine at 1C208 AND Terminating Cues:
- Completed as part of venting the scram air header.
When the operator has demonstrated knowledge of the location of the 1C208 Panel in the plant. - Completed as part of venting the scram air header.
NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.
NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.
Stop Time:
Stop Time:
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 2 OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 JPM Page 12 of 13   Examinee:       Evaluator:
2015 NRC In Plant 2                                 JPM OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208                                 Page 12 of 13 Examinee:                                                 Evaluator:
RO   SRO   STA   Non-Lic   SRO CERT Date:         LOIT RO   LOIT SRO   PERFORMANCE RESULTS:
RO     SRO       STA       Non-Lic   SRO CERT             Date:
SAT:       UNSAT:       Remediation required:
LOIT RO       LOIT SRO PERFORMANCE RESULTS:                     SAT:                         UNSAT:
YES       NO         COMMENTS/FEEDBACK: (Comments shall be made for any steps graded unsatisfactory).
Remediation required:             YES                         NO COMMENTS/FEEDBACK: (Comments shall be made for any steps graded unsatisfactory).
EXAMINER NOTE:
EXAMINER NOTE:       ENSURE ALL EXAM MATERIAL IS COLLECTED AND PROCEDURES CLEANED, AS APPROPRIATE.
ENSURE ALL EXAM MATERIAL IS COLLECTED AND PROCEDURES CLEANED, AS APPROPRIATE.
EVALUATORS SIGNATURE:
EVALUATOR'S SIGNATURE:
NOTE: Only this page needs to be retained in examinees record if completed satisfactorily. If unsatisfactory performance is demonstrated, the entire JPM should be retained.
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2


NOTE:  Only this page needs to be retained in examinee's record if completed satisfactorily. If unsatisfactory performance is demonstrated, the entire JPM should be retained.TR-AA-230-1003-F10 , Revision 2 JPM Page 13 of 13   TURNOVER SHEET
JPM Page 13 of 13 TURNOVER SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:
 
* A Plant Transient has occurred requiring a shutdown from outside the control room.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
* The control room is being evacuated.
A Plant Transient has occurred requiring a shutdown from outside the control room.
* RCIC is injecting to the vessel.
The control room is being evacuated.
RCIC is injecting to the vessel.
INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):
INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):
The CRS has directed you to take control of RCIC from 1C208, and restore reactor water level IAW AOP 915.
* The CRS has directed you to take control of RCIC from 1C208, and restore reactor water level IAW AOP 915.
NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.
NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.
TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2


TR-AA-230-1003-F10 , Revision 2 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM Page 1 of 19 DUANE ARNOLD ENERGY CENTER JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2015 NRC In Plant 3
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE                       JPM Page 1 of 19 DUANE ARNOLD ENERGY CENTER JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2015 NRC In Plant 3 TITLE: Shutdown of Regulating Transformer 1Y1A for Maintenance Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2


TITLE:  Shutdown of Regulating Transformer 1Y1A for Maintenance Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE                                           JPM Page 2 of 19 JPM TITLE:                       Shutdown of Regulating Transformer 1Y1A for Maintenance JPM NUMBER:                     262002-05                                             REV. 0 TASK NUMBER(S) /                 28.10 (NSPEO)/
 
TASK TITLE(S):                  Support shutdown of Regulating Transformer 1Y1A for maintenance K/A NUMBERS:                     262002                           K/A VALUE:     A4.01 3.1 Justification (FOR K/A VALUES <3.0):
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM Page 2 of 19   JPM TITLE:
TASK APPLICABILITY:
Shutdown of Regulating Transformer 1Y1A for Maintenance JPM NUMBER:
RO       SRO       STA         Non-Lic       SRO CERT           OTHER:
262002-05 REV. 0   TASK NUMBER(S) / TASK TITLE(S):
APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING:                           Simulate/Walkthrough:       X     Perform:
28.10 (NSPEO)
EVALUATION LOCATION:                   In-Plant:       X                     Control Room:
/ Support shutdown of Regulating Transformer 1Y1A for maintenance K/A NUMBERS:
Simulator:                             Other:
262002 K/A VALUE:
Lab:
A4.01 3.1   Justification (FOR K/A VALUES <3.0
Time for Completion:           15         Minutes     Time Critical:     NO Alternate Path [NRC]:           NO Alternate Path [INPO]:         NO Developed by:                       Signature On File (NRC Developed)
):   TASK APPLICABILITY:
Instructor/Developer                                 Date Reviewed by:                       Signature On File (NRC Developed)
RO   SRO   STA   Non-Lic   SRO CERT OTHER:       APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING:
Instructor (Instructional Review)                         Date Validated by:                       Signature On File (NRC Developed)
Simulate/Walkthrough:
SME (Technical Review)                                 Date Approved by:                       Signature On File (NRC Developed)
X Perform:   EVALUATION LOCATION:
Training Supervision                                 Date Approved by:                       Signature On File (NRC Developed)
In-Plant: X Control Room:
Training Program Owner                                 Date Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2
Simulator:
Other:           Lab:       Time for Completion:
15 Minutes Time Critical:
NO     Alternate Path [NRC]:
NO   Alternate Path [INPO]:
NO       Developed by:
Signature On File (NRC Developed)
Instructor/Developer Date     Reviewed by:
Signature On File (NRC Developed)
Instructor (Instructional Review)
Date Validated by:
Signature On File (NRC Developed)
SME (Technical Review)
Date Approved by:
Signature On File (NRC Developed)
Training Supervision Date Approved by:
Signature On File (NRC Developed)
Training Program Owner Date Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR MAINTENANCE JPM Page 3 of 19 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST ALL STEPS IN THIS CHECKLIST ARE TO BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO USE.
2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR                           JPM MAINTENANCE                               Page 3 of 19 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST ALL STEPS IN THIS CHECKLIST ARE TO BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO USE.
REVIEW STATEMENT S YES NO N/A 1. Are all items on the signature page filled in correctly?
REVIEW STATEMENTS                                                                        YES     NO     N/A
: 1. Are all items on the signature page filled in correctly?
: 2. Has the JPM been reviewed and validated by SMEs?
: 2. Has the JPM been reviewed and validated by SMEs?
: 3. Can the required conditions for the JPM be appropriately established in the simulator if required?
: 3. Can the required conditions for the JPM be appropriately established in the simulator if required?
: 4. Do the performance steps accurately reflect trainee's actions in accordance with plant procedures?
: 4. Do the performance steps accurately reflect trainees actions in accordance with plant procedures?
: 5. Is the standard for each performance item specific as to what controls, indications and ranges are required to evaluate if the trainee properly performed the step?
: 5. Is the standard for each performance item specific as to what controls, indications and ranges are required to evaluate if the trainee properly performed the step?
: 6. Has the completion time been established based on validation data or incumbent experience?
: 6. Has the completion time been established based on validation data or incumbent experience?
Line 1,954: Line 2,154:
: 9. Is the K/A appropriate to the task and to the licensee level if required?
: 9. Is the K/A appropriate to the task and to the licensee level if required?
: 10. Is justification provided for tasks with K/A values less than 3.0?
: 10. Is justification provided for tasks with K/A values less than 3.0?
: 11. Have the performance steps been identified and classified (Critical / Sequence / Time Critical) appropriately?
: 11. Have the performance steps been identified and classified (Critical /
Sequence / Time Critical) appropriately?
: 12. Have all special tools and equipment needed to perform the task been identified and made available to the trainee?
: 12. Have all special tools and equipment needed to perform the task been identified and made available to the trainee?
: 13. Are all references identified, current, accurate, and available to the trainee?   14. Have all required cues (as anticipated) been identified for the evaluator to assist task completion?
: 13. Are all references identified, current, accurate, and available to the trainee?
: 15. Are all critical steps supported by procedural guidance? (e.g., if licensing, EP or other groups were needed to determine correct actions, then the answer should be NO.)  
: 14. Have all required cues (as anticipated) been identified for the evaluator to assist task completion?
: 16. If the JPM is to be administered to an LOIT student, has the required knowledge been taught to the individual prior to administering the JPM? TPE does not have to be completed, but the JPM evaluation may not be valid if they have not been taught the required knowledge.     All questions/statements must be answered "YES" or "N/A" or the JPM is not valid for use. If all questions/statements are answered "YES" or "N/A," then the JPM is considered valid and can be performed as written. The individual(s) performing the initial validation shall sign and date the cover sheet.
: 15. Are all critical steps supported by procedural guidance? (e.g., if licensing, EP or other groups were needed to determine correct actions, then the answer should be NO.)
Protected Conten t: (CAPRs, corrective actions, licensing commitments, etc. associated with this material
: 16. If the JPM is to be administered to an LOIT student, has the required knowledge been taught to the individual prior to administering the JPM?
)
TPE does not have to be completed, but the JPM evaluation may not be valid if they have not been taught the required knowledge.
{C001}       Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2
All questions/statements must be answered YES or N/A or the JPM is not valid for use. If all questions/statements are answered YES or N/A, then the JPM is considered valid and can be performed as written. The individual(s) performing the initial validation shall sign and date the cover sheet.
Protected Content: (CAPRs, corrective actions, licensing commitments, etc. associated with this material)
{C001}
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR MAINTENANCE JPM Page 4 of 19   UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR
2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR                                 JPM MAINTENANCE                                     Page 4 of 19 UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.
-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR
PREPARER    DATE
-AA-230-1003-F16. # DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE AR/TWR# PREPARER DATE SUPERVISOR DATE 0 Initial development for 2015 NRC LOIT examination.
    #           DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE                 REASON FOR CHANGE         AR/TWR#
Initial development for 2015 NRC LOIT examination.
SUPERVISOR   DATE See Cover Initial development for Initial development for 2015 NRC 0                                                    2015 NRC LOIT             N/A LOIT examination.                                                                  See Cover examination.
N/A See Cover       See Cover                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR MAINTENANCE JPM Page 5 of 19 SIMULATOR SET
2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR                   JPM MAINTENANCE                           Page 5 of 19 SIMULATOR SET-UP: (Only required for simulator JPMs)
-UP:   (Only required for simulator JPMs)
SIMULATOR SET UP: NONE Simulator Setup Instructions: NONE SIMULATOR MALFUNCTIONS: NONE SIMULATOR OVERRIDES: NONE SIMULATOR REMOTE FUNCTIONS: NONE Required Materials:             1. OI 317.1 General  
SIMULATOR SET UP: NONE Simulator Setup Instructions: NONE SIMULATOR MALFUNCTIONS: NONE   SIMULATOR OVERRIDES: NONE   SIMULATOR REMOTE FUNCTIONS: NONE   Required Materials:
: 1. OI 317.1 General  


==References:==
==References:==
: 1. OI 317.1, Rev. 59 Task Standards:
: 1. OI 317.1, Rev. 59 Task Standards:                 1. At 1D15[1D25] place inverter ALARM BYPASS SWITCH to BYPASS.
: 1. At 1D15[1D25] place inverter ALARM BYPASS SWITCH to BYPASS.
: 2. At 1Y15, turn circuit breaker 1Y1503 OFF
: 2. At 1Y15, turn circuit breaker 1Y1503 OFF 3. At 1Y1A, turn circuit breaker 1Y1A02 OFF 4. At 1Y1A, turn circuit breaker 1Y1A01 OFF 5. At 1B32, turn circuit breaker 1B3216A OFF Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2
: 3. At 1Y1A, turn circuit breaker 1Y1A02 OFF
: 4. At 1Y1A, turn circuit breaker 1Y1A01 OFF
: 5. At 1B32, turn circuit breaker 1B3216A OFF Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR MAINTENANCE JPM Page 6 of 19 I will explain the initial conditions, which step(s) to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR                               JPM MAINTENANCE                                       Page 6 of 19 I will explain the initial conditions, which step(s) to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
DURING THE JPM, ENSURE PROPER SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, FME, AND/OR RADIOLOGICAL CONCERNS AS APPLICABLE ARE FOLLOWED.
DURING THE JPM, ENSURE PROPER SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, FME, AND/OR RADIOLOGICAL CONCERNS AS APPLICABLE ARE FOLLOWED.
The initial conditions that I read may not exactly match the plant conditions, assume that the conditions that I read you are the correct plant conditions.
The initial conditions that I read may not exactly match the plant conditions, assume that the conditions that I read you are the correct plant conditions.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
1Y1A Regulating Transformer requires maintenance.
* 1Y1A Regulating Transformer requires maintenance.
1D15 Instrument AC Inverter is in operation.
* 1D15 Instrument AC Inverter is in operation.
All other Instrument AC equipment are operable and in their normal line
* All other Instrument AC equipment are operable and in their normal line-ups.
-ups. RPS Alternate Power Source is on 1Y2A.
* RPS Alternate Power Source is on 1Y2A.
INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):
INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):
The CRS directs you, IAW OI 317.1, "120 VAC Instrument Control Power System," to remove 1Y1A, Regulating Transformer, from service in preparation for maintenanc
* The CRS directs you, IAW OI 317.1, 120 VAC Instrument Control Power System, to remove 1Y1A, Regulating Transformer, from service in preparation for maintenance.
: e. NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.
NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR                          JPM MAINTENANCE                                Page 7 of 19 JPM PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time:
NOTE: When providing Evaluator Cues to the examinee, care must be exercised to avoid prompting the examinee. Typically cues are only provided when the examinees actions warrant receiving the information (i.e., the examinee looks or asks for the indication).
NOTE: Critical steps are marked with a Y below the performance step number. Failure to meet the standard for any critical step shall result in failure of this JPM.
Performance Step: 1                At Panel 1Y36, verify the RPS alternate power supply source is not selected to Critical N                        1Y16 [1Y26]
OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (1)
Standard:                          Determines that RPS alternate power supply source is on 1Y2A in accordance with the Initial Conditions.
Evaluator Cue:                    Show the operator Picture #1 to show the position of the Arrow.
Performance:                      SATISFACTORY                  UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR MAINTENANCE JPM Page 7 of 19   JPM PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time:
2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR                             JPM MAINTENANCE                                   Page 8 of 19 Performance Step: 2                If necessary, transfer the RPS alternate power supply source to 1Y2A [1Y1A]
NOTE:  When providing "Evaluator Cues" to the examinee, care must be exercised to avoid prompting the examinee. Typically cues are only provided when the examinee's actions warrant receiving the information (i.e., the examinee looks or asks for the indication).
Critical N                          per OI 358.
NOTE: Critical steps are marked with a "Y" below the performance step number. Failure to meet the standard for any critical step shall result in failure of this JPM.
OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (1)(a)
Performance Step:
Standard:                           Based on the Initial Conditions, this action is not necessary.
1 Critical N   OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (1) At Panel 1Y36, verify the RPS alternate power supply source is not selected to 1Y16 [1Y26]
Performance:                        SATISFACTORY                  UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
Standard: Determines tha t RPS alternate power supply source is on 1Y2A in accordance with the Initial Conditions.
Performance Step: 3                If necessary, start up and transfer load to Inverter 1D15 per Critical N                         Section 3.5, or transfer loads to an operating inverter per Section 4.2.
Evaluator Cue:
OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (2)
Show the operator Picture #1 to show the position of the Arrow.
Standard:                           This step is a turnover item. 1D15 is in service. Student marks the step as N/Ad.
Performance:
Performance:                       SATISFACTORY                   UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:     Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR MAINTENANCE JPM Page 8 of 19 Performance Step:
2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR                             JPM MAINTENANCE                                 Page 9 of 19 Performance Step: 4                At 1D15 [1D25], momentarily depress the LAMP TEST/ALARM RESET Critical N                         pushbutton.
2 Critical N   OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (1)(a) If necessary, transfer the RPS alternate power supply source to 1Y2A [1Y1A] per OI 358. Standard: Based on the Initial Conditions, this action is not necessary.
OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (3)
Performance:
Standard:                           Simulating pushing LAMP TEST/ALARM RESET pushbutton.
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:      Performance Step:
Evaluator Cue:                     If asked what he/she sees when the pushbutton is depressed, CUE him/her that all of the lights are lit. When he/she simulates releasing the pushbutton, inform the student that the panel is the way he/she sees it now.
3 Critical N  OI 317.1, Section 5.5,  Step (2) If necessary, start up and transfer load to Inverter 1D15 per Section 3.5, or transfer loads to an operating inverter per Section 4.2. Standard: This step is a turnover item. 1D15 is in service.
Performance:                       SATISFACTORY                   UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
Student marks the step as N/A'd.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2
Performance:
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:     Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR MAINTENANCE JPM Page 9 of 19 Performance Step:
2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR                           JPM MAINTENANCE                                 Page 10 of 19 Performance Step: 5                At 1D15[1D25] open right cabinet door and place inverter ALARM BYPASS Critical Y                          SWITCH to BYPASS.
4 Critical N  OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (3) At 1D15 [1D25], momentarily depress the LAMP TEST/ALARM RESET pushbutton.
OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (4)
Standard: Simulating pushing LAMP TEST/ALARM RESET pushbutton.
Standard:                           Place the ALARM BYPASS SWITCH to BYPASS.
Evaluator Cue:
Evaluator Note:                     The safety gear is located in a locker in the battery room hallway.
If asked what he/she sees when the pushbutton is depressed , CUE him/her that all of the lights are lit. When he/she simulates releasing the pushbutton, inform the student that the panel is the way he/she sees it now.
To achieve this task, an FR Rating of 5 is required.
Performance:
Once the gear is pointed out and it is determined what he/she is going to wear, no further actions are necessary as the cabinet will NOT actually be opened.
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:     Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2
The ALARM BYPASS SWITCH is located inside 1D15. For the purposes of this JPM, opening this panel is not required. The student should simulate opening the right cabinet door and state that the bypass switch is on the right side of the cabinet and that he will simulate taking the switch to BYPASS.
Evaluator Cue:                      CUE the student that the ALARM BYPASS SWITCH is in BYPASS by showing the operator Picture 2 in the back of the JPM.
Performance:                       SATISFACTORY                 UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR MAINTENANCE JPM Page 10 of 19 Performance Step:
2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR                       JPM MAINTENANCE                               Page 11 of 19 Performance Step: 6                Confirm the FORWARD TRANSFER light is ON.
5 Critical OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (4) At 1D15[1D25] open right cabinet door and place inverter ALARM BYPASS SWITCH to BYPASS.
Critical N OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (5)
Standard: Place the ALARM BYPASS SWITCH to BYPASS.
Standard:                           FORWARD TRANSFER light is confirmed ON.
Evaluator Note:
Evaluator Cue:                     If asked, CUE him/her that the FORWARD TRANSFER light is ON.
The safety gear is located in a locker in the battery room hallway. To achieve this task, an FR Rating of 5 is required.
Performance:                        SATISFACTORY                UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
Once the gear is pointed out and it is determined what he/she is going to wear, no further actions are necessary as the cabinet will NOT actually be open ed. T he ALARM BYPASS SWITCH is located inside 1D15. For the purposes of this JPM, opening this panel is not required. The student should simulate opening the right cabinet door and state that the bypass switch is on the right side of the cabinet and that he will simulate taking the switch to BYPASS. Evaluator Cue: CUE the student that the ALARM BYPASS SWITCH is in BYPASS by showing the operator Picture 2 in the back of the JPM.
Performance Step: 7                At 1Y15 [1Y25], confirm switch 1Y1504 [1Y2504] in the INVERTER position.
Performance:
Critical N                          (1Y15 [1Y25] MAINTENANCE SWITCH)
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:     Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2
OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (6)
Standard:                          Switch 1Y1504 confirmed in the INVERTER position.
Evaluator Cue:                     CUE the student that Switch 1Y1504 is confirmed in the INVERTER position.
There is a CAUTION on this page that states that a scoop tube lock-up is possible when closing 1Y1503, the Candidate may call the control room and inform them of the possibility of a scoop tube lock up.
CUE the student that you understand that a scoop tube lock up may occur, and that he may continue.
Performance:                       SATISFACTORY               UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR MAINTENANCE JPM Page 11 of 19 Performance Step:
2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR                           JPM MAINTENANCE                                 Page 12 of 19 Performance Step: 8                                                  CAUTION Critical N Opening or closing of breaker 1Y1503 [1Y2503] could result in a Reactor Recirc OI 317.1, Section 5.5,             A[B] MG Set Scoop Tube lockup due to a problem in the scoop tube positioner Step (7) CAUTION                    circuitry.
6 Critical N OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (5) Confirm the FORWARD TRANSFER light is ON.
Standard:                           Reviews and placekeeps the CAUTION.
Standard: FORWARD TRANSFER light is confirmed ON.
Evaluator Cue:                     If the student calls the control room, CUE him that you understand that a scoop tube lock up may occur and that he may continue.
Evaluator Cue:
Performance:                       SATISFACTORY                 UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
If asked, CUE him/her that the FORWARD TRANSFER light is ON.
Performance Step: 9                Lock the Reactor Recirc A[B] MG Set Scoop Tube per OI 264 (Reactor Recirc Critical Y                          System).
Performance:
OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (7)
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:     Performance Step:
Standard:                           Locks the A Reactor Recirc MG Scoop Tube.
7 Critical N  OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (6) At 1Y15 [1Y25], confirm switch 1Y1504 [1Y2504] in the INVERTER position.  (1Y15 [1Y25] MAINTENANCE SWITCH)
Evaluator Cue:                     Inform the student that another operator has locked the A Reactor Recirc MG Scoop Tube.
Standard: Switch 1Y1504 confirmed in the INVERTER position.
Performance:                       SATISFACTORY                 UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
Evaluator Cue:
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2
CUE the student that Switch 1Y1504 is confirmed in the INVERTER position. There is a CAUTION on this page that states that a scoop tube lock
-up is possible when closing 1Y1503, the Candidate may call the control room and inform them of the possibility of a scoop tube lock up.
CUE  the student that you understand that a scoop tube lock up may occur, and that he may continue.
Performance:
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:     Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR MAINTENANCE JPM Page 12 of 19 Performance Step:
2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR                         JPM MAINTENANCE                               Page 13 of 19 Performance Step: 10                Turn circuit breaker 1Y1503 [1Y2503] OFF. (REGULATING TRANSFORMER Critical Y                          1Y1A [1Y2A] SUPPLY TO JS1501 [JS2501])
8 Critical N  OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (7) CAUTION CAUTION Opening or closing of breaker 1Y1503 [1Y2503] could result in a Reactor Recirc A[B] MG Set Scoop Tube lockup due to a problem in the scoop tube positioner circuitry.
OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (8)
Standard: Reviews and placekeeps the CAUTION
Standard:                          Simulates turning off circuit breaker 1Y1503, REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A SUPPLY TO JS1501 by simulating pushing the breaker switch down.
. Evaluator Cue:
Evaluator Cue:                     CUE the student that circuit breaker 1Y1503 is in the OFF position after the action is simulated.
If the student calls the control room, CUE  him that you understand that a scoop tube lock up may occur and that he may continue.
Performance:                       SATISFACTORY                   UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
Performance:
Performance Step: 11                At 1Y1A [1Y2A], turn circuit breaker 1Y1A02 [1Y2A02] OFF.
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:     Performance Step:
Critical Y                         (REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A [1Y2A] SUPPLY TO 1Y16 [1Y26])
9 Critical   Y OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (7) Lock the Reactor Recirc A[B] MG Set Scoop Tube per OI 264 (Reactor Recirc System). Standard: Locks the "A" Reactor Recirc MG Scoop Tube.
OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (9)
Evaluator Cue:
Standard:                           Simulate turning off circuit breaker 1Y1A02, REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A SUPPLY TO 1Y16 by simulating pushing the breaker switch down.
Inform the student that another operator has lock ed th e "A" Reactor Recirc MG Scoop Tube. Performance:
Evaluator Cue:                     CUE the student that circuit breaker 1Y1A02, REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A SUPPLY TO 1Y16 is off after the action is simulated.
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:     Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2
Performance:                       SATISFACTORY                   UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR MAINTENANCE JPM Page 13 of 19 Performance Step:
2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR                         JPM MAINTENANCE                             Page 14 of 19 Performance Step: 12                Turn circuit breaker 1Y1A01 [1Y2A01] OFF.
10 Critical Y  OI 317.1, Section 5.5,  Step (8) Turn circuit breaker 1Y1503 [1Y2503] OFF. (REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A [1Y2A] SUPPLY TO JS1501 [JS2501])
Critical Y                         (REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A [1Y2A] INPUT)
Standard: Simulates turning off circuit breaker 1Y1503, REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A SUPPLY TO JS1501 by simulating pushing the breaker switch down.
OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (10)
Evaluator Cue:
Standard:                           Simulate turning off circuit breaker 1Y1A01, REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A INPUT by simulating pushing the breaker switch down.
CUE the student that circuit breaker 1Y1503 is in the OFF position after the action is simulated.
Evaluator Cue:                     CUE the student that circuit breaker 1Y1A01, REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A INPUT is OFF after the action is simulated.
Performance:
Performance:                       SATISFACTORY                   UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:      Performance Step:
Performance Step: 13               At 1B32 [1B42], turn circuit breaker 1B3216A [1B4203A] OFF.
11 Critical Y OI 317.1, Section 5.5,  Step (9) At 1Y1A [1Y2A], turn circuit breaker 1Y1A02 [1Y2A02] OFF.
Critical Y                          (REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A [1Y2A] AC SUPPLY)
(REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A [1Y2A] SUPPLY TO 1Y16 [1Y26])
OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (11)
Standard: Simulate turning off circuit breaker 1Y1A02, REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A SUPPLY TO 1Y16 by simulating pushing the breaker switch down.
Standard:                           Simulate turning off circuit breaker 1B3216A, REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A AC SUPPLY by simulating pushing the breaker switch down.
Evaluator Cue:
Evaluator Cue:                     CUE him that breaker 1B3216A, REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A AC SUPPLY, is off after the action is simulated.
CUE the student that circuit breaker 1Y1A02, REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A SUPPLY TO 1Y16 is off after the action is simulated.
The student may state that he will open the cabinet to verify breaker is in the OPEN position. CUE the student when he/she sees the breaker and it is in the OPEN position.
Performance:
Performance:                       SATISFACTORY                   UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:      Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2
 
2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR MAINTENANCE JPM Page 14 of 19  Performance Step:
12 Critical Y  OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (10) Turn circuit breaker 1Y1A01 [1Y2A01] OFF.
(REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A [1Y2A] INPUT)
Standard: Simulate turning off circuit breaker 1Y1A01, REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A INPUT by simulating pushing the breaker switch down.
Evaluator Cue:
CUE the student that circuit breaker 1Y1A01, REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A INPUT is OFF after the action is simulated.
Performance:
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:     Performance Step:
13 Critical Y  OI 317.1, Section 5.5,  Step (11) At 1B32 [1B42], turn circuit breaker 1B3216A [1B4203A] OFF.
(REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A [1Y2A] AC SUPPLY)
Standard: Simulate turning off circuit breaker 1B3216A, REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A AC SUPPLY by simulating pushing the breaker switch down.
Evaluator Cue:
CUE him that breaker 1B3216A, REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A AC SUPPLY, is off after the action is simulated.
T he student may state that he will open the cabinet to verify breaker is in the OPEN position.
CUE the student when he/she sees the breaker and it is in the OPEN position
. Performance:
SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:     Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR MAINTENANCE JPM Page 15 of 19 Performance Step:
2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR                         JPM MAINTENANCE                                 Page 15 of 19 Performance Step: 14               Reset the Reactor Recirc A[B] MG Set Scoop Tube as directed by the Critical N                          OSM/CRS per OI 264 (Reactor Recirc System).
14 Critical N  OI 317.1, Section 5.5,  Step (1 2) Reset the Reactor Recirc A[B] MG Set Scoop Tube as directed by the OSM/CRS per OI 264 (Reactor Recirc System).
OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (12)
Standard: Resets the "A" Reactor Recirc MG Scoop Tube.
Standard:                           Resets the A Reactor Recirc MG Scoop Tube.
Evaluator Cue:
Evaluator Cue:                     Inform the student that another operator will reset the Reactor Recirc MG Scoop Tube and the JPM is complete.
Inform the student that another operator will reset the Reactor Recirc MG S coop Tube and the JPM is complete
Performance:                       SATISFACTORY                 UNSATISFACTORY Comments:
. Performance:
When breaker 1B3216A, REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A AC SUPPLY, Terminating Cues:
SATISFACTORY       UNSATISFACTORY Comments:        Terminating Cues:
is simulated to be OFF and the scoop tube is reset, the JPM is complete.
When breaker 1B3216A, REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A AC SUPPLY, is simulated to be OFF and the scoop tube is reset, the JPM is complete.
NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.
NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.
Stop Time:
Stop Time:
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2


2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATI NG TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR MAINTENANCE JPM Page 16 of 19   Examinee:       Evaluator:
2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR                     JPM MAINTENANCE                               Page 16 of 19 Examinee:                                                     Evaluator:
RO   SRO   STA   Non-Lic   SRO CERT Date:         LOIT RO   LOIT SRO   PERFORMANCE RESULTS:
RO       SRO       STA         Non-Lic SRO CERT             Date:
SAT:       UNSAT:       Remediation required:
LOIT RO         LOIT SRO PERFORMANCE RESULTS:                         SAT:                       UNSAT:
YES       NO         COMMENTS/FEEDBACK: (Comments shall be made for any steps graded unsatisfactory).
Remediation required:                     YES                     NO COMMENTS/FEEDBACK: (Comments shall be made for any steps graded unsatisfactory).
EXAMINER NOTE:
EXAMINER NOTE:           ENSURE ALL EXAM MATERIAL IS COLLECTED AND PROCEDURES CLEANED, AS APPROPRIATE.
ENSURE ALL EXAM MATERIAL IS COLLECTED AND PROCEDURES CLEANED, AS APPROPRIATE.
EVALUATORS SIGNATURE:
EVALUATOR'S SIGNATURE:
NOTE: Only this page needs to be retained in examinees record if completed satisfactorily. If unsatisfactory performance is demonstrated, the entire JPM should be retained.
NOTE: Only this page needs to be retained in examinee's record if completed satisfactorily. If unsatisfactory performance is demonstrated, the entire JPM should be retained.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2


JPM Page 17 of 19       Picture 1 Handle is Horizontal Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2
JPM Page 17 of 19 Picture 1 Handle is Horizontal Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2


JPM Page 18 of 19         Picture 2 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2
JPM Page 18 of 19 Picture 2 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2


Page 19 of 19 TURNOVER SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:
Page 19 of 19 TURNOVER SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:
1Y1A Regulating Transformer requires maintenance.
* 1Y1A Regulating Transformer requires maintenance.
1D15 Instrument AC Inverter is in operation.
* 1D15 Instrument AC Inverter is in operation.
All other Instrument AC equipment are operable and in their normal line
* All other Instrument AC equipment are operable and in their normal line-ups.
-ups. RPS Alternate Power Source is on 1Y2A.
* RPS Alternate Power Source is on 1Y2A.
INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):
INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):
The CRS directs you, IAW OI 317.1, "120 VAC Instrument Control Power System," to remove 1Y1A, Regulating Transformer, from service in preparation for maintenance.
* The CRS directs you, IAW OI 317.1, 120 VAC Instrument Control Power System, to remove 1Y1A, Regulating Transformer, from service in preparation for maintenance.
NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.
NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2}}
Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2}}

Latest revision as of 09:34, 5 February 2020

2015 Duane Arnold Energy Center Initial License Examination Administered Scenarios and In-Plant JPMs
ML15232A162
Person / Time
Site: Duane Arnold NextEra Energy icon.png
Issue date: 08/20/2015
From:
Division of Reactor Safety III
To:
NextEra Energy Duane Arnold
Zoia, C D
Shared Package
ML15118A356 List:
References
Download: ML15232A162 (159)


Text

SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SEG SITE: Duane Arnold Energy Center Revision #: 0 LMS ID: LMS Rev. Date:

SEG TITLE: NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG TYPE: Training Evaluation PROGRAM: LOCT LOIT Other:

DURATION: ~ 90 minutes Developed by: Raymond Keith Walton 1/28/2015 Instructor/Developer Date Reviewed by:

Instructor (Instructional Review) Date Validated by:

SME (Technical Review) Date Approved by:

Training Supervision Date Approved by:

Training Program Owner (Line) Date Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 1 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #1 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE REQUIREMENTS Terminal Objective Given the specific malfunctions presented in the evaluated scenario guide, the students will be able to protect the public, protect plant personnel and protect plant equipment, in accordance with plant procedures:

Enabling There are no formal learning objectives for this evaluation.

Objectives:

Prerequisites: None Training Simulator Resources: Simulator Operator Phone Talker Simulator Floor Instructor Evaluation Team

References:

AOP 255.1, Rev. 44 OI 152, QRC 2, Rev. 1 AOP 255.2, Rev. 42 OI 255, Rev. 87 ARP 1C05A, Rev. 78 OI 255 QRC 1, Rev. 3 ARP 1C94, Rev. 48 OI 324, Rev. 113 IPOI 3, Rev. 143 OI 454, Rev. 65 OI 856.1, Rev. 45 Protected Content: Identify here and in training material as {C001}; See Comment for details.

None Evaluation Method: Dynamic Scenario graded in accordance with NUREG 1021 guidance.

Operating None Experience:

Risk Significant Operator Actions:

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 2 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #1 SEG TASKS ASSOCIATED WITH SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE Task # Task Title None None UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.

PREPARER DATE

  1. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE AR/TWR#

REVIEWER DATE See Cover Initial development for Initial development for 2015 NRC 0 2015 NRC LOIT N/A LOIT examination. See Cover examination.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 3 of 43

Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #1 Form ES-D-1 Facility: Duane Arnold Energy Center Op-Test # 2015-301 Examiners: _____________________________ Operators: _____________________________

Initial Conditions: The plant is operating at 80% power due to a downpour for maintenance.

Thunderstorms are forecast for the area. B SBDG was recently returned from maintenance.

Turnover:

  • Complete B SBDG Testing per OI 324, SBDG, Section 6.4, synchronize and load.
  • Raise Reactor power using control rods to a load line of 94-95%.

Event Event # Malf # Eventy Description Type*

1 None N BOP Synchronize and load the B SBDG IAW OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM.

2 None C BOP Report from field that B SBDG has a jacket cooling water leak TS SRO B SBDG declared inoperable per TS 3.8.1 3 None R ATC Raise reactor power with control rods 4 rd02 C ATC Stuck Control Rod 3023 5 rd11b C RO CRD Pump trip 6 hp01 C BOP HPCI spurious start requiring manual shutdown/isolation TS SRO HPCI declared inoperable per TS 3.6.

7 ed01( M ALL Loss of Offsite Power with Small break LOCA.

a-e) rr15b Failure of A SBDG to start in AUTO, will start in Manual.

stdg01 8 hp02 C BOP HPCI starts in Manual but trips shortly after.

Emergency Depressurization required.

  • (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 4 of 43

Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #1 Form ES-D-1 SIMULATOR SET UP INSTRUCTIONS General Instructions

a. Reset to IC 23 or the Snap (1) Raise power to ~80% with Recirc and Rods.

(2) Load Events (3) Load Malfunctions (4) Load Remote Functions

b. Verify Events validate FALSE
c. Ensure the following procedure is marked up prior to turnover and being provided to the candidates:

(1) OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM a) Place a checkmark in the placekeeping area for the NOTE at the beginning of the section b) Place a checkmark in the first two steps of the section regarding bromination not occurring and the SBDG readiness checklist being completed.

d. Build a schedule file to remove RD022223 on ET 20.

(1) Verify the schedule file is RUNNING.

e. Verify MOL Pull Sheets are out.

EVENT TRIGGERS Trigger No. Trigger Logic Statement Trigger Word Description 1, 3, 5, 7, Manual Trigger Manual Trigger 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 17, 30 20 ZAORDPDI1825 >= .60 Drive Water DP > 295 psig 23 ZLOHPHS2312(2) == 1 & HPCI Inject Valve Opening after mode switch ZDIRPC71AS1(1) == 1 in SHUTDOWN Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 5 of 43

Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #1 Form ES-D-1 me Malf. No. Malfunction Title Delay Ramp ET Initial Final Value Value Setup AN1C08B(26) 1C08B (C-02) B DIESEL GEN 1 Crywolf ON PANEL 1C 94 TROUBLE Setup rd022223 CONTROL ROD BLADE 3 Inactive Active STUCK- ROD 22-23 Setup stdg01 TRIP OVERRIDE - 'A' SBDG Inactive Active 1G31 FAILS TO AUTO START Setup stdg02 TRIP OVERRIDE - 'B' SBDG Inactive Active 1G21 FAILS TO AUTO START Setup rd070615 CONTROL ROD ACCUMULATOR TROUBLE- 45 sec 5 Inactive Active ROD 06-15 Setup Rd073435 CONTROL ROD ACCUMULATOR TROUBLE- 1 min 5 Inactive Active ROD 34-35 Setup rd11b CRD HYDRAULIC PUMP TRIP-5 Inactive Active PUMP B Setup hp01 HPCI INADVERTANT 7 Inactive Active INITIATION Setup rc01 RCIC PUMP TRIP 9 Inactive Active Setup ed01a LOSS OF OFF-SITE POWER 60 Sec 21 Inactive Active SOURCES- BKR M Setup ed01b LOSS OF OFF-SITE POWER 60 Sec 21 Inactive Active SOURCES- BKR J Setup ed01c LOSS OF OFF-SITE POWER 60 Sec 21 Inactive Active SOURCES- BKR K Setup ed01d LOSS OF OFF-SITE POWER 60 Sec 21 Inactive Active SOURCES- BKR X5960 Setup ed01e LOSS OF OFF-SITE POWER 60 Sec 21 Inactive Active SOURCES- BKR X5940 Setup rr15b RECIRC LOOP RUPT- DESIGN BASES LOCA AT 100%- LOOP 8 min 21 0 0.7 B

rr15b RECIRC LOOP RUPT- DESIGN BASES LOCA AT 100%- LOOP 3 min 23 As Is 1 B

Setup hp02 HPCI TURBINE TRIP 15 sec 23 Inactive Active Setup rd11a CRD HYDRAULIC PUMP TRIP-24 Inactive Active PUMP A Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 6 of 43

Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #1 Form ES-D-1 Schedule File for SEG.

At On Action Description Time Event Delete malfunction None 20 CONTROL ROD BLADE STUCK- ROD 22-23 rd022223 Insert malfunction dg03b None 22 1G21 'B' DIESEL GENERATOR TRIP- DG B after 45 HS-3281B B DG 1G21 IDLE-RATED SWITCH None 10 Insert remote dg19 to IDLE (RATED,IDLE)

Insert remote dg11 to 'B' DIESEL GEN 1G21 DROOP SWITCH None 11 PARALLEL (UNIT,PARALLEL)

Insert remote dg19 to HS-3281B B DG 1G21 IDLE-RATED SWITCH None 13 RATED (RATED,IDLE)

'B' DIESEL GEN 1G21 DROOP SWITCH None 12 Insert remote dg11 to UNIT (UNIT,PARALLEL)

Insert remote rd03 to CRD PUMP 1P-209A DISCHARGE VALVE V-17-08 None 28 5.00000 ISOLATION Insert remote rd03 to CRD PUMP 1P-209A DISCHARGE VALVE V-17-08 None 27 100.00000 in 60 ISOLATION Delete malfunction CONTROL ROD ACCUMULATOR TROUBLE-None 14 rd070615 ROD 06-15 Delete malfunction CONTROL ROD ACCUMULATOR TROUBLE-None 15 rd073435 ROD 34-35 REMOTE FUNC FEEDBACK AN05- ACK SWITCH None 17 Insert remote an05 to ACK 1C94 (NORM,ACK)

Insert remote an05 to REMOTE FUNC FEEDBACK AN05- ACK SWITCH None 17 NORM after 5 1C94 (NORM,ACK)

Conduct simulator crew pre-scenario brief using TR-AA-230-1007-F06, Simulator Instructor Pre-Exercise Checklist.

If surrogate operators are to be used, brief them using TR-AA-230-1007-F11, Surrogate Brief Checklist Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 7 of 43

Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #1 Form ES-D-1 SHIFT TURNOVER INFORMATION

  • Day of week and shift o Today o Day Shift
  • Weather conditions o Mild summer morning
  • (Plant power levels) o Reactor Power Level 80%

o Core Flow 40 Mlbm/hr

  • Protected train o Protected Train is A
  • Technical Specification Action statements in effect o None
  • Evolutions in progress or planned for upcoming shift o Start and load B SBDG from the Control Room in accordance with OI 324, Section 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM for industry OE investigation. 2 hour2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> load run is required to be performed for maintenance. Offsite Sources STP was completed just prior to turnover (< 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> ago).

o Power assention in progress following a sequence exchange.

  • Plant PRA/PSA Status including CDF/LERF & color o CDF Baseline with one year to YELLOW o LERF Baseline with one year to YELLOW
  • Existing LCOs, date of next surveillance o None.
  • Procedures or major maintenance in progress o None
  • Equipment to be taken out of or returned to service this shift/maintenance on major plant equipment o Raise Power with rod withdrawal to 85% Power per RE Direction
  • Comments, problems, operator workarounds, etc.

o None Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 8 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 1: CREW Start B ESW

  • Implements OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG IAW OI 454 to SYSTEM.

support starting B SBDG: CRS Simulator Operator:

  • Directs the operator to start the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6.4, When directed FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM.

to perform B Inform the control room that time ESW pump compression is being used and the B BOP prestart checks: ESW Pump is ready for start.

  • Start the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM.
  • Manually start either or both ESW pumps by performing either of the following:

o Start B ESW PUMP 1P-99B by placing HS-4928B on 1C06 in the START position

  • Verify B ESW PUMP 1P-99B running by observing the following on 1C06:

o B ESW PUMP 1P-99B red indicating light is ON.

o B ESW PUMP 1P-99B indicates normal running current of approximately 95-115 amps Simulator Operator

  • Verify adequate cooling for ESW Pump 1P-99B by observing that FI-4938B One (1) minute B ESW FLOW indicates greater than 300 gpm.

after the B Inform the control room that the BESW Pump is running satisfactory. The strainer

  • As soon as possible after ESW pump start, perform the following:

ESW Pump is started: is rotating, auto vents are closed and that o Inspect the auto vent/vac breaker for evidence of excessive leakage.

there is air flow in the room. The fan o Verify air flow from 1V-SF-56B, RHRSW/ESW Supply Fan.

switch has been returned to auto. o After air flow is verified, operate 1V-SF-56B as directed by CRS.

  • Control ESW/RHRSW pit level in accordance with OI 410.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 9 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE CREW

  • Implements OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM.

CRS

  • Directs the operator to start the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM.

BOP

  • Start the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SYSTEM.
  • If starting the Standby Diesel Generator from the Control Room on 1C08 perform the following:

After the B Simulator Operator

  • Set Prelube Timer KS-3238B to 2.0 minutes.

SBDG Prelube Inform the control room that the B

  • Start the B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 PRELUBE pump by depressing pump is SBDG Prelube Pump is running the prelube pushbutton.

operating: satisfactory.

  • After the Prelube Pump has been running for 1 minute, place B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 CONTROL handswitch HS-3231B momentarily in the START position, and then return it to the AUTO position.
  • Verify 1V-SF-21 Diesel Generator Supply Fan is running (verify red running light ON at 1C23).

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 10 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Paralleling the CREW B SBDG to

  • Implements OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG 1A4: SYSTEM.

CRS

  • Directs the operator to load the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6.6, PARALLELING THE B SBDG SYSTEM TO ESSENTIAL BUS 1A4.

When directed BOP Simulator Operator to place HS-

  • Load the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6. 6, PARALLELING THE B 3281, IDLE- Acknowledge the request. SBDG SYSTEM TO ESSENTIAL BUS 1A4.

RATED Switch

  • Verify SBDG 1G-21 started.

in IDLE:

  • At 1C94, verify HS-3281B, IDLE-RATED SWITCH, in IDLE.
  • Perform the following on 1C08:

One (1) minute Simulator Operator o Adjusts B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 VOLTAGE ADJUST after the Activate [ET 10]. control to maintain B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 VOLTS meter request to place at approximately 4160 volts.

HS-3281B in Inform the control room that HS-3281B, IDLE-RATED SWITCH is in IDLE. o Adjusts B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 SPEED ADJUST control IDLE: to maintain B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 FREQUENCY meter at approximately 60 hertz.

When Simulator Operator

  • Place the GOVERNOR MODE SWITCH (DROOP) HS-3234B on 1C94 in the requested to Acknowledge the request. PARALLEL position.

place HS-

3234B, GOVERNOR MODE SWITCH in PARALLEL:

One (1) minute Simulator Operator after the Activate [ET 11].

request to place Inform the control room that HS3234B, HS-3234B in GOVERNOR MODE SELECT SWITCH is PARALLEL: in PARALLEL Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 11 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 1: CREW Starting the B

  • Implements OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SBDG IAW OI SYSTEM.

324 (cont): CRS

  • Directs the operator to load the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6.6, PARALLELING THE B SBDG SYSTEM TO ESSENTIAL BUS 1A4.

Simulator Operator

  • Enters AC Sources and SBDG LCOs.

Activate [ET 17].

This will acknowledge the 1C94

  • Load the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6. 6, PARALLELING THE B SBDG SYSTEM TO ESSENTIAL BUS 1A4.
  • Verifies AC Sources and SBDG LCOs have been entered.
  • At 1C08, place BUS 1A4 Transfer handswitch to MANUAL.

Simulator Operator:

  • Place the SYNCHRONIZE switch for 4KV BREAKER 1A411 B DIESEL At the direction Activate [ET 1]. GENERATOR 1G-21, to ON.

of the Lead This will cause 1C08B (C-02), B Diesel

  • Using the B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 VOLTAGE ADJUST, raise Examiner: Gen Panel 1C-94 Trouble to annunciate. INCOMING VOLTS SYNCHRONIZE to slightly more than RUNNING VOLTS SYNCHRONIZE.
  • Using the B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 SPEED ADJUST, adjust diesel generator speed to a slow, clockwise synchroscope rotation.

Communications

  • When the synchroscope is at the 12 o'clock position, momentarily place the for the leak are control switch for 4KV BREAKER 1A411 B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 in on page 14 the CLOSE position.
  • Confirms the red (breaker closed) and white (closing spring charged) indicating lights are ON.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 12 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 1: CREW Starting the B

  • Implements OI 324, Sect 6.4, FAST MANUAL STARTUP OF THE B SBDG SBDG IAW OI SYSTEM.

324 (cont): CRS

  • Directs the operator to load the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6.6, PARALLELING THE B SBDG SYSTEM TO ESSENTIAL BUS 1A4.

When

  • Exits LCOs 3.8.1.A and 3.8.1.B when the 1A4 Transfer handswitch is taken Simulator Operator to AUTO.

Contacted to verify 1A4 inform the control room that 1A4 BOP Switchgear Switchgear Room is clear of personnel.

  • Load the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect 6. 6, PARALLELING THE B Room Clear of SBDG SYSTEM TO ESSENTIAL BUS 1A4.

Personnel, wait

  • Loads the Diesel Generator to 250-300 KW using 1G21 speed adjust 1 minute and
  • Place the SYNCHRONIZE switch for 4KV BREAKER 1A411 B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 to OFF.
  • Place BUS 1A4 TRANSFER handswitch in AUTO.
  • Use B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 SPEED ADJUST to load B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 to 1,500 KW, observing B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 KILOWATTS meter at 1C08 Simulator Operator
  • Adjust B SBDG speed and voltage, as necessary to attain desired loading Acknowledge the request. and power factor (0.9 power factor per Appendix 1).
  • Complete the SBDG Operating Checklist OI 324A9 (Attachment 9).

When directed to perform SBDG Operating Checklist OI 324A9 (Attachment 9):

EXAMINER NOTE: After initially loading the B SBDG, wait ~5 minutes then insert the next event.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 13 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 2: Crew

  • Responds to 1C08B (C-2), B Diesel Gen Panel 1C-94 Trouble Alarm When directed Simulator Operator
  • Responds to 1C94 (A-3), Jacket Coolant Level Low to investigate
  • Responds to 1C94 (A-4), Jacket Coolant Temperature Hi/Lo Acknowledge the request.

the 1C94 Trouble Alarm:

Three (3) BOP minutes after Simulator Operator:

  • Send an Operator to 1C94 to determine the cause of the TROUBLE being directed Alarm and take corrective action per ARP 1C-94.

to investigate Inform the control room of the following:

  • At 1C92 monitor TI-3258B to determine if Jacket Coolant temperature is 1C94 Trouble high or low Alarm:
  • Coolant is on the floor around the
  • IF SBDG 1G-21 is running and NO LOOP or LOOP/LOCA emergency SBDG, the expansion tank is empty.

exists AND IF Jacket coolant temperature is above 195°F on TI-3258B

1C94 (A-3), Jacket Coolant Level

  • Unloads the B SBDG (CRITICAL)

Low

  • Trips the B SBDG (CRITICAL) 1C94 (A-4), Jacket Coolant Temperature Hi/Lo Actions per the OI are on the next page.
  • Jacket coolant temp is 195°F, rising slowly.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 14 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 2: Floor Instructor Crew Jacket Coolant The crew may elect to unload and remove

  • Responds to 1C94 (A-4), Jacket Coolant Temperature Hi/Lo Leak on the B the SBDG from service using OI 324. The CRS SBDG. steps documented to the right are the
  • Directs the operator to unload the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect expected student response using OI 324. 8.3, UNLOAD THE B SBDG.

(contd)

  • Enters LCOs 3.8.1.A and 3.8.1.B when the 1A4 Transfer handswitch is taken to MANUAL and exits 3.8.1.A when taken back to AUTO.

BOP

  • Implements OI 324, Sect 8.3, UNLOAD THE B SBDG Simulator Operator:
  • If the SBDG is in PARALLEL OPERATION, then reduce the load on the When contacted Acknowledge the request for support. Diesel Generator to 1500-1600 KW by using the DIESEL GENERATOR as the DSM 1G-21 SPEED ADJUST CONTROL.
  • Operate at 1500-1600 KW for 10 minutes to allow for cooldown. (Based Simulator Operator: on the current conditions, the 10 minute cooldown may be waived).

When contacted Acknowledge the request for support.

  • Verify AC Sources LCO has been entered if applicable.

as Chemistry to investigate the

  • Place the BUS 1A4 TRANSFER breaker mode selector switch is in leak, MANUAL. (Critical for this evolution)
  • Reduce the load on the Diesel Generator to 50 KW by using the DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 SPEED ADJUST CONTROL.
  • Place the control switch for 4KV BREAKER 411 B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 in the TRIP position. (Critical for this evolution) o Observe that the green (breaker tripped) and the white (closing spring charged) indicating lights are ON.
  • Place the BUS 1A4 TRANSFER breaker mode selector switch in the AUTO position. (Critical for this evolution)
  • At 1C08, confirm annunciator 4KV BUS AUTO TRANSFER INOP (1C08A, D-7) is reset. Actions continued on next page.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 15 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG IF directed to Simulator Operator Crew place HS3234B

  • Responds to 1C94 (A-4), Jacket Coolant Temperature Hi/Lo Acknowledge the request.

in UNIT:

Activate [ET 12] CRS

  • Directs the operator to unload the B SBDG in accordance with OI 324, Sect This will insert RF dg11 to UNIT 8.3, UNLOAD THE B SBDG.

Inform the control room that HS3234B,

  • Place the B GOVERNOR MODE SWITCH (DROOP) HS-3234B at B Governor Mode Switch is in UNIT. 1C94 in UNIT.

If directed to

  • Directs placing the B DIESEL GENERATOR 1G-21 CONTROL place HS3281B Simulator Operator handswitch HS-3231B on 1C08 in the PULL TO LOCK position.

in RATED:

  • Declares the B SBDG INOPERABLE (already INOP potentially due to Acknowledge the request. not exiting when 1A4 transfer switch was in MANUAL)

Activate [ET13]

  • TS LCO 3.8.1 Condition B- One DG INOPERABLE This will insert RF dg19 to RATED. o Perform SR 3.8.1.1 for operable offsite circuits within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> and every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> thereafter.

Inform the control room that HS3281B, IDLE-RATED SWITCH is in RATED. o Determine that the fault is not a common cause failure within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

o Perform SR 3.8.1.2 for the operable EDG once per 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> o Restore the inoperable EDG to operable within 7 days BOP

  • Implements OI 324, Sect 8.3, UNLOAD THE B SBDG
  • At 1C94, place HS-3281B, IDLE-RATED SWITCH, in RATED.

EXAMINER NOTE: After the applicants shutdown the B SBDG and after declaring the B SBDG inoperable, the crew should proceed to withdrawing control rods.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 16 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG Event 3 CRS Increase Directs Operators to increase power IAW IPOI and RE guidance Reactor Power with control RO rods Continues control rod withdrawal IAW OI 856.1 following the sequence.

  • Monitor neutron monitoring instrumentation during control rod movements.

If the crew does not transition to Simulator Operator:

  • Verifies the following indications:

raising reactor Contact the control room as the o White backlight on the Rod Select pushbutton turns ON power after the Reactor Engineer and inform them that o On the Full Core Display, the white XX-XX select light corresponding SBDG event: raising reactor power is a priority. to the rod selected turns ON o On the Four Rod Group Display, the white SELECT light turns ON If called as Simulator Operator denoting the position display for the selected rod.

organizational Acknowledge the requests and provide

  • Momentarily places the ROD MOVEMENT CONTROL in the OUT-personnel to needed support. NOTCH position and verifies:

support the power rise: o The green ROD IN light turns ON momentarily and then turns OFF o The red ROD OUT light turns ON after the green ROD IN light turns OFF.

o The red ROD OUT light turns OFF o The amber ROD SETTLE light turns ON and then turns OFF o The rod has been with drawn as indicated on the Four Rod Group Display BOP

  • Provides Peer checks to RO during rod withdrawals.
  • Monitors balance of plant equipment /plant status.

Examiner Note: The 3rd control rod will stick. Go to Event 4.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 17 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG Event 4: CREW Stuck Control Diagnoses control rod 22-23 is stuck Rod Simulator Operator CRS At the direction Activate [ET 3]

of the Lead

Examiner, position.

Simulator Operator

  • Contacts RE and/or Duty Manager.

drive water pressure is Verify [ET 20] actuates. RO greater than This will remove MF RD023023. This will 295 psig: allow rod 22-23 to move.

  • Implements AOP 255.1, takes actions to address the stuck rod as follows:
  • Verify power is available to RMCS.

If contacted as

  • Verify the rod is actually selected.

organizational Simulator Operator

  • Demand a Rod Position Log and verify control rod positions.

personnel: Acknowledge the information.

  • Verify the following parameters indicate approximately their normal values at 1C05 o CRD Pump flow at FC-1814 CRD System Flow Control (40 gpm)

Evaluator Note:

o CRD Charging Water header pressure at PI-1816A (CRD It is satisfactory to adjust pressure greater Pressure) Charging Water Press (1450 psi) than normal but less than 350# to limit stress on the CRD o CRD Drive Water pressure at PDI-1825A (CRD Pressure)

Drive Water P (260 psid)

Evaluator Note:

  • Raises drive water pressure to 310-350 psid by adjusting MO1830 There is the potential to double notch a until drive water pressure PI-1825A is 310-350 psid.

control rod with elevated drive water

  • Attempts to move the rod pressure. There is a large note in the AOP to direct the crew to recover from the
  • Recognizes rod movement and reports success to SRO double notch IAW OI 255
  • Returns drive water pressure to its normal band Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 18 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG Event 4: BOP When directed Simulator Operator

  • Monitors balance of plant equipment/plant status.

to the HCU to Acknowledge the request.

perform local

actions:

Two (2) minutes after initial Simulator Operator direction to Inform the control room that the HCU verify condition lineup is normal and HCU pressure is at the HCU: normal.

If contacted to monitor HCU Simulator Operator during control Inform the control room that the HCU rod movement looked and sounded normal during the after RD022223 move.

is removed:

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 19 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG Crew If the crew

double notches the control rod, CRS actions to

  • Direct actions IAW OI 255, Section 10.1, Restoration from a Withdraw recover are Double Notch.

included.

  • Notify Reactor Engineering.

Simulator Instructor If contacted as Acknowledge the Double Notch and inform RO the Reactor the crew that inserting the rod and

  • Verify thermal limits on an official or a predicted 3D case.

Engineer, continuing with the power change is

  • Use the CONTROL ROD MOVEMENT SWITCH C11A-S2 at 1C05 to permissible. INSERT the rod one notch to its intended position. NA if the double notch is anticipated as part of a planned reactivity manipulation and thermal limits are not adversely affected.

The crew should recommence the withdrawal of control rods IAW IPOI 3 once the double notched rod is restored.

EXAMINER NOTE: Continue to next event at examiners direction.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 20 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG Event 5: Simulator Operator CREW After the crew ACTIVATE [ET 5].

  • Responds to annunciator 1C05A (A-7) B CRD PUMP TRIP OR MOTOR has performed OVERLOAD This will cause a trip of the B CRD pump AOP 255.1, and accumulator alarms for 06-15 and 34-raised power CRS 35.

and at the

  • Directs starting A CRD pump in accordance with OI 255.

direction of the

  • If HPCI is required to be operable, verify HPCI suction is aligned to the examiner: CSTs When directed Simulator Operator
  • Contacts organization for support.

to investigate RO the cause of the Acknowledge the request.

  • Implement actions of ARP 1C05A (A-7) B CRD PUMP TRIP OR B CRD pump MOTOR OVERLOAD trip.
  • Determine the cause of CRD 1P-209B trip as follows o Monitor alarm "B" CRD PUMP 1P-209B LO SUCT PRESSURE (1C05A, B-7).

Two (2) minutes after being Simulator Operator o If necessary send an Operator to Bus 1A4 to check targets on directed to Breaker 1A410 Inform the control room that 1A410, B investigate B o As soon as practical, monitor computer points W092 and CRD pump breaker tripped on inverse CRD Pump time delay overcurrent. W093 for any bearing temperature > 180°F breaker:

  • If due to CAUSES 1.1 through 1.5, start CRD Pump 1P-209A per OI 255 (CRD Hydraulic System).

Three (3)

  • If 1P-209B tripped due to any electrical fault, initiate a Work Request minutes after Simulator Operator to have the pump checked, meggered, and repaired as necessary.

being directed Inform the control room that B CRD to investigate pump motor is abnormally hot.

B CRD pump locally:

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 21 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG Event 5: Simulator Operator If the crew elects to start the A CRD pump in accordance with OI 255 here are the expected student responses.

When directed Activate [ET 28].

to verify The crew may address 1C05A (E-6) CRD MECHANISM HIGH TEMP, but This will position V-17-8 1/2 turn open.

adequate oil the condition is expected for the loss of the CRD Pump.

level and close Inform the control room that there is CREW V-17-8 to 1/2 turn adequate oil level in the A CRD pump open: motor and speed changer and the V

  • Implements OI 255, Section regarding Startup of a CRD Pump 8, A CRD Pump Discharge Valve is 1/2 CRS turn open.
  • Directs starting A CRD pump in accordance with OI 255, Section regarding Startup of a CRD Pump.

When contacted RO Simulator Operator as the Reactor

Engineer and Acknowledge the request for support.

  • Verify adequate oil level in CRD Pump 1P-209A motor and speed informed of the changer High CRD Temperatures,
  • Close 1P-209A Pump Discharge Isolation V-17-8 to approximately 1/2 turn open.

Simulator Operator

  • Adjust CRD SYSTEM FLOW CONTROL FC-1814 to 0 gpm in When directed Acknowledge the request. MANUAL.

to slow open V- AND

  • At 1C05, verify MO-1833, INLET TO CRD RETURN LINE, is fully open 17-8, A CRD Pump Activate [ET 27]
  • Start CRD PUMP 1P-209A by momentarily placing handswitch Discharge HS-1807A on 1C05 in the START position This will position V-17-8 full open in 60 Valve: seconds.
  • Slowly open Discharge Isolation V-17-8 to pressurize downstream piping and to prevent CRD pump from tripping on low suction pressure.

After the ramp Simulator Operator is complete and V-17-8 is full Inform the control room that V-17-8 is open: full open.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 22 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG CREW

  • Implements OI 255, Section regarding Startup of a CRD Pump CRS
  • Directs starting A CRD pump in accordance with OI 255, Section regarding Startup of a CRD Pump.

When directed Simulator Operator RO to vent both Acknowledge the request.

  • Vent both CRD Discharge Filters 1F-201A and B CRD Discharge Filters: Inform the control room that time
  • At 1C05, verify charging header pressurized > 1200 psig on PI-1816A compression is being used and that CHARGING WATER PRESSURE both CRD Discharge Filters have been
  • Slowly adjust CRD SYSTEM FLOW CONTROL FC-1814 to obtain vented. approximately 40 gpm on FI-1814 CRD SYSTEM FLOW
  • When FC-1814 is properly controlling flow, then shift to AUTO
  • Slowly adjust DRIVE WATER P CONTROL MO-1830 to obtain approximately 260 psid on PDI-1825A DRIVE WATER P Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 23 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG If the crew elects to start the CRD pump in accordance with OI 255 QRC 1 here are the expected student responses.

CREW

  • Implements OI 255, QRC 1, CRD Rapid Start CRS
  • Directs starting A CRD pump in accordance with OI 255, QRC 1, CRD Rapid Start.

RO

  • If one CRD Pump is running, proceed to step (2), otherwise start CRD Pump as follows:
  • Close MO-1830, Drive Water P Control
  • Verify FC-1814, CRD System Flow Control in Manual and Closed
  • Throttle MO-1830, Drive Water P Control partially open.
  • Adjust FC-1814, CRD System Flow Control and throttle MO-1830, Drive Water P Control to achieve desired pressure and flow.
  • Verify operating CRD Pump motors above 9 amps
  • Restore FC-1814, CRD System Flow Control to Auto Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 24 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG Accumulator CREW Trouble

Inform the control room that there are there are any

slow control accumulator inoperable with reactor steam dome pressure >900 psig.

rods based on o Declare the associated control rod scram time slow within 8 last scram time hours OR testing: o Declare the associated control rod inoperable within 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br />.

o Restore charging water header pressure to > 940 psig within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> of discovery of Condition B concurrent with charging header pressure < 940 psig. AND o Declare the associated control rod scram time slow within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> OR o Declare the associated control rod inoperable within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.

  • Must verify less than 6 control rods have been declared slow

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 25 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG When directed Simulator Operator CREW to investigate

accumulator PRESSURE OR HI LEVEL trouble alarms:

CRS Simulator Operator

Three (3) Inform the control room that the alarms RO minutes after are due to low pressure. Control rod

  • Implement actions of ARP 1C05A (F-7), CRD ACCUMULATOR LO being directed accumulator 06-15 is indicating 935 PRESSURE OR HI LEVEL to investigate psig and 34-35 is indicating 930 psig.

trouble alarms: accordance with OI 255. o Determines that 06-15 and 34-35 are in trouble condition.

  • Send an Operator to the accumulators to determine the cause of the alarm.

Simulator Operator

Ten (10) Activate [ET 14]

minutes after being directed This will remove MF RD070615.

to recharge the Inform the control room that accumulators: accumulator 06-15 has been recharged.

Final accumulator pressure is 1200 psig.

Simulator Operator Ten (10) minutes after Activate [ET 15]

recharging 06- This will remove MF RD073435.

15:

Inform the control room that accumulator 34-35 has been recharged.

Final accumulator pressure is 1170 psig.

Continue to next event at examiners direction.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 26 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG Event 6: Simulator Operator: Crew When directed Activate [ET 7].

  • Respond to auto initiation of HPCI.

by the This causes an auto initiation of HPCI.

examiner:

  • Implement OI 152, QRC 2, Tripping HPCI.

CRS Simulator Operator

  • Directs tripping HPCI after verifying that HPCI operation is not required When contacted by assuring that by 2 independent indications adequate core cooling is as Acknowledge the information.

assured.

organizational personnel to

  • Enters AOP 255.2, Power/Reactivity Abnormal Change support HPCI
  • Comply with Technical Specification requirements for HPCI.

auto initiation:

  • TS LCO 3.5.1.Condition F- HPCI System INOPERABLE o F.1.- Verify by administrative means RCIC System is OPERABLE If the operator immediately checks status of Floor Instructor o F.2.- Restore HPCI System to OPERABLE status within 14 days.

relay E41A-K6: Inform the operator that the relay appears the same as C71A-K3D. BOP

  • Implements actions of OI 152 QRC 2 to trip HPCI.

This relay is energized to demonstrate the

  • Depresses and hold HS-2259, Remote Turbine Trip PB understanding of what it should look like.
  • Verify HV-2201, HPCI Turbine Stop Valve Closes
  • When HPCI speed is zero rpm, places 1P-218, Aux Oil Pump, in PTL.
  • Verify HV-2200, HPCI Turbine Control Valve, closes
  • Continues to monitor reactor power, pressure and level
  • May need to control level adjusting level setpoint.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 27 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG AOP 255.2 due Crew to HPCI auto

  • Respond to auto initiation of HPCI.

start

  • Implement AOP 255.2, Power/ Reactivity Abnormal Change.

When contacted Simulator Operator CRS as

  • Directs AOP 255.2, Power/ Reactivity Abnormal Change.

organizational Acknowledge the information.

  • Establish critical parameter monitoring of Reactor Power, Reactor personnel to Pressure, and RPV Water Level, as priorities allow.

support HPCI auto initiation:

  • Notify the Reactor Engineer and Operations Manager.
  • After the cause has been determined and corrected, return to normal operation.

BOP

  • Take any necessary steps to bring the reactor power/reactivity transient under control, including, but not limited to:
  • Assuming manual control of a malfunctioning system (completed when HPCI was tripped)
  • Verify proper operation/indication of systems and/or indications.
  • Monitor the Off-Gas System radiation levels on Panel 1C02 for any change in Off-Gas activity.

RO

  • Place one APRM recorder in each trip system to fast speed to monitor for APRM undamped oscillations greater than normal
  • Verify control rod positions are correct for the established sequence, by using Rod Position Log
  • Verify thermal limits on the Official 3D Case
  • When power is stabilized, plot location on the Stability Power / Flow Map.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 28 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG Event 7: Simulator Operator: LOSS OF POWER EVENT LOOP, A DG Activate [ET 21] Crew Fails To Auto This will result in a Small Break LOCA Responds to Loss of Offsite Power Start. (Will start immediately on a ramp and a LOOP after in manual.) CRS 60 seconds The crew may initially enter Station Black Out until the SBDG is restored to 1A3 Small Recirc Simulator Operator:

  • Directs Reactor pressure control using SRVs Leak
  • Enters AOP 304.1 LOSS OF 4160V NON-ESSENTIAL ELECTRICAL POWER
  • Enters AOP 301 LOSS OF ESSENTIAL ELECTRICAL POWER Directs starting the A DG and verifying it loads the Bus Critical Task #2 IF the reactor is (CRITICAL TASK #2) shutdown under all conditions, THEN
  • Directs RPV level band 170 to 211 using available systems crew actions must be taken to restore and maintain RPV level for adequate RO core cooling. (> -25" or -39")

Provides RPV level and pressure status BOP

  • May report MSIV closure (Group I Isolation)
  • Diagnoses that the A DG did not start
  • Acknowledges that the B DG failed will not start and should be in Pull To Lock.
  • BOP will start the A SBDG with HS-3231A at 1C08 and verifies the output breaker closes.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 29 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG Event 7: (Cont) CREW LOOP, A DG Responds to annunciator 1C05B-B1 - Primary Containment Pressure Hi/Lo Fails To Start Diagnoses rising containment pressure and lowering RPV water level.

but CAN be manually CRS started.

Directs a reactor scram due to lowering RPV water level from SBLOCA.

Small Recirc Leak

  • Confirms that the reactor is shutdown
  • Direct the operator performance of the IPOI 5 immediate actions RO
  • Perform the immediate operator responses to a reactor scram.

Actions of IPOI 5 QRC-1:

o Initiate a backup manual scram o Place the Mode Switch in SHUTDOWN o Verify all control rods fully inserted (single rod permissive) o Verify condenser backpressure is stable o If all control rods are not fully inserted, use the RIPs per CRS o Restore and maintain RPV level +170 to +211 (setback) o Verify recirc runback to 20%

o Monitor RPV pressure o Verify Turbine/Generator trip o Verify neutron flux lowering o Insert SRM/IRM detectors o Announce scram via plant page o Proceeds to IPOI 5 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 30 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG Event 7: (Cont) CRS Enters AOP 573 - Primary Containment Control LOOP, A DG

  • Directs operators to monitor containment parameters Fails To Start
  • Enters EOP RPV Control due to RPV low level (was entered when the but CAN be scram occurred).

manually

  • IF EOP-1 Alternate Level Control Leg is entered may direct:

started.

o Lockout of ADS Small Recirc o Start of CRD pump.

Leak o Start of SBLC pump Directs Reactor Water level band of 170 to 211 using available systems - (HPCI unavailable, will lead to ED)

  • Directs Defeat 4 - This results DW Cooling Fans in FAST
  • Directs initiation of Torus Spray prior to Torus Pressure exceeding 11 psig
  • IF Torus Pressure exceeds 11 psig, directs initiation of Drywell Spray.
  • Directs Defeat 4 - This results DW Cooling Fans in FAST
  • Directs initiation of Torus Spray prior to Torus Pressure exceeding 11 psig
  • IF Torus Pressure exceeds 11 psig, directs initiation of Drywell Spray.

Event 8: Simulator Operator: BOP HPCI starts but Verify [ET 23] is active Starts HPCI to maintain RPV level band. (HPCI will start but will trip) trips Reports to crew that HPCI has tripped.

Verify hp02 is on delay when the HPCI Turbine is started. Attempts to restart (unsuccessful).

After HPCI runs for 15 seconds the HPCI Turbine Trips.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 31 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG Event 7: (Cont) RO LOOP, A DG

  • Assists BOP in controlling RPV level and monitoring other critical primary Output BKR containment plant parameters FAILS and will not close. B DG BOP Fails To Start
  • If directed, performs Defeat 4 to maximize drywell cooling but CAN be
  • Places Torus Spray in service as follows:

manually started. 1. Places keylock HS-2005[HS-1932] Outboard Torus Cooling/Spray Valve Small Recirc handswitch in OPEN and verify valve opening Leak 2. Throttle open MO-2006[MO-1933], Torus Spray Valve

  • As directed starts CRD pump
1. Ensures Recirc Pumps are tripped
2. Repositions HS-1903C - Enable Containment Spray Valves to Manual
3. Depending on RPV level may take HS-1903B to 2/3 Core Coverage/LPCI INIT Interlock Override to MANUAL OVERRD
4. Open MO-2000[1902] , Inboard Drywell Spray Valve
5. Throttle open MO-2001[1903], Outboard Drywell Spray Valve.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 32 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG Crew

  • Implements the mitigation strategies of EOP 1, RPV Control RO
  • Inserts a manual reactor scram.
  • Completes a scram report that includes all rods in, reactor pressure and trend and reactor water level and trend.
  • Restores and maintains RC/L 170-211 using RCIC and other alternate injection systems.
  • Maintains RC/P 800-1055 psig. using directed pressure control systems.
  • Lowers reactor pressure to the directed control band using the directed control system.

CRS

  • Performs a crew update of entry into EOP 1 due to RPV level or Drywell Pressure.
  • Directs an RPV level band of 170-211 using RCIC and other alternate injection systems.
  • Directs installation of Defeat 11
  • Directs an RPV pressure band of 800-1055 psig using directed pressure control systems.
  • Directs lowering reactor pressure to lessen the driving head on the leak in the drywell.
  • Shows concern for maintaining plant cooldown within the limits.

Placekeeps in EOP 1 to the applicable WAIT UNTIL step in RC/P (RC/P-6) leg Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 33 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG Crew

  • Respond to and implement the actions of AOP 304.1, Loss of 4160V Non-Essential Power BOP
  • Announces suspending all evolutions in progress associated with electrical switchgear and switching operations
  • Verify two Well Water Pumps in service. Starts either A or C Well Water Pump and adjusts well water flow.
  • Verify Well Water Pump 1P-58D secured. In AUTO, verifies FC-4414D, demand is zero.
  • Verify GSW Pumps 1P-889A and B in service
  • Place Bus 1A1 Transfer switch in MANUAL.
  • Place Bus 1A2 Transfer switch in MANUAL.

CRS

  • Enters AOP 304.1, Loss of Both Non-Essential Buses
  • Directs the BOP to take actions IAW AOP 304.1 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 34 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG Crew

Examiner This will trip the A CRD Pump

  • Informs the CRS of containment parameters including parameter name, value and trend.
  • Installs Defeat 4.

Critical Task #22 BEFORE drywell

  • Utilizes OI 149 QRC to spray the torus.

temperature reaches 280F and WHILE in the safe region of the DWSIL, THEN initiate drywell sprays.

  • Utilizes OI 149 QRC to spray the drywell.(Critical Task #22)
  • Trips the running recirculation pump.

CRS once the crew completes the Simulator Operator:

  • Performs a crew update of entry into EOP 2 due to Drywell Pressure.

ED Brief and at Activate [ET 9]

  • Obtains containment parameters.

the direction of This will trip the RCIC Pump

  • Directs installation of Defeat 4.

the Lead

  • Directs spraying the torus after confirmation that torus pressure is greater Examiner than 2 psig.
  • Directs spraying the drywell before drywell temperature reaches 280F.
  • Verifies torus water level less than 13.5 ft.
  • Verifies plot of drywell temperature and drywell pressure on the DWSIL curve allows drywell sprays.
  • Verifies recirculation pumps are secured.

Placekeeps in EOP 2 to the applicable WAIT UNTIL steps in T/L (T/L-3 and T/L 10), T/T (T/T-2), DW/T (DW/T-6) and PC/P (PC/P-7) legs Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 35 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG Crew

  • Implements that mitigation strategies of the ALC contingency of EOP 1 BOP

RO

  • Attempts to restore and maintain RPV level above +15
  • Maximizes injection with CRD in accordance with AIP 407.
  • Injects with SBLC in accordance with AIP 406.
  • Verifies injection subsystems can be lined up for injection
  • Verifies at least one injection subsystem lined up with a pump running.

CRS

  • Directs ADS lockout.
  • Directs RPV level bands as RPV level lowers
  • Directs maximizing injection with CRD in accordance with AIP 407.
  • Directs injection with SBLC in accordance with AIP 406.
  • Ensures injections subsystems can be lined up for injection.
  • Waits for RPV level to drop to +15
  • Ensures at least one injection subsystem lined up with a pump running.

Before RPV level reaches -25 performs an Emergency Depressurization.

BOP:

  • Monitors and controls RPV level as he depressurization occurs Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 36 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG Critical Task #1 IF the reactor is CRS Directs the performance of ED once RPV Water Level cannot be shutdown under all conditions and RPV maintained > +15 (Critical #1) level drops to +15, THEN perform ED-1 Override open CV-4371A (Defeat 11) - Completed Earlier In The Emergency RPV Depressurization Scenario before RPV level reaches -25".

ED-2 Are all control rods inserted to at least position 00? (YES)

ED-5 Does a drywell high pressure ECCS signal exist? (YES)

ED-6 Prevent injection from Core Spray and RHR pumps not required to assure adequate core cooling.

ED-7 Is torus water level above 4.5 ft? (YES)

ED-8 Open the 4 ADS SRVs.

OK to exceed Cooldown rate limit.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 37 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG Crew

  • Implements mitigation strategies of EOP 1 after EOP ED to restore adequate core cooling RO
  • Verifies low pressure ECCS systems start and align to inject into the RPV
  • Reports when 1 Core Spray pump is injecting above 3000 gpm. and 1 other ECCS pump is injecting.
  • Throttles RHR injection to restore and maintain RPV 170-211 CRS
  • Verifies 1 Core Spray pump and 1 other ECCS pump available for injection
  • Direct injection with one or more Preferred Injection Systems (Table 1A) and Alternate Injection Systems (Table 2A)
  • Determines RPV level can be restored and maintained above +15 and returns to the normal RPV level control leg of EOP 1
  • Directs restoring and maintaining RPV level 170-211 using low pressure ECCS systems
  • Directs tripping Core Spray pumps when RPV level indicates on the GEMACs Directs throttling RHR injection to maintain RPV level 170-211 CRS and Crew:

Diagnoses HPCI failure to run Directs Emergency Depressurization.

Directs Opening 4 SRVs (CRITICAL TASK #2)

When Directed opens 4 ADS SRVs to emergency (CRITICAL TASK #2)

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 38 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG

      • END OF SCENARIO ***

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 39 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS QUANTITATIVE ATTRIBUTES Malfunctions:

Before EOP Entry:

1. Jacket Water Leak on B SBDG
2. Stuck Control Rod
3. B CRD Pump Trip
4. Low HCU Pressure
5. HPCI Spurious Start After EOP Entry:
1. Failure of A SBDG To Start
2. LOOP
3. A CRD Pump Trips
4. RCIC Trips
5. HPCI Trips Abnormal Events:
1. AOP 255.1, CONTROL ROD MOVEMENT/INDICATION ABNORMAL
2. AOP 255.2, POWER/REACTIVITY ABNORMAL CHANGE
3. AOP 301, LOSS OF ESSENTIAL ELECTRICAL POWER Major Transients:
1. LOOP
2. LOCA
3. ED Critical Tasks:
1. Critical Task #2 IF the reactor is shutdown under all conditions, THEN crew actions must be taken to restore and maintain RPV level for adequate core cooling. (> -25" or -39")
2. Critical Task #1 IF the reactor is shutdown under all conditions and RPV level drops to

+15, THEN perform Emergency RPV Depressurization before RPV level reaches -25".

3. Critical Task #22 BEFORE drywell temperature reaches 280°F and WHILE in the safe region of the DWSIL, THEN initiate drywell sprays.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 40 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG

2. IF the reactor is shutdown under all conditions, THEN crew actions must be taken to restore and maintain RPV level for adequate core cooling.

(> -25" or -39")

Safety Adequate core cooling is defined by EOPs as either:

Significance:

  • Core submergence (+15")
  • Steam cooling with injection of makeup water to the RPV (-25")
  • Required ECCS injection with RPV level above 2/3 core height (-39")

Cue: RPV level will drop to <+15" and automatic system response will not restore RPV level for adequate core cooling.

Performance If the crew performs actions that restore and maintain RPV level above +15, Standard: this critical task should be considered satisfactory because the crew has anticipated the potential loss of core cooling.

If one CS is operating at 3000 gpm and another ECCS pump is injecting, RPV water level must be restored and maintained above -39". This would normally be expected after an Emergency RPV Depressurization.

If ECCS is not injecting (less than 1 CS at 3000 gpm and another ECCS pump injecting), RPV water level must be restored and maintained above -25". This may be expected after an emergency RPV depressurization with ECCS problems Progression is to be made by the crew to use all available systems to restore RPV level above the directed level (-25" or -39"). Satisfactory performance of this CT does not require completion of starting all available systems if RPV level is restored above the directed level (-25" or

-39").

If RPV injection is secured and RPV level is below +15" but above -25",

the critical task is met, although remediation may be required.

Feedback: Lowest valid RPV water level indicator is being maintained above directed value.

EOP step(s): RC/L-10, L-11, L-12 BWROG: RPV-1.2 (1.2 is only after RPV pressure is lowered)

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 41 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG

1. IF the reactor is shutdown under all conditions and RPV level drops to +15, THEN perform Emergency RPV Depressurization before RPV level reaches -25".

Safety If the lowering RPV water level trend had not been reversed before RPV level Significance: drops to +15", emergency RPV depressurization should be performed prior to RPV level reaching -25". The consequence of not depressurizing the RPV when level is below -25" is a loss of adequate core cooling. Depressurizing prematurely may unnecessarily cause unneeded stress on the RPV and piping.

Cue: RPV level lowered to +15".

Performance The crew must Initiate emergency RPV depressurization after the lowest valid Standard: level indication shows <+15" and prior to the lowest valid level indicates -25".

The critical task is not satisfactory if the actions for Emergency RPV Depressurization are not complete. (See definitions)

Feedback: RPV pressure is rapidly lowering.

EOP step(s): RC/L-4, L-7, L-8 BWROG: RPV 1.1 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 42 of 43

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #1 SEG

22. BEFORE drywell temperature reaches 280°F and WHILE in the safe region of the DWSIL, THEN initiate drywell sprays.

Safety If DW sprays were initiated when in the shaded area of the DWSIL, this could Significance: lead to an evaporative cooling pressure drop which could result in:

  • Deinerting the containment or containment negative pressures below design.

OR

  • Drywell-below-torus differential pressure beyond design.

Operation of DW sprays if DW temperature cannot be maintained below 280°F, will ensure that the design temperatures of the components within the DW are not exceeded.

If DW sprays are not utilized when available, the next EOP actions will be to Emergency RPV Depressurize, which will lower the amount of ambient heat to the DW, but will cause additional pressure/temperature stress on the RPV.

Cue: DW temperature is rising and is below 280°F.

Average DW temperature and DW pressure conditions allow DW spray per the DWSIL curve Performance DW sprays are initiated on at least one side of RHR prior to 280°F DW Standard: temperature.

If DW sprays are initiated while in the shaded area of the Drywell Spray Initiation Limit (DWSIL), this would be a critical task failure.

If the crew does not secure Recirculation pumps prior to initiating DW sprays, the critical task is considered satisfactory although remediation may be required.

Feedback: DW spray flow initiated and DW temperature is lowering.

EOP step(s): DW/T-4, -5 BWROG: N/A Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 1 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 43 of 43

SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SEG SITE: Duane Arnold Energy Center Revision #:

LMS ID: LMS Rev. Date:

SEG TITLE: NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TYPE: Training Evaluation PROGRAM: LOCT LOIT Other:

DURATION: ~ 90 minutes Developed by: Raymond Keith Walton 1/28/2015 Instructor/Developer Date Reviewed by:

Instructor (Instructional Review) Date Validated by:

SME (Technical Review) Date Approved by:

Training Supervision Date Approved by:

Training Program Owner (Line) Date Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 1 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #2 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE REQUIREMENTS Terminal Objective Given the specific malfunctions presented in the evaluated scenario guide, the students will be able to protect the public, protect plant personnel and protect plant equipment, in accordance with plant procedures:

Enabling There are no formal learning objectives for this evaluation.

Objectives:

Prerequisites: None Training Simulator Resources: Simulator Operator Phone Talker Simulator Floor Instructor Evaluation Team

References:

STP 3.3.1.1-17 Rev 08 OI 358 Rev 66 AOP 358 Rev 31 OI 149 Rev 146 ARP 1C05A Rev 78 OI 150 Rev 78 AOP 255.1 Rev 44 EOP 1 Rev 18 AOP 255.2 Rev 42 EOP 2 Rev 16 AOP 302.1 Rev 54 EOP ATWS Rev 21 AOP 691 Rev 8 TRM Tech Specs Protected Content: Identify here and in training material as {C001}; See Comment for details.

None Evaluation Method: Dynamic Scenario graded in accordance with NUREG 1021 guidance.

Operating None Experience:

Risk Significant Operator Actions:

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 2 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #2 SEG TASKS ASSOCIATED WITH SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE Task # Task Title None None UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.

PREPARER DATE

  1. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE AR/TWR#

REVIEWER DATE See Cover Initial development for Initial development for 2015 NRC 0 2015 NRC LOIT N/A LOIT examination. See Cover examination.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 3 of 40

Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #2 Form ES-D-1 Facility: Duane Arnold Energy Center Op-Test # 2015-301 Examiners: _____________________________ Operators: _____________________________

Initial Conditions: The plant is operating at 80% power due to a downpower for maintenance. Thunderstorms are forecast for the area. B CRD pump was recently taken OOS for maintenance.

Turnover:

  • Start B SBDG for ST after maintenance.
  • Raise Reactor power recirculation flow.

Event Event # Malf # Eventy Description Type*

1 None N BOP Perform MSIV test per STP 3.3.1.1-17 for D MSIVs 2 None R RO Raise Power with Recirculation Flow to 85% RTP R SRO 3 rp02a C BOP Trip of RPS MG Set TS SRO Tech Spec 3.3.8; 3.4.5, A & B & C; TRM 3.3.4 entry 4 rd01 C ATC Control Rod Drift (30-23) with AOP 255.1& 255.2 entry 3023 TS SRO Tech Spec entry 3.1.3 5

ed13a C BOP 125 VDC Div 1 panel 1D11 trip results in AOP entries TS SRO Tech Spec entry 3.8.7, Condition B 6 rc08 BOP Spurious start of RCIC, requires manually stopping RCIC TS SRO Tech Spec Entry 3.5.3, Condition A 7 mc04b R RO Condenser Vacuum Leak (recoverable)

C BOP Fast Power Reduction 8 mc04b M ALL Rising backpressure from Event 5 progression necessitates reactor scram.

ATWS occurs 9 hp03 I BOP Failure of HPCI controller (complicates RPV level restoration).

  • (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 4 of 40

Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #2 Form ES-D-1 SIMULATOR SET UP INSTRUCTIONS Perform simulator set up per the site specific Simulator Setup Checklist.

General Instructions

1. Reset to IC23 and raise power to ~80% RTP
a. Load Events
b. Load Malfunctions
c. Load Overrides
2. OR Reset to the IC provided by the LOIT Exam Development Team
3. Verify Events validate FALSE
4. Reset APRM Gains and clear recorders
5. Complete the Exam Setup Checklist
6. Ensure no BIAS is inserted on the FRV Controllers by verifying Y at 0.0
7. Fill in STP 3.3.1.1-17 Cover Matter through prerequisites, and have for turnover.
8. Verify MOL Pull Sheets are out.

Trigger No. Trigger Logic Statement Trigger Word Description 3, 5, 7, 9, Manual Trigger 11, 13, 15, 17 20 ZLOHPHS2202(2) == 1 HPCI MO 2404 Starts to open Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 5 of 40

Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #2 Form ES-D-1 Time Malf. No. Malfunction Title Delay Ramp ET Initial Final Value Value Setup rp02a RPS EPA BREAKER TRIP-3 Inactive Active RPS A EPA BKR Setup rd013023 CONTROL ROD DRIFTS OUT-5 Inactive Active ROD 30-23 Setup ed13a 125 VDC DISTRIBUTION 7 Inactive Active PANEL FAULT- PNL 1D11 Setup mc04b MAIN CONDENSER AIR 6 min 9 0 .9 INLEAKAGE- HP CONDENSER Setup rc08 INADVERTENT RCIC 11 Inactive Active INITIATION Setup mc04b MAIN CONDENSER AIR 3 min 13 .9 1.2 INLEAKAGE- HP CONDENSER Setup rp05g HYDRAULIC LOCK SCRAM DISCHARGE VOLUME 0 75 (VARIABLE)

Setup hp03 HPCI FLOW CONTROLLER 1 min 20 As Is 30 FAILS Setup fw02a CONDENSATE PUMP TRIP-15 Inactive Active PUMP A Setup fw02b CONDENSATE PUMP TRIP-15 Inactive Active PUMP B Setup rc01 RCIC OVERSPEED TRIP 17 Inactive Active Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 6 of 40

Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #2 Form ES-D-1 Time Remote No. Remote Title Delay Ramp ET Initial Final Value Value Setup mc01 MN COND 1E-7A VACUUM BREAKER V-03-73 28 CLOSED OPEN (CLOSED,OPEN)

Setup mc02 MN COND 1E-7B VACUUM BREAKER V-03-67 28 CLOSED OPEN (CLOSED,OPEN)

Setup rp02 ATWS TEST SWITCH (AKA 2:30 DEFEAT 12) HS-1863A 12 RUN TEST min (RUN,TEST)

Setup rp03 ATWS TEST SWITCH (AKA DEFEAT 12) HS-1864A 3 min 12 RUN TEST (RUN,TEST)

Time Override No. Override Title Delay Ramp ET Initial Final Value Value Setup DI-PC-037 HS-4321A GRP 7 CHAN A DW NORMAL NORMAL CLG AND FAN OVR DI-PC-038 HS-4321B GRP 7 CHAN B DW NORMAL NORMAL CLG AND FAN OVR Conduct simulator crew pre-scenario brief using TR-AA-230-1007-F06, Simulator Instructor Pre-Exercise Checklist.

If surrogate operators are to be used, brief them using TR-AA-230-1007-F11, Surrogate Brief Checklist Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 7 of 40

Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #2 Form ES-D-1 SHIFT TURNOVER INFORMATION

  • Day of week and shift o Today o Day Shift
  • Weather conditions o Mild summer morning
  • (Plant power levels) o Reactor Power Level 80%

o Core Flow 40 Mlbm/hr

  • Protected train o Protected Train is B
  • Technical Specification Action statements in effect o None

Retesting a relay.

o Raise power with recirculation flow to achieve 85% RTP following a sequence exchange per RE direction.

  • Plant PRA/PSA Status including CDF/LERF & color o CDF Baseline GREEN with one year to YELLOW o LERF Baseline GREEN with one year to YELLOW
  • Existing LCOs, date of next surveillance o None.
  • Procedures or major maintenance in progress o None
  • Equipment to be taken out of or returned to service this shift/maintenance on major plant equipment
  • Comments, problems, operator workarounds, etc.

o One Extra NLO Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 8 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 1: CREW:

Perform Main Verifies Prerequisites for STP 3.3.1.1-17:

Steam Isolation

  • No other testing on the RPS System Valve Testing
  • Authorizes performance of STP 3.3.1.1-17 for D MSIVs.

BOP:

  • Verify energized at 1C15, RPS Trip Channel A1 B Line MSIV 90%

OPEN relayC71A-K3E.

  • Verify energized at 1C15, RPS Trip Channel B1 C Line MSIV 90%

OPEN relayC71A-K3F.

  • If the MODE SWITCH is in RUN, then visually confirm (at 1C15) the following CHAN A1 MSIV CLOSURE SCRAM BYP MODE SWITCH NOT IN RUN relay C71A-K11A contacts open (if MODE SWITCH is not in RUN, mark step 7.1.2.a and 7.1.2.b N/A)
  • Station personnel at 1C15 and 1C17 in preparation for observing test response of relays to the C71A-K3H and C71A-K3G, concurrent with cycling CV-4420 and CV-4421
  • At 1C03, take A INBD MSIV TEST CV-4420 handswitch HS-4412B to TEST and release.
  • At 1C03, verify that CV-4420 goes partially closed and reopens fully.

RO:

  • Perform Peer Checks EXAMINER NOTE: After completion of STP, crew will move to raise reactor power Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 9 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 2: CREW:

Raise Power The crew will brief the reactivity change prior to taking the shift.

with Recirculation CRS:

flow.

  • Directs power to be raised from 80 to 85% using recirculation pump flow.

Simulator Operator:

RO:

If Contacted as the Reactor Inform the crew to raise power with Recirc

  • Performs Recirculation Pump flow adjustments to raise power from Engineer to Flow to achieve approximately 85% power 80% to 85%.

provide and hold power constant until a rod

  • Monitors plant parameters for expected response during reactivity guidance, sequence is approved for further power manipulation.

ascension.

BOP:

Evaluator Note:

  • Monitor the plant.

Proceed to the next event when core flow

  • Perform Reactivity Peer Checks to the ATC while adjusting reaches ~44 mlbm/hr (~83% RTP) or at Recirculation flow.

the discretion of the Lead Examiner.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 10 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 3 CRS:

Trip of RPS MG Directs Operators to IAW AOP 358 Set

  • Technical Specifications for this condition are listed on the next page.

Tech Spec RO:

3.3.8 entry

  • Report Power Pressure Level Report Simulator Operator:
  • Report the Loss of A RPS At the direction Activate [ET 3] BOP:

of the Lead Examiner Respond as plant personnel as necessary.

  • Complete actions IAW AOP 358 o Direct an Operator to 1A3 Essential Switchgear Room to Simulator Operator: assist in troubleshooting the RPS Electrical Distribution When called as Reports the A RPS MG Set is tripped and system.

the 2nd Asst. to faint acrid smell and abnormally hot to o Suspend all evolutions in progress associated with electrical investigate the touch, Both EPAs are tripped. 1Y30 looks switchgear and switching operations.

loss of RPS, ok.

wait 2 minutes, o Verify applicable automatic actions have occurred. Manually initiate those automatic actions that should have occurred but failed to occur.

o Declare CIT-2738 inoperable, due to loss of RWCU flow to monitor. Refer to TRM 3.3.4 Simulator Operator:

When called as o Verify the fault is not suspected to be on the RPS bus prior to the 2nd Asst. to Report that 1Y16 is aligned to the alternate reenergizing the bus on the RPS Power Supply.

verify Alt power RPS power. [verify RF rp04 is in 1Y16] o IF an alternate RPS power supply is available as indicted by aligned to 1Y16, observing A MG or ALT XFMR white light ON at 1C15 Place handswitch C71B S1A RPS ALTERNATE POWER TRANSFER to A MG OR ALT position as required and verify Simulator Operator: selected position white light remains on.

When contacted to verify the Report cleanup beds in hold. o WHEN A RPS bus is energized then as directed by the CRS, Cleanup Beds perform OI 358 RPS Appendix 4, RPS POWER SUPPLY in hold, wait 3 TRANSFER HALF SCRAM RECOVERY CHECKLIST, and minutes restore RWCU System.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 11 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE When directed Simulator Operator: CRS:

to verify sat inform the control room that everything TS Entries possible operation of the appears normal.

  • Enters TSs C EPAs, Wait 2 minutes and o TRM LCO 3.3.4 A RCS Conductivity monitor 4 hr to restore monitoring.

o TS LCO 3.3.1.1 A One or more required channels inoperable.

All Required actions met Simulator Operator: o 3.3.1.1 B One or more Functions with one or more required When contacted Acknowledge the request for support. channels inoperable in both trip systems. All Required as Chemistry, actions met o TS LCO 3.4.5 A, Required Drywell Sump System inoperable.

Restore required Drywell Sump System to OPERABLE status. 24 hrs.

o TS LCO 3.4.5 B, Required Primary Containment Air Sampling System inoperable.

Initiate action to restore required Primary Containment Air Sampling System to OPERABLE status.

Immediately o TS LCO 3.4.5 C, Required Drywell sump System and containment air sampling inoperable, Restore Drywell Sump System to Operable OR restore Air Sampling to Operable 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> o TS LCO 3.3.3.1 One or more Functions with one required channel inoperable. 30 day LCO o TS LCO 3.6.1.3 A (12 times) (If Overriden) - Each PCIV, except reactor building-to-suppression chamber vacuum breakers, shall be OPERABLE. 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> unless MSIV Applicable to all the Group 3 Isolation vales repositioned in the Group 3 Isolation ARP actions Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 12 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE OI 358 Appendix 4 Actions DSM Simulator Operator: BOP:

Acknowledge to support.

  • At 1C05, position REACTOR SCRAM RESET hand switch C71A-S5 to Group 1 and 4 [Group 2 and 3] and then to Group 2 and 3 [Group 1 and 4] to reset Half Scram.

Electricians Simulator Operator:

Acknowledge to support.

  • At 1C36, reset Fuel Pool Exhaust radiation monitor RIS-4131A[B].
  • At 1C36, reset Carbon Bed Vault radiation monitor RM-4138.
  • At 1C05, momentarily press and release:

PCIS DIV 1 RESET pushbutton A71B-S32 and PCIS DIV 2 RESET pushbutton A71B-S33 verifying the following annunciators reset:

o PCIS GROUP 1 ISOLATION INITIATED (1C05B, A-8) o PCIS GROUP 2 ISOLATION INITIATED (1C05B, B-8) o PCIS GROUP "4" ISOLATION INITIATED (1C05B, D-8) o PCIS GROUP "5" ISOLATION INITIATED (1C05B, E-8)

  • Verify reactor water sample valves are restored to their desired lineup per IPOI 7 Attachment 5, Group 1 Isolations.
  • Notify Shift Chemistry Technician to restore Hydrogen Chemistry System CAVs analyzers to service if required.

Allow the crew

  • Reenergize the following RWCU isolation valve(s) as necessary to get to the 1/2 [NA any non-applicable step(s)]:

Scram o MO-2700 (at 1B3219)

Recovery

  • Restart RWCU System as directed per OI 261 (Group 5).

Checklist prior

  • Exit Tech Spec as necessary for applicable PCIVs returned to operable to proceeding. status due to re-energizing the valve in the previous step.

Actions Continued on the next page Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 13 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE BOP:

  • At 1C04, open A [B] PUMP MINI PURGE ISOL CV-1804A[CV-1804B] by taking HS-1804A[HS-1804B] to CLOSE, then to OPEN, allowing it to spring-return to AUTO.
  • Verify the following GROUP 3 Isolations RESET per IPOI 7, unless CRS directs otherwise [NA any non-applicable step(s)]:

o Standby Gas Treatment System per OI 170.

o Drywell (Containment Atmosphere Control System) per OI 573.

o Reactor Building HVAC System per OI 734.

  • At 1C35, place CV-4371A GROUP 3 OVERRIDE switch S583B in NORM
  • Verify the following GROUP 2 Isolations RESET per IPOI 7, unless CRS directs otherwise Examiner Note: When the crew is about to restore Cleanup to service and at the lead examiners direction, move on to the next event.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 14 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 4: CREW:

Control Rod Diagnoses control rod 30-23 is drifting Drift with AOP CRS:

entry

entry 3.1.3

  • Directs entry into AOP 255.2 Power Reactivity Abnormal Change.

Simulator Operator:

  • Determines that the TS 3.3.2.1, Control Rod Block Instrumentation, At the direction requirements are met.

of the lead Activate [ET 5]

examiner, This will actuate RD013023, causing Rod

  • Direct the Organization to write a clearance to remove the Amphenoils to electrically disable the HCU after it is Isolated.

If contacted as Simulator Operator:

  • Contacts RE and/or Duty Manager.

the second report that the HCU lineup is normal and RO:

assistant HCU pressure is normal.

  • 1C05A (D-6) Rod Drift Actions o At 1C05, select affected Control Rod, monitor 4 rod display to determine if a control rod is drifting, and if so in what direction.

o Actions Continue on the next page.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 15 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE o IF any control rod is drifting OUT, perform the following:

If more than one rod is drifting OUT, manually scram the reactor per IPOI 5 (Reactor Scram).

Place the C11A S3 EMERG IN/NOTCH OVERRIDE SELECT switch on 1C05 in the EMERG ROD IN Simulator Operator: position momentarily (less than 1/2 second) to abort the rod sequence timer.

Acknowledge the request When directed If any control rod indicates withdrawal movement, to Mechanically attempt to drive the affected rods in to their required Isolate HCU 30- delete malfunction RD013023 and call positions per the rod sequence by placing the C11A 23, wait 4 back and inform the control room the hcu has been isolated with V-18-1008 (30-23), S3 EMERG IN/NOTCH OVERRIDE SELECT switch on minutes and 1C05 in the EMERG ROD IN position.

Insert Isolation, and V-18-1275 (30-23)

Withdraw Isolation. If any control rod inserted per Step 3.2.c begins to drift out again, fully insert the affected rods by:

If necessary, place the RWM Operators Display (RWM-OD) keylock mode switch to the BYPASS position.

Place the C11A S3 EMERG IN/NOTCH OVERRIDE SELECT switch on 1C05 in the EMERG ROD IN position.

If any control rod still indicates movement, place and hold the C11A S3 EMERG IN/NOTCH OVERRIDE SELECT switch on 1C05 in the EMERG ROD IN position.

Place the C11A S3 EMERG IN/NOTCH OVERRIDE SELECT switch on 1C05 in the OFF position.

Run an OFFICIAL 3D CASE for abnormal reactor power/control rod distributions.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 16 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 4: BOP:

Control Rod

  • Monitors balance of plant equipment/plant status.

Drift

(Contd)

Simulator Operator:

When contacted as the Reactor Acknowledge and inform the control Enginer, room that you will evaluate the current rod configuration.

When contacted Simulator Operator:

as the Acknowledge the request for support.

DSM/Operation s Direstor EXAMINER NOTE: Continue to next event at examiners direction.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 17 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 5: CREW 125 VDC Div 1 The crew will recognize the loss of 1D11 panel 1D11 trip CRS:

results in AOP

  • Possibly enters AOP 644 entries
  • Enters AOP 302.1-Loss of 125 VDC Power, Tab 1-Loss of 125vdc Tech Spec Div 1 entry (3.8.7.B)
  • May direct, as time permits, the RO to transfer to A level control to control reactor level and try to maintain normal band.

Simulator Operator:

At the direction

  • Directs transferring non-essential power to the startup transformer.

of the Lead Activate [ET 7]

Examiner This inserts ed13a causing a loss of 1D11 RO:

  • Takes manual control of FW and attempts to restore reactor water level to the normal band.

OR Simulator Operator:

  • Place the A level controller in service with handswitch If reactor water Activate [ET 9]
  • Place 3 Element to Single Element level increases move to next event.
  • Monitor Power Pressure and Level at 1C05 to a scram, then NOTE: If the RO does not place the level controller to A a scram will occur.

When contacted Simulator Operator:

as the second assistant to go report after 2 minutes that 1D10 CKT 6 to the 1A3 has tripped free and there is no sign of smoke or fire at the breaker. BOP Actions Continued on the next page.

switchgear room to in Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 18 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Simulator Operator: Actions continued from the previous page.

When directed inform the control room that there are no BOP:

to investigate abnormal indications and all breakers are

  • Recognize the Loss of 1D11 1D11, wait 1 Closed.
  • Monitors BOP Equipment minute
  • Transfers non-essential power to the startup transformer per OI 304.1, section 4.2. as follows.

o Place the BUS 1A2 TRANSFER breaker mode selector switch in the MANUAL position.

o Select Phase 1 with the BUS 1A2 STARTUP XFMR AMPERES meter switch and observe the ammeter reading.

Select Phase 1 with the BUS 1A2 AUX XFMR AMPERES Simulator Operator: meter switch.

When contacted Acknowledge the request for support.

o Place the control switch 4KV BREAKER 1A202 STARTUP to provide XFMR TO BUS 1A2 momentarily in the CLOSE position.

organizational Observe that the red (breaker closed) and the white (closing

support, spring charged) indicating lights are ON o Observe that the bus has parallel supplies by observing current on the supply ammeters.

o Trip the supply breaker from the auxiliary transformer by placing the control switch 4KV BREAKER 1A101[201] AUX XFMR TO BUS 1A1[1A2] momentarily in the TRIP position.

Observe that the white (closing spring charged) and the green (breaker open) indicating lights are ON.

Actions Continued on the Next Page.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 19 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Actions Continued from Previous Page.

  • Transfers non-essential power to the startup transformer per OI 304.1, section 4.2. as follows.

o Select individual phases with the BUS 1A1[1A2] STARTUP XFMR AMPERES meter switch to observe the current load and to verify approximately equal phase currents.

o On the BUS 1A1[2] VOLTS meter, verify that all three phases indicate approximately 4160V by selecting each phase selector switch position. Observe that all three white (phase energized) indicating lights are ON.

o Place the BUS 1A1[2] TRANSFER breaker mode switch in the AUTO position.

o If both 1A1 and 1A2 non-essential buses are now powered from the Startup Transformer, notify ITC Midwest System Control Operator that the Auxiliary Transformer has been unloaded and to adjust the DAEC 161 KV bus low limit in EMS accordingly. - NA o Record the time ITC Midwest was notified the Auxiliary Transformer was unloaded in the Operating Log.

Continue to next event at examiners direction.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 20 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 6: Crew:

Acknowledges annunciator 1C04c Spurious start of RCIC, Announces alarm to the SRO requires manually CRS:

stopping RCIC Will direct the follow actions:

Tech Spec

  • Reenter AOP 255.2 for Power Reactivity Abnormal

At the Simulator Operator:

discression the Activate [ET 11]

  • Establish critical parameter monitoring of Reactor Power, Lead Examiner This will spuriously start RCIC Reactor Pressure, and RPV Water Level, as priorities allow.

RO:

  • Verify control rod positions are correct for the established sequence, by using Rod Position Log.
  • Verify thermal limits on the Official 3D Case.
  • When power is stabilized, plot location on the Stability Power /

Flow Map.

When sent to

  • Notify the Reactor Engineer and Operations Manager.

investigate the Simulator Operator: BOP:

Spurious start Inform the control room that the Level

of RCIC, wait 3 Switch for the RCIC Turbine has minutes,

  • Verify MO-2405, RCIC Turbine Stop Valve, closes.

actuated.

  • Verify MO-2512, RCIC Inject Valve, closes.
  • Verify MO 2510, RCIC Min Flow Bypass Valve, closes.

Continue to next event at examiners direction.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 21 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event #6 Crew:

Recognizes the rising backpressure Condenser Simulator Operator:

Vacuum Leak Activate [ET9] CRS:

(recoverable) Will direct the follow actions:

This will insert mc04b, result in degrading Emergent backpressure.

  • Enter AOP 691 Power
  • Perform a fast power reduction to maintain condenser Reduction backpressure.
  • Direct IPOI 4 Fast Power Reduction HP Tech high Simulator Operator: RO:

rad brief Acknowledge the order

  • Perform Fast Power Reduction (complete step sequence on the next page.

If contacted as o Lower Recirculation flow to 39 Mlbm/hr.

Aux Operator to Simulator Operator: o Insert control rods IAW the fast power reduction sequence perform a High Acknowledge the order sheet.

Rad Entry to investigate.

BOP:

if the crew Simulator Operator:

inserts a Activate [ET 13]

  • Establish critical parameter monitoring of condenser backpressure.

manual scram If contacted as the Aux Simulator Operator:

Operator to go Acknowledge the order in to the condenser bay and investigate Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 22 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Fast Power Reduction Steps IAW IPOI 4 RO:

o IF core flow is greater than or equal to () 39 Mlb/hr AND power is greater than or equal to () than 70 percent of rated, THEN at 1C04, reduce A and B MG SET SPEED CONTROL to lower core flow to 39 Mlb/hr while maintaining level between +186" and +211".

o Perform the following as required to reduce core flow and to insert rods per the Fast Power Reduction Sequence Sheet(s)

Bypass the Rod Worth Minimizer.

Station a second licensed operator in place as a peer checker for control rod movement.

If necessary to achieve desired conditions, insert control rods using the Fast Power Reduction Sequence Sheet(s) until power is less than or equal to

() 70% with core flow greater than or equal to () 39 Mlb/hr (equivalent to load line of less than 80%).

At 1C04, reduce A and B MG SET SPEED CONTROL to lower core flow to 27 Mlb/hr while maintaining level between +186" and +211".

Insert control rods using the Fast Power Reduction Sequence Sheet(s) until power is less than or equal to

() 36% with core flow greater than or equal to () 27 Mlb/hr (equivalent to load line of less than 52%).

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 23 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Back pressure Crew gets worse.

  • The crew will determine that continued degradation in condenser backpressure will reach a turbine trip setpoint and take the unit offline.
  • Enters and implements the actions of IPOI 5, Reactor Scram.

Simulator Operator:

  • Enters and implements the actions of EOP 1, RPV Control.

At the direction of the Lead Activate [ET 13] RO:

Examiner, This will worsen the condenser air

  • Scrams the reactor and performs the scram choreography.

inleakage driving the crew to insert a

  • Reports a hydraulic ATWS and reactor power.

manual scram.

  • Dials master feed water regulating valve controller to 158.5 in AUTO CRS:

With the *Simulator Operator:*

concurrence Modify MC04B to 1.8 with a 30 Sec

  • Directs scramming the reactor and performing IPOI 5, Reactor Scram.

from the Lead Ramp to drive the crew to scram if the

  • Enters EOP 1 due to a scram required with power above 5% or unknown.

Examiner fast power reduction is effective at

  • Verifies automatic isolations, ECCS initiations, and SBDG initiation.

maintaining back pressure.

When all rods are inserted, Simulator Operator:

Activate [ET 15]

this will trip both condensate pumps At the direction of the Lead

Examiner, Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 24 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Simulator Operator: Crew If directed to Acknowledge the request, wait 10 minutes

  • Implements the mitigation strategies of ATWS.

locally trip the and use [RF rr11] and open the drive RO:

A Recirc MG motor breaker. Call the control room and Set Drive Motor inform them that the drive motor breaker is

  • Reports a hydraulic ATWS and reactor power.

Breaker open.

  • Dials master feed water regulating valve controller to 158.5 in AUTO Floor Instructor
  • Performs the ATWS QRC.

Manually driving control rods, drifting

  • Reports completion of the ATWS QRC. Determines that ARI was NOT rods, and repeated manual scram will effective. Reports RPV level and reactor power.

insert all control rods. To perform

  • Coordinates with the BOP operator the performance of the Hydraulic Rod repeated manual scram the crew will Insertion Procedures.

need to direct the 2nd Assistant to BOP:

install EOP DEFEAT 12

  • Installs Defeat 15.

Critical Task # 4 IF a scram is required

reduce power below 5% using one or

  • Installs Defeat 11.

more of the following methods:

When directed o RIP 103.2, Drifting Rods to install Defeat Simulator Operator o Start a second CRD pump, if available.

12: Acknowledge the request. o Place CRD Flow Controller FC-1814 in MANUAL and run the Activate [ET 12]. output to maximum.

o Observe increased cooling water flow on FI-1838 and cooling This will install Defeat 12 after time water dp increase on PDI-1832A.

delays.

Three (3) o Throttle open MO-1830, DRIVE WATER sP CO N Simulator Operator necessary to maximize cooling water flow and pressure.

minutes after being directed Contact the control room and inform o Monitor for inward rod motion. Rods will drift in.

to install Defeat them that Defeat 12 is installed.

12: CRS Actions continued on the next page.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 25 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE CRS:

  • Directs locking out ADS.
  • Verifies at least one set of inboard and outboard MSIVs are open.
  • Directs installation of Defeat 15.
  • Directs performance of the ATWS QRC.

Floor Instructor

  • Directs the injection of SBLC If the crew does not efficiently inject
  • Recognizes the applicability of Continuous Recheck Statement in Level SBLC, enter power level control, restore Leg of EOP ATWS and enters Power Level Control.

power to at least one RPS bus, and/or reinitiate torus cooling (after the loss of offsite power) the crew may be required to emergency depressurize due to not Directs coordination of the Hydraulic ATWS Rod Insertion Procedures being able to maintain torus water temperature and RPV pressure below the Heat Capacity Limit.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 26 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Crew

  • Implements AOP ATWS power level control actions.

RO:

Critical Task # 10 IF a reactor scram is required, and Reactor power is >5%,

  • Verifies HPCI is locked out.

and Power/level control is required,

  • Terminates and prevents injection from condensate and feed. (CRITICAL)

THEN terminate and prevent injection

  • Reports reactor power when RPV level reaches 87 and lowering.

until conditions allow reinjection.

  • Controls RPV level -25 to +87 using condensate Critical Task #11 IF performing ATWS and feedwater. (CRITICAL)

Power/level control and Conditions are

  • As Time Permits, assist in RIPs met to allow reinjection, THEN crew BOP:

actions are taken to maintain RPV level above -25" by injecting using Table 1B

  • Terminates and prevents injection from HPCI, CS, RHR when systems. required.
  • Continues to perform Hydraulic Rod Insertion Procedures CRS:

Simulator Operator

  • Directs installation of Defeat 4.

If directed to break main Activate [ET 28].

  • Directs terminating and preventing injection from HPCI, CS, RHR and condenser Acknowledge the request. Condensate and Feedwater.

vacuum:

  • Directs reporting reactor power at 87 and lowering.
  • Directs an RPV level band of -25 to +87 with condensate and feedwater.
  • This band will be dependent on the level that is reported when power drops below 5%

Simulator Operator Directs an RPV pressure band of 800-1055 psig. using desired system (EHC).

Three (3) Inform the control room the main minutes after condenser vacuum breakers are open.

the request:

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 27 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE When all control CRS:

rods are

  • Recognize that all rods have inserted inserted:
  • Evaluate Transitioning to EOP 1 from ATWS
  • Direct the RO to secure Boron Injection
  • Upon the report of SBLC Pumps secured, transition to EOP 1 RO:
  • When directed by the CRS, Secure SBLC Pumps
  • Inform the CRS that SBLC Pumps are secured Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 28 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE If the Contingency Actions Crew parameters of

  • Enters and implements the actions of an Emergency Depressurization the Heat with an ATWS condition present.

Capacity Limit RO:

are exceeded and an

  • Terminates and prevents injection from Condensate and Feedwater.

Emergency

  • Slowly re-injects into the RPV to restore and maintain RPV level -25 to Depress. Is +15 using condensate and feedwater.

required with ATWS conditions BOP:

present:

  • Reports torus water level.
  • Reports RPV level at 160 psig. and lowering CRS:
  • Enters Emergency Depressurization.
  • Directs reporting of RPV level at 160 psig. and lowering Directs slowly re-injecting into the RPV to restore and maintain RPV level -

25 to +15 using condensate and feedwater.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 29 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE If the Contingency Actions Crew parameters of

  • Crew will enter and implement the actions of Emergency the Heat Depressurization.

Capacity Limit RO:

are exceeded and an

  • Restores and maintains RPV 170-211 using condensate and feedwater.

Emergency BOP:

Depress. Is

  • Reports torus water level.

required:

  • Restores and maintains RPV 170-211 using condensate and feedwater.

CRS:

  • Enters Emergency Depressurization.

Directs restoring and maintaining RPV level 170-211 using condensate and feedwater.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 30 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE When the crew Crew transitions to

  • Implements the mitigation strategies of EOP 1, RPV Control EOP 1 from RO:

EOP ATWS

  • Restores and maintains RC/L 170-211 using RCIC and other alternate injection systems.
  • Maintains RC/P 800-1055 psig. using directed pressure control systems.
  • Lowers reactor pressure to the directed control band using the directed control system.

CRS:

  • Performs a crew update of entry into EOP 1 due to Exiting EOP ATWS
  • Directs an RPV level band of 170-211 using RCIC and other alternate injection systems.
  • Directs installation of Defeat 11 if not completed prior.
  • Directs an RPV pressure band of 800-1055 psig using directed pressure control systems.
  • May Enter Alternate Level Control Leg of EOP 1
  • Restore and maintain RPV level above +15 in. with one or more Preferred Injection Systems (Table 1A)
  • Wait Until RPV level drops to +15 in.

Placekeeps in EOP 1 to the applicable WAIT UNTIL step in RC/P (RC/P-6) leg Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 31 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Actions to start CRS:

RCIC from a

  • Recognize Condensate and Feed no longer available.

tripped conditions.

  • Direct the RO to inject with RCIC to restore Reactor Water Level RO:

At the direction Simulator Operator:

  • Verify MO-2511, RCIC Pump Discharge Valve, is open.

of the Lead Activate [ET 17]

Examiner, this will trip the RCIC Turbine on

  • Start 1P 227, RCIC Vacuum Pump.

overspeed.

  • Open MO-2404, RCIC Turbine Steam Supply Valve.
  • For RPV injection, immediately open MO-2512, RCIC Inject Valve.
  • Verify MO-2510, RCIC Min Flow Bypass Valve, closes as RCIC flow raises above 80 gpm.
  • Recognize the Trip of RCIC, and inform the CRS.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 32 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE CRS:

  • Direct Crew Response for performance of the T/T leg of EOP 2.
  • Directs operating all available torus cooling using only RHR pumps NOT required for adequate core cooling.
  • Before torus water temperature reaches 110F enter EOP 1 and shutdown the reactor.
  • Maintain torus water temperature below the Heat Capacity Limit (Graph 4).
  • Wait until torus water temperature and RPV pressure cannot be maintained below the Heat Capacity Limit (Graph 4).
  • Direct the reseting of the LO-LO-LO LPCI Logic to allow for restoration of Torus Cooling BOP:
  • Place RHR in Torus Cooling IAW OI 149, QRC 2
  • Verify RHRSW in service per OI 416/OI 416 QRC 1.
  • Place HS 2059 [HS 1959], A & C [B & D] RHRSW PUMPS LOCA TRIP OVERRIDE, in MANUAL OVERRD position.
  • Throttle open MO-2046[1947], RHR HX Service Water Outlet Valve, to obtain 1200 - 2600 gpm per running pump.
  • AS TIME ALLOWS, Perform the follow up actions
  • Verify two or more River Water Supply Pumps running.
  • Place LIC-4231[4232] in MANUAL.
  • Adjust LIC-4231[4232] to achieve the desired River Water makeup flow. (Combined flow of ESW and RHRSW)

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 33 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE BOP Actions continued from previous page.

  • Place RHR in Torus Cooling IAW OI 149, QRC 2
  • Verify 1P229A[B, C, and/or D], RHR Pumps, running.
  • If a LPCI HI Drywell pressure condition (2 # ) exists, place HS-2001C[1903C] Enable Containment Spray Valves in the MAN position.
  • Open MO-2005[1932], Outboard Torus Cooling/Spray Valve.
  • Throttle MO-2007[1934], Torus Cooling Test Valve, to maintain 4800 gpm per each operating RHR pump.
  • Close MO-2030[1940], A[B] Heat Exch Bypass Valve.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 34 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE CRS:

  • Direct the BOP or ATC to restore Reactor Water Level with HPCI following the loss of Feed and Condensate once all rods are in.

RO/ BOP:

  • Start HPCI when Directed IAW OI 152 QRC 1 o If HPCI previously tripped on RPV High Water Level, depress HS-2299, RX HI WATER LEVEL HPCI TURBINE TRIP reset switch.

o Open MO-2247, HPCI Lube Oil Cooler Supply Valve.

o Start 1P-233, HPCI Vacuum Pump .

o Open MO-2202, HPCI Turbine Steam Supply.

o Start 1P-218, HPCI Aux Oil Pump .

o Verify MO-2311, HPCI Pump Discharge Valve, open.

o For RPV injection, immediately open MO-2312, HPCI Inject Valve.

o Verify MO-2318, HPCI Min Flow Bypass Valve, closes as HPCI flow raises above 600 gpm.

  • Recognize the HPCI Turbine fails to reach required speed and discharge pressure.
  • Take manual control of the HPCI Turbine IAW ACP 1410.1 and place FIC 2309 in MANUAL and control the HPCI Turbine in MANUAL
  • Report to the CRS that HPCI is injecting to the RPV in MANUAL due to a failed controller.
      • END OF SCENARIO ***

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 35 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS DISCUSSION ITEMS No discussion points.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 36 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG QUANTITATIVE ATTRIBUTES Malfunctions:

Before EOP Entry:

1. Loss of A RPS
2. Drifting Control Rod
3. Loss of 1D11
4. RCIC Inadvertent Initiation
5. Condenser Air In leakage After EOP Entry:
1. ATWS
2. HPCI Controller Failure Abnormal Events:
1. AOP 255.1, Control Rod Drift
2. AOP 255.2, Power Reactivity Abnormal Change
3. AOP 358, Loss of RPS Power
4. AOP 691, Condenser High Back Pressure Major Transients:
1. ATWS
2. Power/Level Control
3. EOP 1 Alternate Level Control Leg Critical Tasks:
1. Critical Task # 4 IF a scram is required and Reactor power is above 5%,

THEN reduce power below 5% using one or more of the following methods:

  • Manual ARI signal
2. Critical Task # 10 IF a reactor scram is required, and Reactor power is >5%, and Power/level control is required, THEN terminate and prevent injection until conditions allow reinjection.
3. Critical Task #11 IF performing ATWS Power/level control and Conditions are met to allow reinjection, THEN crew actions are taken to maintain RPV level above -25" by injecting using Table 1B systems.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 37 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG

4. IF a scram is required and Reactor power is above 5%,

THEN reduce power below 5% using one or more of the following methods:

  • Manual ARI signal

The fuel cladding integrity safety limit is set such that no significant fuel damage is calculated to occur if the limit is not violated. The fuel cladding is one of the physical barriers that separate the radioactive materials from the environs. The MCPR fuel cladding safety limit ensures that during normal operations and abnormal transients the fuel rods will not experience transition boiling and possible cladding damage.

The MCPR analysis assumes that the control rods will insert in a specified time. If the control rods do not insert when a scram is required, the plant is beyond the fuel cladding MCPR analysis thus the fuel cladding safety limit is challenged and potential cladding damage may be occurring.

Cue: A manual or automatic scram signal has been inserted and failed to lower reactor power below 5%.

Performance The crew successfully initiates a manual scram signal after a automatic scram failed has Standard: occurred and/or, The crew initiates a manual ARI causing control rod insertion and/or, The crew successfully performs RIPs (the task of sending an operator to vent the scram air header should not be considered as control room operator actions and thus should not be considered as a method for this CT) and/or, The crew successfully performs RIPs as allowed by the scenario to insert control rods capable of being inserted and/or, The crew successfully injects boron into the RPV.

If the crew performed the actions for Power/level control and that caused power to lower below 5% before any of the above actions were performed, this CT should be considered as N/A. If this CT was N/A due to Power/level control lowering power and the actions related with this CT were not competently performed, the responsible individual(s) and possible crew may fail or require remediation due to competencies.

If the crew was performing the actions of Power/level control and was correctly performing actions for this CT, this CT should be considered satisfactory.

If the crew is not performing the correct procedures for the given conditions and this results in the reactor remaining at power, this should be considered an individual failure and possible crew failure.

Example: The crew is individually driving control rods during an electrical ATWS and ARI is available and has not been attempted.

If ARI automatically initiates and results in power lowering below 5%, this CT should be N/A.

Feedback: Control rod positions and/or boron injection.

EOP step(s): ATWS Q-1, Q-3, Q-6, Q-8 BWROG: RPV 4.1, RPV 5.1, RPV 6.1 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 38 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG

10. IF a reactor scram is required, and Reactor power is >5%, and Power/level control is required, THEN terminate and prevent injection until conditions allow reinjection.

Safety RPV water level must be lowered during ATWS to either lower reactor power or to Significance: prevent challenging the containment.

If power is known to be below 5%, it is highly unlikely that the reactor is producing a significant power such that power/level control will effectively reduce power further, thus entering power/level control is not required or safety significant.

If power is above 5%, or cannot be determined and RPV level is above 87", power level control is required to reduce reactor power in order to prevent or mitigate the consequences of any large irregular neutron flux oscillations induced by neutronic/thermal-hydraulic instabilities.

If power is known to be above 5%, or cannot be determined and RPV water level is above +15", and torus water temperature is above 110°F, and either an SRV is open or will reopen or DW pressure is above 2 psig, then power level control is required to reduce power in order to preserve containment integrity.

Thus terminating and preventing injection will aid in lowering power and can preclude failure of containment or equipment necessary for the safe shutdown of the plant.

Cue: ATWS EOP entry required with reactor power above 5% or cannot be determined and either:

  • RPV water level is above +87" or
  • RPV water level is above +15" and torus water temperature is above 110°F, and either an SRV is open or will reopen or DW pressure is above 2 psig.

Performance Injection from all of the following is terminated until conditions allow reinjection:

Standard:

  • Condensate/Feedwater
  • Alternate ATWS injection systems (Table 2B)

Reinjection should not occur until RPV water level is below 87" and one of the

  • Reactor power drops below 5%
  • Reactor power drops below 5%
  • All SRVs remain closed AND DW pressure remains below 2 psig.

CRD, SBLC, and RCIC injection are allowed.

If RCIC was not injecting but other systems were injecting outside the shroud at a flowrate below RCIC flowrate, the critical task is satisfactory although remediation may be necessary.

If RPV level is not lowering to the required conditions, and the crew is not controlling RCIC injection, the critical task is satisfactory, although remediation may be required.

Feedback: Injection flowrate for the listed systems remain at zero until reinjection is allowed.

EOP step(s): ATWS/L two CRS, and L-1, -2.

BWROG: RPV 6.3 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 39 of 40

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #2 SEG

11. IF performing ATWS Power/level control and Conditions are met to allow reinjection, THEN crew actions are taken to maintain RPV level above -25" by injecting using Table 1B systems.

Safety Maintaining RPV water level above -25" will ensure that the covered portion of Significance: the reactor core will generate sufficient steam to preclude any clad temperature in the uncovered portion of the core from exceeding 1500°F.

The use of table 1B systems is to ensure the flowpath of the injection water is outside the shroud and mixes with the warmer water in the lower plenum prior to it reaching the core.

Cue: Power level control has been entered in ATWS, RPV water level is below +87",

and one or more of the following conditions have been met for reinjection:

  • Reactor power drops below 5%
  • RPV level reaches +15"
  • All SRVs remain closed and DW pressure remains <2 psig.

Performance Table 1B Injection systems are injecting to maintain RPV level above -25".

Standard: Restarting of FW injection to maintain RPV level is satisfactory for this critical task.

If injection with Table 1B systems are not required to maintain RPV level above

-25", this critical task would be N/A. Example: RCIC has been operating and is maintaining RPV level.

If the crew injects with Core Spray in an attempt to maintain RPV level above

-25", this should be considered a critical task failure unless an ATWS ED has been performed.

If an uncontrolled injection (above 2.8 Mlb/hr) causes a power rise above 5%, it should be considered a critical task failure.

If an uncontrolled injection does not cause a power rise above 5%, but does cause RPV water level to go above the EOP ATWS maximum recorded RPV level, the critical task is satisfactory although remediation may be necessary.

If RPV water level goes above the EOP ATWS maximum recorded RPV level due to CRD, SBLC and/or level swell, this should not require remediation.

Feedback: RPV water level is being maintained above -25".

EOP step(s): ATWS /L-3 BWROG: RPV 6.4 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 2 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 40 of 40

SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SEG SITE: Duane Arnold Energy Center Revision #: 0 LMS ID: LMS Rev. Date:

SEG TITLE: NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3 SEG TYPE: Training Evaluation PROGRAM: LOCT LOIT Other:

DURATION: ~ 90 minutes Developed by: Jesse Seymour 2/18/15 Instructor/Developer Date Reviewed by:

Instructor (Instructional Review) Date Validated by:

SME (Technical Review) Date Approved by:

Training Supervision Date Approved by:

Training Program Owner (Line) Date Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 1 of 31

NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #3 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE REQUIREMENTS Terminal Objective Given the specific malfunctions presented in the evaluated scenario guide, the students will be able to protect the public, protect plant personnel and protect plant equipment, in accordance with plant procedures:

Enabling There are no formal learning objectives for this evaluation.

Objectives:

Prerequisites: None Training Simulator Resources: Simulator Operator Phone Talker Simulator Floor Instructor Evaluation Team

References:

AOP 255.2, Rev 42 EOP3 EOP 4, Rev 20 AOP 410, Rev 28 IPOI 3, Rev 144 ARP 1C04B, Rev 79 IPOI 5, Rev 58 ARP 1C04C, Rev 45 OI 149, Rev 146 ARP 1C05A, Rev 78 OI 150, Rev 78 ARP 1C05B, Rev 98 OI 152, Rev 111 ARP 1C06A, Rev 68 OI 264, Rev 134 ARP 1C07B, Rev 87 OI 878.4, Rev 40 ARP 1C23B, Rev 22 STP 3.6.2.1-01, Rev 8 ED, Rev 9 Technical Specifications EOP 2, Rev 16 EOP1, Rev 18 Protected Content: Identify here and in training material as {C001}; See Comment for details.

None Evaluation Method: Dynamic Scenario graded in accordance with NUREG 1021 guidance.

Operating None Experience:

Risk Significant Operator Actions:

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 2 of 31

NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #3 SEG TASKS ASSOCIATED WITH SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE Task # Task Title None None UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.

PREPARER DATE

  1. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE AR/TWR#

REVIEWER DATE See Cover Initial development for Initial development for 2015 NRC 0 2015 NRC LOIT N/A LOIT examination. See Cover examination.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 3 of 31

Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #3 Form ES-D-1 Facility: Duane Arnold Energy Center Op-Test # 2015-301 Examiners: _____________________________ Operators: _____________________________

Initial Conditions:

  • Reactor power approximately 40%
  • Power ascension in progress.

Turnover:

  • Continue power ascension in accordance with IPOI 3, POWER OPERATIONS (35% - 100%

RATED POWER, Section 4.0. Steps are completed up to step 5.

  • Raise power to approximately 50%.
  • Stabilize power at approximately 50% and perform RCIC pump surveillance test Event Event # Malf # Eventy Description Type*

1 R ATC Raise power with recirculation flow.

C ATC 2 rr17a A Recirc Pump Speed Controller Failure.

C SRO I ATC APRM C fails (inoperable).

2 nm08c TS SRO Tech Spec review (3.3.1.1, 3.3.2.1) 3 N BOP RCIC Start IAW OI 150 rc06 A RCIC system isolation signal is received due to steam leak; isolation is C BOP 4 sw14a faulted.

sw14b TS SRO Tech Spec entry (3.5.3)

C BOP 5 sw19b River Water Supply Pump trip.

C SRO 6 M (ALL) Large break LOCA occurs (Recirc Pump suction break). Faulted LPCI initiation.

  • (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 4 of 31

Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #3 Form ES-D-1 SIMULATOR SET UP INSTRUCTIONS General Instructions

1. Reset to IC13 and lower power to ~40% RTP
a. Lower reactor power using recirculation flow and control rods
b. Load Events
c. Load Malfunctions
d. Load Overrides
e. Place Torus Cooling in service with 1 RHR Pump and 1 RHRSW Pump operating on each side.
2. OR Reset to the IC provided by the LOIT Exam Development Team
3. Verify B and C APRMs are BYPASSED.
4. Mark up OI 150, Section 5.2 to step 7, and verify all steps to that point have been completed.
5. Mark up IPOI 3 up to and including step 7. NA step 8.
6. Obtain keys from key locker for Placing Torus Cooling in service.
7. Verify Events validate FALSE
8. Reset APRM Gains and clear recorders
9. Complete the Exam Setup Checklist
10. Ensure no BIAS is inserted on the FRV Controllers by verifying Y at 0.0
11. Verify EOOS up-to-date.
12. Verify the SUFRV Lined up to the operating Feed Pump.
13. Have a copy of Daily Jets STP available to provide when requested.

Trigger No. Trigger Logic Statement Trigger Word Description 1, 3, 5, 7, 9 Manual Trigger Manual Trigger 20 YCAB002 >= 48 Power > 48%

21 1A1/1A2 Transfer 1A1/1A2 Transfer 22 HPCI Starts ZDIRPC71AS1(1) ==1 & ZLOHPHS2202(2)

== 1 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 5 of 31

Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #3 Form ES-D-1 Time Malf. No. Malfunction Title Delay Ramp ET Initial Final Value Value (sec)

Setup rh10c RHR C PUMP FAIL TO AUTO-Inactive Active ACTUATE Setup rh10d RHR D PUMP FAIL TO AUTO-Inactive Active ACTUATE Setup rh10a RHR A PUMP FAIL TO AUTO-Inactive Active ACTUATE Setup rh10b RHR B PUMP FAIL TO AUTO-Inactive Active ACTUATE Setup stdg01 TRIP OVERRIDE - 'A' SBDG Inactive Active 1G31 FAILS TO AUTO START Setup stdg02 TRIP OVERRIDE - 'B' SBDG Inactive Active 1G21 FAILS TO AUTO START Setup cs05a CORE SPRAY PUMP A -

Inactive Active FAILURE TO AUTO-INITIATE Setup cs05b CORE SPRAY PUMP B -

Inactive Active FAILURE TO AUTO-INITIATE Setup strh02 LPCI B INJECT VALVE FAILS Inactive Active TO AUTO OPEN - MO-1905 Setup ms31b GROUP 6 ISOLATION VALVE(S) FAIL(S) TO CLOSE- Inactive Active MO2401 Setup ms31a GROUP 6 ISOLATION VALVE(S) FAIL(S) TO CLOSE- Inactive Active MO2400 Setup strh01 LPCI A INJECT VALVE FAILS Inactive Active TO AUTO OPEN - MO-2003 Setup sthp01 HPCI SYSTEM AUTO Inactive Active INITIATION BLOCK Setup nm08c APRM CHANNEL FAILS- CHNL 1 As Is 100 C

Setup rc06 RCIC STEAM SUPPLY LINE 6 min 3 0 30 BREAK (RCIC ROOM)

Setup sw19b RIVER WATER SUPPLY PUMP 5 Inactive Active TRIP- PUMP B, 1P117B Setup rr15a RECIRC LOOP RUPT- DESIGN BASES LOCA AT 100%- LOOP 6 min 7 0 2 A

Setup rr17a RECIRC M-G FLOW CTRLR FAILS, AUTO/MAN MODES- M- 1 min 20 As Is 80 GA Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 6 of 31

Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #3 Form ES-D-1 Time Malf. No. Malfunction Title Delay Ramp ET Initial Final Value Value (sec)

Setup sw14a RCIC ROOM COOLER ESW 3 min 3 As Is 85 FLOW BLOCKAGE- 1V-AC-15A Setup sw14b RCIC ROOM COOLER ESW 3 min 3 As Is 85 FLOW BLOCKAGE- 1V-AC-15B Setup strc01 TRIP OVRD- RCIC FAILS TO AUTO START 3 Inactive Active Write a sch file to block the initiation and valve light power Setup fw02a CONDENSATE PUMP TRIP-21 Inactive Active PUMP A Setup fw02b CONDENSATE PUMP TRIP-21 Inactive Active PUMP B Setup hp02 HPCI TURBINE TRIP 22 Inactive Active Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 7 of 31

Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #3 Form ES-D-1 OVERRIDES Time Over. No. Override Title Delay Ramp ET Initial Final Value Value REMOTE FUNCTIONS Time Remote No. Remote Title Delay Ramp ET Initial Final Value Value Setup fp08 RCIC DELUGE MAN May need to ISOLATION VALVE V-33-84 Open Closed look up (OPEN,CLOSE)

Conduct simulator crew pre-scenario brief using TR-AA-230-1007-F06, Simulator Instructor Pre-Exercise Checklist.

If surrogate operators are to be used, brief them using TR-AA-230-1007-F11, Surrogate Brief Checklist Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 8 of 31

Appendix D NRC Initial License Exam - Scenario #3 Form ES-D-1 SHIFT TURNOVER INFORMATION

  • Day of week and shift o Today o Day Shift
  • Weather conditions o Warm Spring Day
  • (Plant power levels) o Reactor Power Level 42%

o Core Flow 30 Mlbm/hr

  • Protected train o Protected Train is B
  • Technical Specification Action statements in effect o TS LCO 3.5.1 Condition B- Day 1 of 7 One low pressure ECCS subsystem inoperable for reasons other than Condition A.

Restore low pressure ECCS subsystem to operable status within 7 days.

  • Evolutions in progress or planned for upcoming shift o Raise Power with Recirc to approximately 50% RTP.

o Perform RCIC post maintenance confidence run for maintenance performed a week ago IAW OI 150, Section 5.2. in CST to CST mode of operation.

o RCIC Inop STP, 3.5.3-01 was completed just prior to turnover.

  • Plant PRA/PSA Status including CDF/LERF & color o CDF Baseline with one year to YELLOW o LERF Baseline with one year to YELLOW
  • Existing LCOs, date of next surveillance o None.
  • Procedures or major maintenance in progress o None
  • Equipment to be taken out of or returned to service this shift/maintenance on major plant equipment
  • Comments, problems, operator workarounds, etc.

o One Extra NLO is in work control waiting for the RCIC Test Run and has been briefed.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 9 of 31

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 1: CREW:

Raise power with Recirc flow. CRS:

Simulator Operator:

  • Directs power to be raised from 40 to 50% using recirculation pump flow.

If Contacted as Inform the crew to raise power with Recirc the Reactor Flow to achieve approximately 50% power RO:

Engineer to and hold power constant until a rod provide

  • Performs Recirculation Pump flow adjustments to raise power from sequence is approved for further power 40 to 50%.

guidance, ascension.

  • Monitors plant parameters for expected response during reactivity manipulation.

BOP:

  • Adjusts generator excitation manual regulator adjust to maintain the generator nulled.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 10 of 31

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 2: Simulator Operator: CREW:

When power Verify [ET 20] activates.

reaches ~48% This will cause A Recirc MG Set speed to CRS:

rise.

  • Will enter AOP 255.2 on the Power/Reactivity Abnormal.
  • Contact the Duty Station Manager/Operations Director and/or the Reactor When contacted Engineer.

Simulator Operator:

as the 2nd Asst.

Report that the power switch is on and the

  • May Enter TS 3.4.1 Condition C for the Mismatch in Recirc Pump Speeds.

to go to the MG Set Room to thermal overload button on the motor is o Recirc Pump Speed Mismatch graph on the following page.

investigate the reset.

  • If the B Scoop Tube was locked, the CRS may direct the crew to reset the Recirc Pump B Scoop Tube in accordance with OI 264 Speed Changer, Wait 2 RO:

minutes and

  • ARP 1C04A (C-5) Actions taken for the scoop lock.
  • Will Lock the A Recirc MG Set Scoop Tube from 1C04. The crew may lock the B Scoop tube if they do not diagnose the event properly When Simulator Operator:
  • Take actions IAW AOP 255.2 Contacted as Agree to support trouble shooting efforts.

the DSM/OD

  • If directed, reset the B Scoop Tube in accordance with OI 264 When BOP:

Contacted as Simulator Operator:

Acknowledge the situation and inform the

  • Direct inplant operators to investigate the scoop tube malfunction the RE CRS that you will develop a plan for
  • Take actions for AOP 255.2 recovery.
  • Run 3D Case
  • Plot Power to Flow Simulator Operator:
  • Resetting the scope tube lock on the next page.

When contacted Acknowledge the request and deliver the as procedures STP after 5 minutes.

to deliver a copy of STP 3.4.1-Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 11 of 31

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 12 of 31

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Resetting the scoop tube lock on B Recirc Pump BOP:

  • If directed, reset the B Scoop Tube in accordance with OI 264 o If A[B] Recirc MG Set is running, reset the Scoop Tube Lockout as follows o Verify Scoop Tube Position P-%

o Adjust setpoint S-% to approximately match Scoop Tube Position P-o Verify controller output V-% approximately matches Scoop Tube Position P-%.

o At 1C04, reset scoop tube lock by momentarily placing handswitch B31A-S3A[B] to RESET and then verify the following:

o Annunciator 1C04A, C-5[1C04B, C-2], "A[B] RECIRC MG SCOOP TUBE LOCK" resets.

o Amber SCOOP TUBE LOCKED Light located at 1C04 (above A[B]

Scoop Tube Control handswitch B31A-S3A[B]) is OFF.

o Verify that the Recirc pump speed is stable by observing the following parameters o SETPOINT (S), Percent Position (P), Percent Speed (X), Recirc pump discharge flow, Total core flow, Core pressure drop, APRM readings o Verify that SETPOINT (S) is selected for digital display.

EXAMINER NOTE: After power has been raised to approximately 50%, commence Event 2.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 13 of 31

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 3: Simulator Operator: Crew:

Identifies the following:

ACTIVATE [ET 1]

  • a half-scram has occurred.

This will cause C APRM to fail upscale.

  • a rod out-block has occurred.

BOP:

  • OI 878.4 actions to Unbypass A APRM and take C APRM Out of operate.
  • OI 878.4 actions to Bypass C APRM o If an APRM is currently bypassed, perform the following for If Contacted as Simulator Operator: the bypassed APRM, otherwise N/A this step:

a maintenance o Verify the APRM upscale, inoperative, and if greater than 5%

Acknowledge the issue, and/or to provide reactor power, downscale trips on Panel 1C37 are reset.

or support maintenance support for o Verify the IRM/APRM recorders on Panel 1C05 indicate organization, troubleshooting/repair. approximately the same average power for the bypassed APRM as they do for the other APRM channels in operation.

o Place the APRM BYPASS switch C51B-S3 or C51B-S6 on Panel 1C05 in the neutral (unbypassed) position.

Following the o Observe that the bypass light on Panel 1C05 and/or that the Simulator Operator:

reset of the half- bypass light on Panel 1C37 is/are OFF.

scram, crew Call the CRS as the Operations Director o Verify the two APRM channels in the RPS trip system which should proceed and direct the crew to proceed with the are to remain UNBYPASSED are OPERABLE, otherwise to the RCIC RCIC Trouble Shooting Run to test the comply with Technical Specifications and TRM for inoperable surveillance Flow Controller. RPS instrumentation.

test. If crew o Place the APRM BYPASS switch C51B-S3 (C51B-S6) on does not Panel 1C05 in the A, C, or E (B, D, or F) position for the proceed, channel to be bypassed.

o Observe that the bypass lights for the bypassed channel on Panel 1C37 and/or Panel 1C05 is/are ON.

  • Actions are repeated for B and D APRMs RO and CRS Actions are on the following pages Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 14 of 31

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE RO:

Responds to failure of APRM C

  • Acknowledges 1C05A (B-2), APRM A, C, OR E UPSCALE TRIP OR INOP.

o Check the SCRAM GROUP A and B lights on 1C05 to determine if a full Reactor scram has occurred.

o If a full Reactor scram occurs, perform IPOI 5 (Reactor Scram).

o Monitor APRM indications on Panels 1C05 and/or 1C37.

o If only A RPS half scram has occurred:

If any B RPS channel APRM is rapidly approaching or has exceeded its trip setpoint, manually scram the Reactor and perform IPOI 5 (Reactor Scram).

o Suspend testing in progress on other RPS instrumentation.

o If the trip is due to a loss of power, perform AOP 358 (Loss of RPS AC Power) and comply with Technical Specification requirements for Reactor Protection System (RPS) Instrumentation.

o If it is determined that an APRM has failed:

Comply with Technical Specification requirements for Reactor Protection System (RPS) Instrumentation and the Technical Requirements Manual requirements for Control Rod Block Instrumentation.

With permission from the CRS, bypass the affected APRM o Reset the half scram.

  • Acknowledges 1C05B (A-6), ROD OUT BLOCK. References ARP.
  • Identifies that APRM C has failed.
  • When directed by the CRS, bypasses the C APRM.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 15 of 31

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE CRS:

Directs crew response for failed APRM C

  • Reviews TS 3.3.1.1, Condition A for applicability Instrumentation.
  • Directs C APRM to be bypassed.

Directs the half-scram to be reset.

  • Briefs the crew on the effects of the Scoop Tube and APRM Failure.
  • Direct the B APRM to be bypassed if not completed.

EXAMINER NOTE: After the half-scram is reset and B APRM is BYPASSED, crew should proceed to RCIC Confidence Run (Event 3).

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 16 of 31

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 4 CRS:

RCIC

  • Directs crew to conduct the RCIC Run IAW OI 150, Section 5.2 in Confidence Run Simulator Operator: CST to CST Mode.

Call the control room as Ray Wheaten and

  • Verify RCIC LCO has been entered, LCO 3.5.3, Condition A - RCIC At the Direction System inoperable. Per the turnover, the RCIC Inop STP was direct the crew to proceed with the RCIC of the Lead previously completed, and restore to OPERABLE in 14 days.

Run, and that this is the crews priority.

Examiner, RO:
  • Monitors plant parameters during RCIC Run.

BOP:

Simulator Operator: Starts RCIC in CST to CST mode in accordance with OI 150.

When Wait 4 minutes and inform the control

  • Start 1V AC 15A and B RCIC ROOM CLG UNITS at 1C23 Contacted as Room that
  • Open the REDUNDANT SHUTOFF valve MO 2316 on 1C03.

the Extra

  • Oil level has been verified Operator for the
  • Open the TEST BYPASS valve MO 2515 to 44-46% open as satisfactory indicated on RCIC TEST BYP MO 2515 POSITION ZI 2515.

RCIC Run,

  • And standing by outside the RCIC
  • Verify MO 2511 PUMP DISCHARGE valve is open.

Room.

  • Start 1P 227 VACUUM PUMP by placing handswitch HS 2415 on
  • Air Flow Verified through the 1C04 in the START position.

coolers.

  • Open MO 2426 LUBE OIL COOLER SUPPLY by placing HS 2426 in the OPEN position momentarily and observing proper valve position indication.
  • If time permits, ensure unnecessary/unauthorized personnel are clear of the RCIC Room.
  • Initiate Torus water temperature monitoring per STP 3.6.2.1-01. This is only required while heat is being added to the Torus.

BOP Actions Continued Next Page Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 17 of 31

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE When Simulator Operator:

  • Open MO 2404 TURBINE STEAM SUPPLY by placing the Contacted as handswitch in the OPEN position momentarily and observing proper Acknowledge the running of RCIC and the Health Physics, valve position indication and that RCIC turbine speed, pump potential to change rad levels in the plant.

discharge pressure, and RCIC flow indicators indicate increases.

When contacted Simulator Operator:

  • Verify CV 2410, CV 2411, and CV 2436 Close as an operator Report that the pump is operating sat.
  • Verify that MO 2510 MIN FLOW BYPASS opens when RCIC Flow is to verify RCIC less than 80 gpm with pump discharge pressure greater than 125 Running Sat, psig.
  • Verify HV 2406 TURBINE CONTROL VALVE Governor Valve is When Simulator Operator: throttling to control turbine speed.

Contacted as a Report that you will begin trouble shooting

  • In the CST to CST mode, throttle MO 2515 TEST BYPASS to achieve member of the and to stand by for direction from the team. the desired discharge pressure.

maintenance

  • Verify that MO 2510 MIN FLOW BYPASS valve closes as RCIC flow staff for trouble rises above 80 gpm.

shooting

  • Adjust FIC 2509 FLOW CONTROL until desired flow is achieved; do not throttle RCIC turbine speed below the minimum of 2000 rpm.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 18 of 31

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3 SEG TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 5: Simulator Operator: CREW: identify that a RCIC isolation signal is present due to a steak leak in the RCIC room (e.g. high area temperature).

When RCIC ACTIVATE [ET 3]

flow to the CST This will cause a small leak in the RCIC RO:

has been Room. Temperatures in the room will not

  • Monitor 1C05 indications for Power/Pressure/Level.

established, exceed MAX SAFE limits.

and with

  • If Required, attempt to Isolate the RCIC Steam Lines while the BOP is in the back panels area.

direction from the lead

  • Identifies that a valid RCIC isolation signal should be present due to a steam examiner: leak in the RCIC Room.
  • Identifies that an automatic RCIC isolation has failed to occur.
  • Manually initiates RCIC isolation by performing the following in accordance Simulator Operator: with OI-150, Section 7.1 or the applicable ARPs:

As the extra Inform the crew that a steam leak occurred o Closes MO-2400 RCIC INBD STEAM LINE ISOL, and MO-2401 operator at the in the RCIC Room, the RCIC room was RCIC OUTBD STEAM LINE ISOL.

RCIC Room evacuated, all personnel are accounted Door, once the for, and that there are no injured High Amb Temp personnel. BOP: performs the following:

alarm sounds,

  • May recognize the 1C23 Trouble Annunciator on 1C07, and investigate the Back Panel Area for the cause of the alarm.
  • Upon investigation, the crew may take actions to Isolate RCIC.
  • Acknowledges 1C04B (B-04) STEAM LEAK DET AMBIENT HI TEMP, 1C04C (A-07) References ARP(s).
  • Goes to the back panel area to report temperatures.
  • Established Ventilation in a 3-2-3 line up.

RO/BOP/CRS

  • Make Plant Announcement to alert personnel to the steam leak from RCIC CRS Actions continued on the next page.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 19 of 31

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3 SEG Examiner Note: Once the RCIC test flow to the CST has been established, commence Event #4.

CRS Actions continued from the previous page.

SIMUATOR OPERATOR CRS: performs the following:

When the crew

  • May enters EOP-3, Secondary Containment Control has isolated Delete ESW COOLER Blockage the RCIC [sw14a and sw14b] o Implements actions of EOP-3 SC/T leg for RCIC room Steam Leak, temperature being greater than the Max Normal Operating Limit, but less than the Max Safe Operating Simulator Operator Limit.

If directed to Insert OVER RIDES deenergize MO- DO-RC-013 to off o Directs manual isolation of the RCIC system if not 2401, DO-RC-014 to off already done.

DI-RC-008 to auto

  • References Technical Specifications to address RCIC system inoperability:

And inform the crew that 1D14 Ckt 1, MO-2401 Power Supply is open. o TS 3.5.3, Condition A May declare TS 3.6.1.3, Condition B for two valves that failed to shut on the Isolation Signal in a single flow path.

Simulator Operator Insert OVER RIDES If directed to DO-RC-010 to off deenergize MO- DO-RC-011 to off 2400, DI-RC-006 to auto And inform the crew that MO-2400 Power Supply is open.

EXAMINER NOTE: Once RCIC manual isolation has occurred and SRO has completed TS call, commence event #5.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 20 of 31

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3 SEG Event 6: Simulator Operator: when directed by CREW: identifies a trip of the B River Water Supply Pump.

lead examiner River Water Supply Pump ACTIVATE [ET 5] RO:

spurious trip

  • Monitors plant parameters.

to cause the B RWS Pump to trip.

BOP: Performs the following:

  • Attempt to start standby pumps in both RWS Subsystems as When contacted necessary to restore needed makeup flow.

Simulator Operator:

  • Send an operator to the Intake Structure to verify alarms and check as the AUX Operator to and inform the control room that the B RWS pump breaker condition.

investigate the RWS Pump is hot to touch and that there

  • Verify the Auto Start is not selected to the inop pump.

loss of the B is no smoke and no fire. CRS:

RWS Pump, directs crew response as follows:

Wait 4 Minutes

  • May Enter AOP-410, LOSS OF RIVER WATER SUPPLY o Update the Online Risk Monitor for the status of River Water Supply Pumps.
  • May Direct actions IAW the ARP 1C06A (A-3) B RWS Pump Trip for DSM Call Simulator Operator: the tripped RWS Pump

Acknowledge the request for support.

EXAMINER NOTE: Commence event # 7 at the direction of the Lead Examiner.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 21 of 31

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3 SEG Event 7: Simulator Operator: perform the following CREW: Will recognize the automatic reactor scram, lowering RPV level, at the direction of the Lead Examiner: lowering RPV pressure, and rising drywell pressure and Enter EOP 1 Large Break and 2 LOCA (Recirc Activate [ET 7]

Suction break) and verify rr15a activates on ramp RO: performs the following:

with faulted

  • Performs IPOI 5 QRC 1, Reactor Scram Immediate Operator Actions:

LPCI auto o Initiates a backup manual reactor scram.

initiation (manual o Places THE MODE SWITCH in SHUTDOWN.

alignment o Verifies all control rods fully inserted.

required).

o Verifies main turbine trip Simulator Operator: o Verifies main generator lockout.

If Contacted as Agree to support required actions an operator in o Verifies neutron flux is lowering.

the plant, o Inserts all functional SRM and IRM detectors.

Event 7: Simulator Operator: CREW:

Large Break When Contacted to provide support

  • Upon receipt of a 2# Drywell Pressure signal, LOCA (Recirc
  • The crew will recognize the failure of all ECCS Systems to automatically Acknowledge the request Suction break) start and with faulted o Start A and B SBDGs LPCI auto initiation o Start A, B, C, D RHR Pumps (manual o Start A and B Core Spray Pumps alignment o Start HPCI required).

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 22 of 31

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3 SEG CREW:

  • Implements the mitigation strategies of EOP 1, RPV Control RO:
  • Inserts a manual reactor scram.

Simulator Operator:

  • Completes a scram report that includes all rods in, reactor pressure and trend and reactor water level and trend.

Activate [ET 9]

When directed

  • Restores and maintains RC/L 170-211 using RCIC and other alternate This will trip HPCI and prevent it from by the Lead injection systems.

restarting.

Examiner,

  • Maintains RC/P 800-1055 psig. using directed pressure control systems.
  • Lowers reactor pressure to the directed control band using the directed control system.

CRS:

  • Performs a crew update of entry into EOP 1 due to RPV level or Drywell Pressure.
  • Directs an RPV level band of 170-211 using RCIC and other alternate injection systems.
  • Directs installation of Defeat 11
  • Directs an RPV pressure band of 800-1055 psig using directed pressure control systems.
  • Directs lowering reactor pressure to lessen the driving head on the leak in the drywell.
  • Shows concern for maintaining plant cooldown within the limits.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 23 of 31

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3 SEG CREW:

  • Recognizes the failed ECCS initiation (LPCI) and directs action to establish above TAF with operator actions LPCI injection (CRITICAL TASK #33).

BOP:

  • Informs the CRS of containment parameters including parameter name, value and trend.
  • Installs Defeat 4.
  • Utilizes OI 149 QRC to spray the torus.
  • Places keylock HS-2005[HS-1932] Outboard Torus Cooling/Spray Valve handswitch in OPEN and verify valve opening
  • Throttle open MO-2006[MO-1933], Torus Spray Valve
  • Utilizes OI 149 QRC to spray the drywell.(CRITICAL Task #22)

CRITICAL TASK #22 DW spray on high

  • Ensures Recirc Pumps are tripped DW temperature
  • Depending on RPV level may take HS-1903B to 2/3 Core
  • Coverage/LPCI INIT Interlock Override to MANUAL OVERRD
  • Open MO-2000[1902] , Inboard Drywell Spray Valve
  • Throttle open MO-2001[1903], Outboard Drywell Spray Valve.
  • Trips the running recirculation pump.

CRS:

  • Performs a crew update of entry into EOP 2 due to Drywell Pressure.
  • Obtains containment parameters.
  • Directs installation of Defeat 4.
  • Directs spraying the torus after confirmation that torus pressure is greater than 2 psig.
  • Directs spraying the drywell before drywell temperature reaches 280F.
  • Verifies torus water level less than 13.5 ft.
  • Verifies plot of drywell temperature and drywell pressure on the DWSIL curve allows drywell sprays.
  • Verifies recirculation pumps are secured.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 24 of 31

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3 SEG CREW:

  • Implements that mitigation strategies of the ALC contingency of EOP 1 BOP:

RO:

  • Attempts to restore and maintain RPV level above +15
  • Maximizes injection with CRD in accordance with AIP 407.
  • Injects with SBLC in accordance with AIP 406.
  • Verifies injection subsystems can be lined up for injection
  • Verifies at least one injection subsystem lined up with a pump running.

CRS:

  • Directs ADS lockout.
  • Directs RPV level bands as RPV level lowers
  • Directs maximizing injection with CRD in accordance with AIP 407.
  • Directs injection with SBLC in accordance with AIP 406.
  • Ensures injections subsystems can be lined up for injection.
  • Waits for RPV level to drop to +15
  • Ensures at least one injection subsystem lined up with a pump running.

Before RPV level reaches -25 performs an Emergency Depressurization.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 25 of 31

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3 SEG CREW:

  • ED when Reactor Water Level is < +15 and before Reactor Water Level reaches -25(CRITICAL)

Critical Task #1 IF the reactor is CRS:

shutdown under all conditions and RPV

  • Diagnoses HPCI failure to run level drops to +15, THEN perform Emergency RPV Depressurization
  • Directs Emergency Depressurization.

before RPV level reaches (-25").

  • Directs Opening 4 SRVs
  • When Directed opens 4 ADS SRVs to emergency BOP:
  • Monitors and controls RPV level as he depressurization occurs Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 26 of 31

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3 SEG Event 7: Simulator Operator: BOP: performs plant EOP operations as directed by the SRO. Aligns systems (RHRSW, RHR, etc.) and reports trends as required.

Large Break ROLE PLAY: if contacted as Equipment LOCA (Recirc Operator, perform required component Suction break) manipulations and make appropriate

  • Identifies failure of automatic LPCI alignment and injection and with faulted reports to the Control Room. manually aligns LPCI injection by starting RHR pumps and LPCI auto opening valves as necessary (CRITICAL TASK).

initiation (manual alignment required).

EXAMINER NOTE: when sufficient crew execution of the EOPs has been observed, then the scenario may be terminated.

      • END OF SCENARIO ***

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 27 of 31

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS QUANTITATIVE ATTRIBUTES (Use this form for NRC/INPO Evaluations only as required to document associated quantitative information.)

Malfunctions:

Before EOP Entry:

1. Runaway Recirc Pump
2. A APRM Fails Upscale
3. RCIC Steam Leak with Failure to Automatically Isolate
4. RWS Pump Trips After EOP Entry:
1. LPCI Pumps Fail to Auto Start
2. Condensate Pump Trip
3. Failure of SBDG to Start
4. Trip of HPCI Abnormal Events:
1. Power Reactivity Abnormal Change
2. High Ambient Temperature
3. Loss of RWS, AOP or ARP Actions 4.

Major Transients:

1. LOCA
2. Emergency Depressurization Critical Tasks:
1. Critical Task #1 IF the reactor is shutdown under all conditions and RPV level drops to +15, THEN perform Emergency RPV Depressurization before RPV level reaches -25".
2. Critical Task #22 DW spray on high DW temperature
3. Critical Task #33 Maintain RPV level above TAF with operator actions Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 28 of 31

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3 SEG

1. IF the reactor is shutdown under all conditions and RPV level drops to +15, THEN perform Emergency RPV Depressurization before RPV level reaches -25".

Safety If the lowering RPV water level trend had not been reversed before RPV level Significance: drops to +15", emergency RPV depressurization should be performed prior to RPV level reaching -25". The consequence of not depressurizing the RPV when level is below -25" is a loss of adequate core cooling. Depressurizing prematurely may unnecessarily cause unneeded stress on the RPV and piping.

Cue: RPV level lowered to +15".

Performance The crew must Initiate emergency RPV depressurization after the lowest valid Standard: level indication shows <+15" and prior to the lowest valid level indicates -25".

The critical task is not satisfactory if the actions for Emergency RPV Depressurization are not complete. (See definitions)

Feedback: RPV pressure is rapidly lowering.

EOP step(s): RC/L-4, L-7, L-8 BWROG: RPV 1.1 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 29 of 31

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3 SEG

22. BEFORE drywell temperature reaches 280°F and WHILE in the safe region of the DWSIL, THEN initiate drywell sprays.

Safety If DW sprays were initiated when in the shaded area of the DWSIL, this could Significance: lead to an evaporative cooling pressure drop which could result in:

  • Deinerting the containment or containment negative pressures below design.

OR

  • Drywell-below-torus differential pressure beyond design.

Operation of DW sprays if DW temperature cannot be maintained below 280°F, will ensure that the design temperatures of the components within the DW are not exceeded.

If DW sprays are not utilized when available, the next EOP actions will be to Emergency RPV Depressurize, which will lower the amount of ambient heat to the DW, but will cause additional pressure/temperature stress on the RPV.

Cue: DW temperature is rising and is below 280°F.

Average DW temperature and DW pressure conditions allow DW spray per the DWSIL curve Performance DW sprays are initiated on at least one side of RHR prior to 280°F DW Standard: temperature.

If DW sprays are initiated while in the shaded area of the Drywell Spray Initiation Limit (DWSIL), this would be a critical task failure.

If the crew does not secure Recirculation pumps prior to initiating DW sprays, the critical task is considered satisfactory although remediation may be required.

Feedback: DW spray flow initiated and DW temperature is lowering.

EOP step(s): DW/T-4, -5 BWROG: N/A Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 30 of 31

NRC Initial License Exam, Scenario #3 SEG

33. The Reactor is shutdown and RPV water level can be maintained above +15 inches with preferred and alternate injection systems, THEN inject to restore and maintain RPV level above +15 inches.

Safety The preferred method of core cooling is core submergence. If this method is Significance: available, the crew is directed to inject with preferred and alternate systems to maintain the preferred method of core cooling. Although other methods will provide core cooling, such as Emergency Depressurization, the core temperatures will be higher.

Cue: RPV level is lowering and preferred and/or alternate methods of injection are available to maintain RPV level above +15 inches, but will not maintain +15 inches without operator action.

If automatic actions will maintain RPV level above +15 inches, this task should be N/A.

Adequate time needs to be given to allow the crew to restart injection.

The crew has indications that the system(s) is(are) available for injection.

Performance The crew should start or align systems or power supplies to maintain RPV level Standard: above +15 inches.

This could be taking manual control of a failed automatic controller, restoring power to a bus that has an available injection system, opening a valve that failed to auto open, or resetting a trip signal for an injection system.

If starting of injection with operator actions will not maintain RPV level above

+15 inches, this critical task should be N/A. If this is the situation, and the crew does not attempt any of these systems, resulting in RPV level reaching +15 inches sooner than if the injection systems were started, remediation may be necessary, although the CT is N/A.

Feedback: Injection systems are maintaining RPV level above +15 inches.

EOP step(s): RC/L-3 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam Scenario 3 rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 31 of 31

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM Page 1 of 13 DUANE ARNOLD ENERGY CENTER JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2015 NRC In Plant 1 TITLE: VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM Page 2 of 13 JPM TITLE: VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER JPM NUMBER: 201001 REV. 0 TASK NUMBER(S) /

TASK TITLE(S):

K/A NUMBERS: 201001 K1.09 K/A VALUE: 3.1/3.2 Justification (FOR K/A VALUES <3.0):

TASK APPLICABILITY:

RO SRO STA Non-Lic SRO CERT OTHER:

APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING: Simulate/Walkthrough: Perform: X EVALUATION LOCATION: In-Plant: X Control Room:

Simulator: Other:

Lab:

Time for Completion: 10 Minutes Time Critical: NO Alternate Path [NRC]: NO Alternate Path [INPO]: NO Developed by: Signature On File (NRC Developed)

Instructor/Developer Date Reviewed by: Signature On File (NRC Developed)

Instructor (Instructional Review) Date Validated by: Signature On File (NRC Developed)

SME (Technical Review) Date Approved by: Signature On File (NRC Developed)

Training Supervision Date Approved by: Signature On File (NRC Developed)

Training Program Owner Date TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 1 JPM VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER Page 3 of 13 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST ALL STEPS IN THIS CHECKLIST ARE TO BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO USE.

REVIEW STATEMENTS YES NO N/A

1. Are all items on the signature page filled in correctly?
2. Has the JPM been reviewed and validated by SMEs?
3. Can the required conditions for the JPM be appropriately established in the simulator if required?
4. Do the performance steps accurately reflect trainees actions in accordance with plant procedures?
5. Is the standard for each performance item specific as to what controls, indications and ranges are required to evaluate if the trainee properly performed the step?
6. Has the completion time been established based on validation data or incumbent experience?
7. If the task is time critical, is the time critical portion based upon actual task performance requirements?
8. Is the job level appropriate for the task being evaluated if required?
9. Is the K/A appropriate to the task and to the licensee level if required?
10. Is justification provided for tasks with K/A values less than 3.0?
11. Have the performance steps been identified and classified (Critical /

Sequence / Time Critical) appropriately?

12. Have all special tools and equipment needed to perform the task been identified and made available to the trainee?
13. Are all references identified, current, accurate, and available to the trainee?
14. Have all required cues (as anticipated) been identified for the evaluator to assist task completion?
15. Are all critical steps supported by procedural guidance? (e.g., if licensing, EP or other groups were needed to determine correct actions, then the answer should be NO.)
16. If the JPM is to be administered to an LOIT student, has the required knowledge been taught to the individual prior to administering the JPM?

TPE does not have to be completed, but the JPM evaluation may not be valid if they have not been taught the required knowledge.

All questions/statements must be answered YES or N/A or the JPM is not valid for use. If all questions/statements are answered YES or N/A, then the JPM is considered valid and can be performed as written. The individual(s) performing the initial validation shall sign and date the cover sheet.

Protected Content: (CAPRs, corrective actions, licensing commitments, etc. associated with this material)

{C001}

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 1 JPM VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER Page 4 of 13 UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.

PREPARER DATE

  1. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE AR/TWR#

SUPERVISOR DATE See Cover Initial development for Initial development for 2015 NRC 0 2015 NRC LOIT N/A LOIT examination. See Cover examination.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 1 JPM VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER Page 5 of 13 SIMULATOR SET-UP: (Only required for simulator JPMs)

SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS: NONE SIMULATOR MALFUNCTIONS: NONE SIMULATOR OVERRIDES: NONE SIMULATOR REMOTE FUNCTIONS: NONE Required Materials: 1. RIP 101.3, Rev 1

2. Crescent Wrench General

References:

1. RIP 101.3, Rev. 1 Task Standards: 1. The operator simulates closing V-17-61.
2. The operator simulates removing pipe plug d/s of V-17-174.
3. Simulates opening V-17-174.
4. The operator simulates closing V-17-174.
5. Operator simulates installing pipe plug d/s of V-17-174.
6. Operator simulates opening V-17-61.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 1 JPM VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER Page 6 of 13 I will explain the initial conditions, which step(s) to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

DURING THE JPM, ENSURE PROPER SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, FME, AND/OR RADIOLOGICAL CONCERNS AS APPLICABLE ARE FOLLOWED.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • The plant is operating at 70% power.
  • An ATWS has occurred.
  • The Shift Manager has directed the RO to perform IPOI 5 QRC 2, ATWS.

INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):

  • Vent the scram air header in accordance with RIP 101.3 and inform the control room.
  • This JPM is not Time Critical.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 1 JPM VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER Page 7 of 13 JPM PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time:

NOTE: When providing Evaluator Cues to the examinee, care must be exercised to avoid prompting the examinee. Typically cues are only provided when the examinees actions warrant receiving the information (i.e., the examinee looks or asks for the indication).

NOTE: Critical steps are marked with a Y below the performance step number. Failure to meet the standard for any critical step shall result in failure of this JPM.

Performance Step:1 Close V-17-61 (Scram Pilot Air Header Isolation Vlv).

Critical Y RIP 101.3 Step 1 Standard: The operator simulates closing V-17-61.

Evaluator Cue: When the operator has simulated turning the handwheel in the clockwise direction, tell the operator The valve stem is in and handwheel stops moving.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 1 JPM VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER Page 8 of 13 Performance Step: 2 Remove the pipe plug located downstream of V-17-174, (PI-Critical Y 184/PS1842 Test Connection Isolation valve).

RIP 101.3 Step 2 Standard: The operator simulates removing pipe plug d/s of V-17-174.

Evaluator Cue: When the operator has simulated turning the cap in the clockwise direction, tell the operator, The pipe plug has been removed.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3 Open V-17-174, (PI-184/PS1842 Test Connection Isolation valve).

Critical Y RIP 101.3 Step 3 Standard: Simulates opening V-17-174.

Evaluator Cue: When the operator has simulated turning the handwheel in the counter clockwise direction, tell the operator, The valve stem is up and handwheel stops moving. You hear a loud rush of air coming from the open pipe. The air flow diminishes over time.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 1 JPM VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER Page 9 of 13 Performance Step: 4 Communicates actions to control room.

Critical N RIP 101.3 Per Cue Standard: The operator simulates calling the control room and informs RO that scram air header is depressurized.

Evaluator Cue: When the operator simulates informing the control room that the Scram Air Header has been vented IAW RIP 101.3, tell the operator That all control rods indicated inserted. Restore the Scram Air Header.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 5 Question and Answer:

Critical N What do you expect the position of the scram pilot valves to be before and Q&A after venting?

Standard: The operator should respond that the scram pilot valves will be closed before venting and open after venting.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 1 JPM VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER Page 10 of 13 Performance Step: 6 Restoration: Close V-17-174, (PI-184/PS1842 Test Connection Isolation Critical Y valve).

RIP 101.3, Restoration, Step 1 Standard: The operator simulates closing V-17-174.

Evaluator Cue: When the operator has simulated turning the handwheel in the clockwise direction, tell the operator The valve stem is in and handwheel stops moving.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 7 Restoration: Reinstall the pipe plug downstream of V-17-174.

Critical Y RIP 101.3, Restoration, Step 2 Standard: Operator simulates installing pipe plug d/s of V-17-174.

Evaluator Cue: When the operator simulates putting the pipe plug back on, tell the operator The pipe plug is installed Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 1 JPM VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER Page 11 of 13 Performance Step: 8 Restoration: Open V-17-61, Scram Pilot air header isolation valve.

Critical Y RIP 101.3, Restoration, Step 1 Standard: Operator simulates opening V-17-61.

Evaluator Cue: When the operator has simulated turning the handwheel in the counter clockwise direction, tell the operator, The valve stem is up and handwheel stops moving.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

When the scram air header has been vented and restored, the JPM is complete.

Terminating Cues:

Direct the Operator to show the location of 1C208 to complete the RCIC Start JPM.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

Stop Time:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 1 JPM VENT THE SCRAM AIR HEADER Page 12 of 13 Examinee: Evaluator:

RO SRO STA Non-Lic SRO CERT Date:

LOIT RO LOIT SRO PERFORMANCE RESULTS: SAT: UNSAT:

Remediation required: YES NO COMMENTS/FEEDBACK: (Comments shall be made for any steps graded unsatisfactory).

EXAMINER NOTE: ENSURE ALL EXAM MATERIAL IS COLLECTED AND PROCEDURES CLEANED, AS APPROPRIATE.

EVALUATORS SIGNATURE:

NOTE: Only this page needs to be retained in examinees record if completed satisfactorily. If unsatisfactory performance is demonstrated, the entire JPM should be retained.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

JPM Page 13 of 13 TURNOVER SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • The plant is operating at 70% power.
  • An ATWS has occurred.
  • The Shift Manager has directed the RO to perform IPOI 5 QRC 2, ATWS.

INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):

  • Vent the scram air header in accordance with RIP 101.3 and inform the control room.
  • This JPM is not Time Critical.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM Page 1 of 13 DUANE ARNOLD ENERGY CENTER JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2015 NRC In Plant 2 TITLE: OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM Page 2 of 13 JPM TITLE: OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 JPM NUMBER: 295016-01 REV. 0 TASK NUMBER(S) / 94.28/

TASK TITLE(S): Transfer Control to the Remote Shutdown Panel K/A NUMBERS: 295016 AK2.02 K/A VALUE: 4.0/4.1 Justification (FOR K/A VALUES <3.0):

TASK APPLICABILITY:

RO SRO STA Non-Lic SRO CERT OTHER:

APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING: Simulate/Walkthrough: Perform: X EVALUATION LOCATION: In-Plant: X Control Room:

Simulator: Other: X To be performed in the Training Building prior to the In Plant portion of the JPM, In Plant Lab:

portion is required after the Task.

Time for Completion: 40 Minutes Time Critical: NO Alternate Path [NRC]: NO Alternate Path [INPO]: NO Developed by: Signature On File (NRC Developed)

Instructor/Developer Date Reviewed by: Signature On File (NRC Developed)

Instructor (Instructional Review) Date Validated by: Signature On File (NRC Developed)

SME (Technical Review) Date Approved by: Signature On File (NRC Developed)

Training Supervision Date Approved by: Signature On File (NRC Developed)

Training Program Owner Date TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 2 JPM OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 Page 3 of 13 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST ALL STEPS IN THIS CHECKLIST ARE TO BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO USE.

REVIEW STATEMENTS YES NO N/A

1. Are all items on the signature page filled in correctly?
2. Has the JPM been reviewed and validated by SMEs?
3. Can the required conditions for the JPM be appropriately established in the simulator if required?
4. Do the performance steps accurately reflect trainees actions in accordance with plant procedures?
5. Is the standard for each performance item specific as to what controls, indications and ranges are required to evaluate if the trainee properly performed the step?
6. Has the completion time been established based on validation data or incumbent experience?
7. If the task is time critical, is the time critical portion based upon actual task performance requirements?
8. Is the job level appropriate for the task being evaluated if required?
9. Is the K/A appropriate to the task and to the licensee level if required?
10. Is justification provided for tasks with K/A values less than 3.0?
11. Have the performance steps been identified and classified (Critical /

Sequence / Time Critical) appropriately?

12. Have all special tools and equipment needed to perform the task been identified and made available to the trainee?
13. Are all references identified, current, accurate, and available to the trainee?
14. Have all required cues (as anticipated) been identified for the evaluator to assist task completion?
15. Are all critical steps supported by procedural guidance? (e.g., if licensing, EP or other groups were needed to determine correct actions, then the answer should be NO.)
16. If the JPM is to be administered to an LOIT student, has the required knowledge been taught to the individual prior to administering the JPM?

TPE does not have to be completed, but the JPM evaluation may not be valid if they have not been taught the required knowledge.

All questions/statements must be answered YES or N/A or the JPM is not valid for use. If all questions/statements are answered YES or N/A, then the JPM is considered valid and can be performed as written. The individual(s) performing the initial validation shall sign and date the cover sheet.

Protected Content: (CAPRs, corrective actions, licensing commitments, etc. associated with this material)

{C001}

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 2 JPM OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 Page 4 of 13 UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.

PREPARER DATE

  1. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE AR/TWR#

SUPERVISOR DATE See Cover Initial development for Initial development for 2015 NRC 0 2015 NRC LOIT N/A LOIT examination. See Cover examination.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 2 JPM OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 Page 5 of 13 SIMULATOR SET-UP: (Only required for simulator JPMs)

SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Reset to any IC that RCIC can be run in
2. Activate the Remote Shutdown Panel with REMOTE Function EXAM01 to NORM
3. Verify the simulator group has restored the RCIC Controller at 1C208 to service.
4. Start RCIC in CST to CST Mode at 415 gpm.
5. Set up radios on the same channel
6. Simulator Operator functions as the remote shutdown panel operator for the JPM.
7. Large Picture of the Instrument Rack located near 1C208 for level indications if used instead of verbal Cues.

SIMULATOR MALFUNCTIONS: NONE SIMULATOR OVERRIDES: NONE SIMULATOR REMOTE FUNCTIONS: NONE Required Materials: 1. AOP 915, Rev. 53 General

References:

1. AOP 915, Rev. 53 Task Standards: 1. The Operator Unlocks the door.
2. The operator will place HS-2440 in REMOTE.
3. Reduce the rate of injection.
4. The operator will take the evaluator to the 1C208 Panel in the Plant or explain in enough detail as to demonstrate knowledge of the location in the plant.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 2 JPM OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 Page 6 of 13 I will explain the initial conditions, which step(s) to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

DURING THE JPM, ENSURE PROPER SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, FME, AND/OR RADIOLOGICAL CONCERNS AS APPLICABLE ARE FOLLOWED.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • A Plant Transient has occurred requiring a shutdown from outside the control room.
  • The control room is being evacuated.
  • RCIC is injecting to the vessel.

INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):

  • The CRS has directed you to take control of RCIC from 1C208, and restore reactor water level IAW AOP 915.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 2 JPM OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 Page 7 of 13 JPM PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time:

NOTE: When providing Evaluator Cues to the examinee, care must be exercised to avoid prompting the examinee. Typically cues are only provided when the examinees actions warrant receiving the information (i.e., the examinee looks or asks for the indication).

NOTE: Critical steps are marked with a Y below the performance step number. Failure to meet the standard for any critical step shall result in failure of this JPM.

Performance Step:1 NOTE Critical N RCIC can be controlled from 1C208 but no flow or speed indication is AOP 915, Section 2, available.

Step 2 NOTE Standard: Operator reads and place keeps the NOTE.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 2 2. If directed by CRS to take manual control of RCIC (if running) at Critical Y 1C208 perform the following:

AOP 915, Section 2, Step 2 a a. Open key locked door protecting normal/remote handswitch HS-2440 RCIC TURB SPEED SELECT.

Standard: The Operator Unlocks the door.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 2 JPM OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 Page 8 of 13 Performance Step: 3 2. If directed by CRS to take manual control of RCIC (if running) at 1C208 Critical N perform the following:

AOP 915, Section 2, Step 2 b b. Verify HIC 2440 input (P) and output (V) are consistent with FIC 2509 output (V) if Control Room is manned. Otherwise, mark this step N/A.

Standard: The operator will verify the values in the control room.

Evaluator Cue: Simulator Operator:

When the operator contacts the control room, provide the current readings for reactor water level in the simulator using Extreme View.

Communications will be by phone number 7825 or by simulator radio if provided.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 4 2. If directed by CRS to take manual control of RCIC (if running) at 1C208 Critical Y perform the following:

AOP 915, Section 2, Step 2 c c. Place HS-2440 in the REMOTE position.

Standard: The operator will place HS-2440 in REMOTE.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 2 JPM OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 Page 9 of 13 Performance Step: 5 2. If directed by CRS to take manual control of RCIC (if running) at 1C208 Critical N perform the following:

AOP 915, Section 2, Step 2 d d. Toggle the parameter displayed on HIC-2440 to V using the D pushbutton if needed.

Standard: if required, the operator will toggle the display to V.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 6 2. If directed by CRS to take manual control of RCIC (if running) at 1C208 Critical Y perform the following:

AOP 915, Section 2, Step 2 e e. Control RCIC flow with HIC 2440 as necessary using the pulser knob.

Standard: The operator will turn the pulsar knob in the counter clockwise direction to lower flow.

Evaluator Cue: Inform the operator that RPV Water Level is RISING and to reduce the rate of injection a small amount.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 2 JPM OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 Page 10 of 13 Performance Step: 7 After the completion of the above portion of the task, the operator is Critical Y required to demonstrate the knowledge of the location of the 1C208 Panel Continued on JPM In in the Plant.

Plant 1, Vent the Scram Air Header.

Standard: The operator will take the evaluator to the 1C208 Panel in the Plant or explain in enough detail as to demonstrate knowledge of the location in the plant.

Evaluator Cue: Inform the operator that this portion of the task is complete. Inform the operator that they are to take you to the 1C208 Panel in the plant during a future JPM.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 2 JPM OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 Page 11 of 13 When the operator has taken control of the RCIC Turbine at 1C208 AND Terminating Cues:

When the operator has demonstrated knowledge of the location of the 1C208 Panel in the plant. - Completed as part of venting the scram air header.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

Stop Time:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 2 JPM OPERATE RCIC FROM 1C208 Page 12 of 13 Examinee: Evaluator:

RO SRO STA Non-Lic SRO CERT Date:

LOIT RO LOIT SRO PERFORMANCE RESULTS: SAT: UNSAT:

Remediation required: YES NO COMMENTS/FEEDBACK: (Comments shall be made for any steps graded unsatisfactory).

EXAMINER NOTE: ENSURE ALL EXAM MATERIAL IS COLLECTED AND PROCEDURES CLEANED, AS APPROPRIATE.

EVALUATORS SIGNATURE:

NOTE: Only this page needs to be retained in examinees record if completed satisfactorily. If unsatisfactory performance is demonstrated, the entire JPM should be retained.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

JPM Page 13 of 13 TURNOVER SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • A Plant Transient has occurred requiring a shutdown from outside the control room.
  • The control room is being evacuated.
  • RCIC is injecting to the vessel.

INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):

  • The CRS has directed you to take control of RCIC from 1C208, and restore reactor water level IAW AOP 915.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM Page 1 of 19 DUANE ARNOLD ENERGY CENTER JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2015 NRC In Plant 3 TITLE: Shutdown of Regulating Transformer 1Y1A for Maintenance Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM Page 2 of 19 JPM TITLE: Shutdown of Regulating Transformer 1Y1A for Maintenance JPM NUMBER: 262002-05 REV. 0 TASK NUMBER(S) / 28.10 (NSPEO)/

TASK TITLE(S): Support shutdown of Regulating Transformer 1Y1A for maintenance K/A NUMBERS: 262002 K/A VALUE: A4.01 3.1 Justification (FOR K/A VALUES <3.0):

TASK APPLICABILITY:

RO SRO STA Non-Lic SRO CERT OTHER:

APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING: Simulate/Walkthrough: X Perform:

EVALUATION LOCATION: In-Plant: X Control Room:

Simulator: Other:

Lab:

Time for Completion: 15 Minutes Time Critical: NO Alternate Path [NRC]: NO Alternate Path [INPO]: NO Developed by: Signature On File (NRC Developed)

Instructor/Developer Date Reviewed by: Signature On File (NRC Developed)

Instructor (Instructional Review) Date Validated by: Signature On File (NRC Developed)

SME (Technical Review) Date Approved by: Signature On File (NRC Developed)

Training Supervision Date Approved by: Signature On File (NRC Developed)

Training Program Owner Date Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR JPM MAINTENANCE Page 3 of 19 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST ALL STEPS IN THIS CHECKLIST ARE TO BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO USE.

REVIEW STATEMENTS YES NO N/A

1. Are all items on the signature page filled in correctly?
2. Has the JPM been reviewed and validated by SMEs?
3. Can the required conditions for the JPM be appropriately established in the simulator if required?
4. Do the performance steps accurately reflect trainees actions in accordance with plant procedures?
5. Is the standard for each performance item specific as to what controls, indications and ranges are required to evaluate if the trainee properly performed the step?
6. Has the completion time been established based on validation data or incumbent experience?
7. If the task is time critical, is the time critical portion based upon actual task performance requirements?
8. Is the job level appropriate for the task being evaluated if required?
9. Is the K/A appropriate to the task and to the licensee level if required?
10. Is justification provided for tasks with K/A values less than 3.0?
11. Have the performance steps been identified and classified (Critical /

Sequence / Time Critical) appropriately?

12. Have all special tools and equipment needed to perform the task been identified and made available to the trainee?
13. Are all references identified, current, accurate, and available to the trainee?
14. Have all required cues (as anticipated) been identified for the evaluator to assist task completion?
15. Are all critical steps supported by procedural guidance? (e.g., if licensing, EP or other groups were needed to determine correct actions, then the answer should be NO.)
16. If the JPM is to be administered to an LOIT student, has the required knowledge been taught to the individual prior to administering the JPM?

TPE does not have to be completed, but the JPM evaluation may not be valid if they have not been taught the required knowledge.

All questions/statements must be answered YES or N/A or the JPM is not valid for use. If all questions/statements are answered YES or N/A, then the JPM is considered valid and can be performed as written. The individual(s) performing the initial validation shall sign and date the cover sheet.

Protected Content: (CAPRs, corrective actions, licensing commitments, etc. associated with this material)

{C001}

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR JPM MAINTENANCE Page 4 of 19 UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.

PREPARER DATE

  1. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE AR/TWR#

SUPERVISOR DATE See Cover Initial development for Initial development for 2015 NRC 0 2015 NRC LOIT N/A LOIT examination. See Cover examination.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR JPM MAINTENANCE Page 5 of 19 SIMULATOR SET-UP: (Only required for simulator JPMs)

SIMULATOR SET UP: NONE Simulator Setup Instructions: NONE SIMULATOR MALFUNCTIONS: NONE SIMULATOR OVERRIDES: NONE SIMULATOR REMOTE FUNCTIONS: NONE Required Materials: 1. OI 317.1 General

References:

1. OI 317.1, Rev. 59 Task Standards: 1. At 1D15[1D25] place inverter ALARM BYPASS SWITCH to BYPASS.
2. At 1Y15, turn circuit breaker 1Y1503 OFF
3. At 1Y1A, turn circuit breaker 1Y1A02 OFF
4. At 1Y1A, turn circuit breaker 1Y1A01 OFF
5. At 1B32, turn circuit breaker 1B3216A OFF Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR JPM MAINTENANCE Page 6 of 19 I will explain the initial conditions, which step(s) to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

DURING THE JPM, ENSURE PROPER SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, FME, AND/OR RADIOLOGICAL CONCERNS AS APPLICABLE ARE FOLLOWED.

The initial conditions that I read may not exactly match the plant conditions, assume that the conditions that I read you are the correct plant conditions.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • 1Y1A Regulating Transformer requires maintenance.
  • 1D15 Instrument AC Inverter is in operation.
  • All other Instrument AC equipment are operable and in their normal line-ups.
  • RPS Alternate Power Source is on 1Y2A.

INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):

  • The CRS directs you, IAW OI 317.1, 120 VAC Instrument Control Power System, to remove 1Y1A, Regulating Transformer, from service in preparation for maintenance.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR JPM MAINTENANCE Page 7 of 19 JPM PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time:

NOTE: When providing Evaluator Cues to the examinee, care must be exercised to avoid prompting the examinee. Typically cues are only provided when the examinees actions warrant receiving the information (i.e., the examinee looks or asks for the indication).

NOTE: Critical steps are marked with a Y below the performance step number. Failure to meet the standard for any critical step shall result in failure of this JPM.

Performance Step: 1 At Panel 1Y36, verify the RPS alternate power supply source is not selected to Critical N 1Y16 [1Y26]

OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (1)

Standard: Determines that RPS alternate power supply source is on 1Y2A in accordance with the Initial Conditions.

Evaluator Cue: Show the operator Picture #1 to show the position of the Arrow.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR JPM MAINTENANCE Page 8 of 19 Performance Step: 2 If necessary, transfer the RPS alternate power supply source to 1Y2A [1Y1A]

Critical N per OI 358.

OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (1)(a)

Standard: Based on the Initial Conditions, this action is not necessary.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3 If necessary, start up and transfer load to Inverter 1D15 per Critical N Section 3.5, or transfer loads to an operating inverter per Section 4.2.

OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (2)

Standard: This step is a turnover item. 1D15 is in service. Student marks the step as N/Ad.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR JPM MAINTENANCE Page 9 of 19 Performance Step: 4 At 1D15 [1D25], momentarily depress the LAMP TEST/ALARM RESET Critical N pushbutton.

OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (3)

Standard: Simulating pushing LAMP TEST/ALARM RESET pushbutton.

Evaluator Cue: If asked what he/she sees when the pushbutton is depressed, CUE him/her that all of the lights are lit. When he/she simulates releasing the pushbutton, inform the student that the panel is the way he/she sees it now.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR JPM MAINTENANCE Page 10 of 19 Performance Step: 5 At 1D15[1D25] open right cabinet door and place inverter ALARM BYPASS Critical Y SWITCH to BYPASS.

OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (4)

Standard: Place the ALARM BYPASS SWITCH to BYPASS.

Evaluator Note: The safety gear is located in a locker in the battery room hallway.

To achieve this task, an FR Rating of 5 is required.

Once the gear is pointed out and it is determined what he/she is going to wear, no further actions are necessary as the cabinet will NOT actually be opened.

The ALARM BYPASS SWITCH is located inside 1D15. For the purposes of this JPM, opening this panel is not required. The student should simulate opening the right cabinet door and state that the bypass switch is on the right side of the cabinet and that he will simulate taking the switch to BYPASS.

Evaluator Cue: CUE the student that the ALARM BYPASS SWITCH is in BYPASS by showing the operator Picture 2 in the back of the JPM.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR JPM MAINTENANCE Page 11 of 19 Performance Step: 6 Confirm the FORWARD TRANSFER light is ON.

Critical N OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (5)

Standard: FORWARD TRANSFER light is confirmed ON.

Evaluator Cue: If asked, CUE him/her that the FORWARD TRANSFER light is ON.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 7 At 1Y15 [1Y25], confirm switch 1Y1504 [1Y2504] in the INVERTER position.

Critical N (1Y15 [1Y25] MAINTENANCE SWITCH)

OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (6)

Standard: Switch 1Y1504 confirmed in the INVERTER position.

Evaluator Cue: CUE the student that Switch 1Y1504 is confirmed in the INVERTER position.

There is a CAUTION on this page that states that a scoop tube lock-up is possible when closing 1Y1503, the Candidate may call the control room and inform them of the possibility of a scoop tube lock up.

CUE the student that you understand that a scoop tube lock up may occur, and that he may continue.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR JPM MAINTENANCE Page 12 of 19 Performance Step: 8 CAUTION Critical N Opening or closing of breaker 1Y1503 [1Y2503] could result in a Reactor Recirc OI 317.1, Section 5.5, A[B] MG Set Scoop Tube lockup due to a problem in the scoop tube positioner Step (7) CAUTION circuitry.

Standard: Reviews and placekeeps the CAUTION.

Evaluator Cue: If the student calls the control room, CUE him that you understand that a scoop tube lock up may occur and that he may continue.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 9 Lock the Reactor Recirc A[B] MG Set Scoop Tube per OI 264 (Reactor Recirc Critical Y System).

OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (7)

Standard: Locks the A Reactor Recirc MG Scoop Tube.

Evaluator Cue: Inform the student that another operator has locked the A Reactor Recirc MG Scoop Tube.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR JPM MAINTENANCE Page 13 of 19 Performance Step: 10 Turn circuit breaker 1Y1503 [1Y2503] OFF. (REGULATING TRANSFORMER Critical Y 1Y1A [1Y2A] SUPPLY TO JS1501 [JS2501])

OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (8)

Standard: Simulates turning off circuit breaker 1Y1503, REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A SUPPLY TO JS1501 by simulating pushing the breaker switch down.

Evaluator Cue: CUE the student that circuit breaker 1Y1503 is in the OFF position after the action is simulated.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 11 At 1Y1A [1Y2A], turn circuit breaker 1Y1A02 [1Y2A02] OFF.

Critical Y (REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A [1Y2A] SUPPLY TO 1Y16 [1Y26])

OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (9)

Standard: Simulate turning off circuit breaker 1Y1A02, REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A SUPPLY TO 1Y16 by simulating pushing the breaker switch down.

Evaluator Cue: CUE the student that circuit breaker 1Y1A02, REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A SUPPLY TO 1Y16 is off after the action is simulated.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR JPM MAINTENANCE Page 14 of 19 Performance Step: 12 Turn circuit breaker 1Y1A01 [1Y2A01] OFF.

Critical Y (REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A [1Y2A] INPUT)

OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (10)

Standard: Simulate turning off circuit breaker 1Y1A01, REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A INPUT by simulating pushing the breaker switch down.

Evaluator Cue: CUE the student that circuit breaker 1Y1A01, REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A INPUT is OFF after the action is simulated.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 13 At 1B32 [1B42], turn circuit breaker 1B3216A [1B4203A] OFF.

Critical Y (REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A [1Y2A] AC SUPPLY)

OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (11)

Standard: Simulate turning off circuit breaker 1B3216A, REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A AC SUPPLY by simulating pushing the breaker switch down.

Evaluator Cue: CUE him that breaker 1B3216A, REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A AC SUPPLY, is off after the action is simulated.

The student may state that he will open the cabinet to verify breaker is in the OPEN position. CUE the student when he/she sees the breaker and it is in the OPEN position.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR JPM MAINTENANCE Page 15 of 19 Performance Step: 14 Reset the Reactor Recirc A[B] MG Set Scoop Tube as directed by the Critical N OSM/CRS per OI 264 (Reactor Recirc System).

OI 317.1, Section 5.5, Step (12)

Standard: Resets the A Reactor Recirc MG Scoop Tube.

Evaluator Cue: Inform the student that another operator will reset the Reactor Recirc MG Scoop Tube and the JPM is complete.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

When breaker 1B3216A, REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A AC SUPPLY, Terminating Cues:

is simulated to be OFF and the scoop tube is reset, the JPM is complete.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

Stop Time:

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2

2015 NRC In Plant 3 SHUTDOWN OF REGULATING TRANSFORMER 1Y1A FOR JPM MAINTENANCE Page 16 of 19 Examinee: Evaluator:

RO SRO STA Non-Lic SRO CERT Date:

LOIT RO LOIT SRO PERFORMANCE RESULTS: SAT: UNSAT:

Remediation required: YES NO COMMENTS/FEEDBACK: (Comments shall be made for any steps graded unsatisfactory).

EXAMINER NOTE: ENSURE ALL EXAM MATERIAL IS COLLECTED AND PROCEDURES CLEANED, AS APPROPRIATE.

EVALUATORS SIGNATURE:

NOTE: Only this page needs to be retained in examinees record if completed satisfactorily. If unsatisfactory performance is demonstrated, the entire JPM should be retained.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2

JPM Page 17 of 19 Picture 1 Handle is Horizontal Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2

JPM Page 18 of 19 Picture 2 Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2

Page 19 of 19 TURNOVER SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • 1Y1A Regulating Transformer requires maintenance.
  • 1D15 Instrument AC Inverter is in operation.
  • All other Instrument AC equipment are operable and in their normal line-ups.
  • RPS Alternate Power Source is on 1Y2A.

INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):

  • The CRS directs you, IAW OI 317.1, 120 VAC Instrument Control Power System, to remove 1Y1A, Regulating Transformer, from service in preparation for maintenance.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

Filename: 2015 NRC Exam In Plant 3 Rev 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10 Revision 2